Specifications - For Upload

Specifications - For Upload
JOINT FORCES TRAINING BASE
LOS ALAMITOS, CALIFORNIA
BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
C0116
PEYO & ASSOCIATES, INC.
TYPE BIII 100% SUBMITTAL
22 AUGUST 2014
SPECIFICATIONS
Peyo & Associates Inc. / Architecture + Planning / 951 Glenneyre Street / Laguna Beach, CA 92651 / 949.497.4116
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01000
Section 01027
Section 01310
Section 01320
Section 01322
Section 01330
Section 01400
Section 01410
Section 01420
Section 01500
Section 01731
Section 01732
Section 01735
Section 01780
General Conditions
Application for Payment
Project Management and Coordination
Project Schedule
Photographic Documentation
Submittal Procedures
Quality Requirements
Environmental Protection
References
Temporary Construction Facilities
Cutting and Patching
Selective Demolition
Fire Prevention Precautions for Hot Work
Closeout Submittals
DIVISION 2 – SITEWORK
Section 02080
Section 02085
Section 02090
Section 02095
Site Specific Asbestos Abatement
General Asbestos Abatement
Site Specific Lead Abatement
General Lead Abatement
DIVISION 5 – METALS
Section 05500 Metal Fabrications
DIVISION 6 – WOODS AND PLASTICS
Section 06100 Rough Carpentry
DIVISION 7 – THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07536
Section 07552
Section 07620
Section 07720
Section 07920
Preparation for Reroofing
SBS-Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing
Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
Roof Accessories
Joint Sealants
DIVISION 8 – DOORS & WINDOWS
Section 08515 Aluminum Windows
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
DIVISION 9 – FINISHES
Section 09220 Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco)
Section 09910 Painting
DIVISION 15 – HVAC & PLUMBING
Section 15010
Section 15060
Section 15070
Section 15840
Mechanical, General Requirements
Pipe & Pipe Fittings, Valves
Piping Specialties
Ductwork & supports
DIVISION 16 – ELECTRICAL
Section 16010 Electrical General Provisions
Section 16070 Minor Electrical Demolition for Remodeling
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 01000 – GENERAL CONDITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
STATEMENT OF WORK
This statement is a summary intended to help the Contractor understand the general scope of
work described in the specifications following this section and the drawings. The work herein is
located at Building 7, JFTB, Los Alamitos, CA. The work shall include, without limitation, the
following:
1. REMOVAL OF OBSOLETE ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT ON ROOFS
Plumbing, mechanical and electrical equipment and related conduit that served obsolete
systems will be identified and marked for demolition by the JFTB Public Works Dept.
(DPW). This will include roof mounted exhaust fans, lights, equipment supports, etc.
Obsolete roof penetration openings will be covered with new roof structure.
Roof mounted HVAC package units and associated condensate piping will be removed.
Three of these package units are obsolete and will be removed permanently. One of the
units will be provided to DPW at their designated location for re-use. All obsolete
openings related to that equipment will be enclosed with new roof structure.
2. RELOCATION OF ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT ON ROOFS
The contractor will re-install HVAC units and provide new condensate piping when reroofing is completed. Equipment curbs will require replacing and re-sizing. HVAC units will
require new ductwork, condensate piping, gas line and electrical power conduit to be
relocated below the roof deck or as indicted.
Communications conduits that are currently mounted on rooftops will be relocated below
the rooftops by others. The contractor will be responsible for coordinating this work with
the government and its designated communications maintenance contractor.
3. ROOFING DEMOLITION
Existing roofing consisting of silver coating over several layers of built-up roofing over 3/4”
thick fiberboard insulation will be removed to the surface of 1 X 6 diagonal T&G roof deck.
The existing built-up roofing was tested and some mastic was found to contain asbestos.
Therefore, those areas cannot be removed and disposed with conventional means.
Numerous vent pipes and electrical conduit penetrate the roofs. Demolition of roofing at
these pipes and roof flashing will require specialized abatement procedures because many
are coated with lead containing paint and with mastic that contains asbestos.
Continuous wood framed canopy overhangs occur above exterior walls and at the
underside of interior spaces at the first and second roof level areas. These are covered
GENERAL CONDITIONS
01000 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
with flaking paint that contains lead. This flaking lead paint will separate and fall during
roofing demolition. This paint material must be contained for hazmat disposal (see lead
paint abatement section). The building will be occupied during demolition. All occupants
and building areas must be protected during construction.
4. FLASHING DEMOLITION
All roof flashing at areas to receive new roofing should be removed and replaced with new
flashing. Pipe penetrations and some canted areas will require raised extensions to be
properly flashed with lead flashing to receive the required roofing warranty. The minimum
height for pipe penetration flashing will be 8”. Roof to wall flashing will be replaced at
existing wall flashing and replaced with surface mounted flashing attached to existing
stucco areas to remain that will be required to be ground smooth for proper sealant
bonding. Existing flashing will have asbestos containing mastic and lead paint adhered to
it. The stucco finish coat contains asbestos. This will require hazmat demolition
procedures.
5. REPLACE ROTTED & DISENGAGED T&G WOOD DECKING
The roof structures consist of 3/4” thick T & G wood decking supported by wood framing.
A relatively small percentage of the wood decking indicates damage from moisture and dry
rot. This should be replaced with similar new wood decking. Some wood overhangs show
signs of moisture damage and will have some portions replaced. All 2 X 8 wood fascia will
be replaced.
It is difficult to determine the exact amount of rotted wood that will require replacement.
10% or 3,300 sq. ft. of the T & G wood decking can be approximated for bid purposes.
There would be a structural benefit to sheathe over the wood decking with 3/8” thick
plywood because some of the wood decking has tongues that are disengaged from
grooves.
Demolition of the existing roofing, with subsequent exposure of the existing diagonal roof
sheathing boards (decking), will provide the opportune time to install a layer of plywood
which will more than double the strength and stiffness of the existing roof. It is a relatively
inexpensive way to greatly increase the seismic resistance of the roof diaphragm. Since
the existing decking provides vertical (gravity) resistance for roof loading, the layer of
plywood would only need to resist shear forces, therefore allowing a 3/8-inch layer of
plywood to be installed, yet providing a significant increase in diaphragm strength and
stiffness while compensating for disengaged tongue and groove sheathing. If
reinforcement of the roof diaphragm were required in the future, then it would be at a much
higher cost and effort, since the ‘new’ roofing would need to be removed and replaced, or
the diaphragm reinforcement would need to be installed from the underside of the roof.
6. LEAD PAINT ABATEMENT
The underside of wood roof decking boards at overhangs and interior ceilings are covered
with old flaking paint that contains a high level of lead. A large amount of this flaking paint
will fall off during reroofing. This will require special phased protections or vacating some
GENERAL CONDITIONS
01000 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
areas during construction, clean-up and hazardous material disposal. Replaced wood
decking can be pre-painted and the entire wood overhang system should be abated and
repainted. A high level of lead paint occurs at most exterior painted surfaces including
wood fascia and roof mounted equipment (see Hazardous Material Testing section).
Wood fascias are deteriorated and should be replaced or covered with metal rather than
abated. Wood window frames, window sash and mullions can be replaced without having
an impact on re-roofing. Exposed wood ceilings, roof joists and wood bracing are covered
with lead-containing flaking paint. These will be scraped or wet sanded per specifications
and repainted.
7. REPLACE FLASHING & EQUIPMENT PLATFORMS
All flashing that interfaces with the new roofing system will be replaced with new flashing.
Lead flashing will be required at roof penetrations. Painted, baked enamel over hot dip
galvanized flashing will be used at other locations.
All roof penetrations and HVAC equipment curbs will require new flashing at a minimum
height of 8”. Adding 3/8” plywood and rigid insulation will elevate the top of the existing
roof surface. This will require pipe extensions and raised roof equipment curbs.
Pipes resting on new roofing will require pipe roller or rubber padded supports. Some of
the electrical conduit is obsolete and some of it is damaged. This and any other conduit,
condensate or gas pipes should be replaced with new conduit or plumbing pipes below the
roof areas wherever possible.
8. REPLACE ROOFING
New roofing will consist of a 20 year warranted torch applied Styrene Butadiene Styrene
(SBS) modified bitumen system as prescribed by CANG. This system will require a fire
watch when the torch application is in progress. Existing roof slopes and deck types were
found to be adequate for this system. An extra layer of roofing will be provided at access
to equipment maintenance areas. A 7 year white “cool roof” energy saving coating will
cover all new roofing.
9. GUTTERS & DOWNSPOUTS
Deteriorated steel gutters and downspouts drain the roof areas. These must be replaced
judiciously to avoid concentrated ponding at downspout outlets and to enter existing
openings at the south raised loading dock areas and cast iron storm drain inlets at the
north side. Water from these outlets will be directed into storm drain inlets or over precast
concrete splash blocks at pervious or potentially deterioratable surfaces.
Existing cast iron drain lines at loading dock areas and storm drains that receive new
downspouts should be inspected with CCTV video cameras to main storm drain lines.
These should then be cleaned by hydro jetting with a warthog nozzle. Damaged storm
drains below grade may require repairs after inspection.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
01000 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
The lowest approximately 4 ft. of downspouts will be protected from damage with existing
heavy duty steel pipe enclosures to be attached to new downspouts.
10. REPLACE WINDOWS
Wood sash windows are painted with a high lead content paint. Glass is attached with old
deteriorated putty that has a trace asbestos content. Replace the existing clerestory
windows and frames with new aluminum window systems that are designed for retrofit
applications.
Deteriorated and obsolete clerestory windows will be replaced or covered with stucco and
gypsum board over wood frame infill as a portion of the scope of work. Stucco at the
clerestory areas will be replaced and finished with an acrylic stucco color coating system.
A bid option is required for replacing the stucco color coat finish on the rest of the building.
1.02
CONTRACTING OFFICER AND CONTRACTING OFFICER'S REPRESENTATIVE
A.
Wherever in these specifications the abbreviation COR is referenced, it shall be the same as if
the term Contracting Officer's Representative is referenced. See FAR clause 252.201-7000.
B.
Where stated in contract documents, the Contractor shall deal with the Contracting Officer
directly (not the COR). The contractor shall also deal directly with the Contracting Officer on
all issues related to changes in time or cost.
1.03
WORKING HOURS
A.
The Contractor shall perform all work during the hours of 7:30 A.M. to 4:00 P.M., Monday
through Friday (Federal holidays excepted). Work hours will be established and agreed to at
the pre-construction conference. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PERFORM WORK ON
THE INSTALLATION DURING OTHER HOURS WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE
CONTRACTING OFFICER.
B.
If the contractor, for his convenience, desires to perform work during other than normal working
hours or on other than normal work days, he shall reimburse the Government for any additional
expense thereby occasioned the Government such as, without limitation, overtime pay for
Government inspectors, utilities, services, etc.
1.04
UTILITIES
A.
All utility outages shall be no more than two (2) hours in duration and shall be scheduled as far
in advance as possible with the Contracting Officer’s Representative, in no case less than 7
working days before the outage. The Contractor shall obtain in writing from the Contracting
Officer a statement or schedule giving permissible times of outages for particular installations
and the maximum time allowed for each outage. The Contractor shall strictly observe such
schedules and will be held responsible for any violations. Standards hereinafter set forth.
B.
The Contractor may connect to existing site utilities as needed. The Contractor shall submit
drawings to the Contracting Officer’s Representative, showing the location and method of
connection. The Contractor shall then obtain approval from JFTB Public W orks. For
temporary connections, the contractor shall restore utilities to their original condition at the
point of connection upon completion of work (at the direction of the Contracting Officer’s
Representative).
GENERAL CONDITIONS
01000 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
C.
1.05
A.
1.06
A.
1.07
A.
For permanent connections, the Contractor shall comply with requirements set forth by JFTB
Public Works. Permanent connections shall be required to maintain the facility and for testing
all building systems. Final connections will be required for all utilities including: gas, water,
sewer, power (electrical), communication (data, fire, and telephone), and storm drain. Points of
contact for utilities are as follows:
1.
Basic Utilities (gas, water, sewer, power, and storm drain): Joint Forces Training Base,
Los Alamitos, CA. (JFTB) Public Works. Jesse Sluder (562) 795-2399.
2.
Communication (data, fire, and telephone): Joint Forces Training Base, Los Alamitos,
CA. (JFTB) Public Works. Walter Sharp (562) 795-2077 or Jesse Sluder (562) 7952399.
UTILITIES NOT SHOWN
The Contractor shall call JFTB Public Works and or DOIM, as noted above, prior to proceeding
with any excavation or below grade work. If the Contractor encounters within the construction
limits of the entire project, utilities not shown on the plans and not visible as to the date of the
contract, and such utilities interfere with construction operations, he shall immediately notify the
Contracting Officer as to the necessity for removal or relocation. If such utilities are left in
place, removed, or relocated as directed by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall be
entitled to equitable adjustment for any additional pertinent work or delay in accordance with
the Contract Changes Clause.
HIGHWAY FACILITIES.
Public convenience and safety: The Contractor shall conduct his operations so as to offer the
least possible obstruction and inconvenience to public traffic. All traffic shall be permitted to
pass through the work area with as little delay as possible. Convenient and suitable crossings
for access to side roads shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor. At any and all
points along the work where the nature of construction operations in progress, and the
equipment and machinery in use are of such character as to endanger passing traffic, the
Contractor shall provide such lights and signs, erect such fences or barriers, and station such
guards as may be necessary to give adequate warning to avoid damage or injury to passing
traffic. Signs, flags, lights, and other warning and safety devices shall conform to JFTB
requirements.
GOVERNMENT INSPECTION
The contractor shall notify the COR:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
22 AUGUST 2014
At least 72 hours before work is to start.
When a work stoppage of more than 48 hours in duration is anticipated.
At least 24 hours in advance of returning to work after a work stoppage.
At least 48 hours in advance of desired time for final inspection.
At least 72 hours in advance for special inspections.
Failure to make the arrangements specified in paragraph A. (above) may result in nonacceptance of work.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
01000 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.08
A.
1.09
A.
1.10
A.
1.11
A.
1.12
A.
1.13
A.
1.14
A.
22 AUGUST 2014
OMISSIONS
Omissions from the drawings and specifications, or improper description of the work, which is
manifestly necessary to carry out the intent of the drawings and specifications, or which is
customarily performed, shall not relieve the Contractor from performing such omitted or
improperly described details of the work as if fully and completely set forth and described in the
drawings and specifications.
MISCELLANEOUS REPAIR
Where the drawings and specifications indicate that repairs are to be made, but do not show in
detail the materials or methods to be used, the Contractor shall make the repairs in accordance
with industry standards and common practices of the trades involved. The Contracting Officer
(CO) reserves the right to review and approve any and all methods and procedures for repair
prior to the Contractor making the repair. Submittals shall be provided in accordance with
Division 1 Section 01330, “Submittal Procedures.”
CONTRACTOR STORAGE AREA AND PERSONNEL
The COR will designate an area that the contractor may use as a storage area. The contractor
shall contact the COR for information regarding parking areas to be used for the contractor's
equipment and personnel, and, any restrictions that will be placed on the contractor’s
personnel while on the job site.
SITE SECURITY
Security of site, materials, and storage areas are the responsibility of the Contractor. The area
shall be kept clean and free of debris.
PERMITS/ FEES
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for any required permits/ fees.
Submit evidence of application to the Contracting Officer within the first thirty days after
commencement of work.
MATERIAL APPROVAL SUBMITTALS
Any Submittal approval requiring an excess of two Government reviews (original and one resubmission) will be charged at the rate of $150 per hour.
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT THE SITE
The contractor shall keep available at the site for ready reference a complete set of all contract
drawings, details, supplementary drawings, approved submittals and approved shop drawings,
a complete copy of the specifications with all addenda, bulletins, amendments, and copies of
project correspondence. Drawings shall be full size scale drawings. Do not use out of scale
drawings on site.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
01000 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.15
A.
22 AUGUST 2014
SAFETY AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS
Comply with USACE publication number EM 385-1-1R for Safety and Health requirements
including requirements for accident prevention, fall protection, safe access, hazardous waste
operations and other requirements related to health and safety. Submit a safety plan that
includes these requirements for approval before commencing work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 01000
GENERAL CONDITIONS
01000 - 7
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 01027 - APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
1.01
GENERAL
A.
Coordinate the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment with the Contractor’s
Construction Schedule, Submittal Schedule, and List of Subcontracts.
B.
Schedule of Values: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of the
Contractor’s Progress Report.
1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules
and forms, including:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
Contractor’s Construction Schedule.
Application for Payment forms, including Continuation Sheets.
List of subcontractors.
List of products.
List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
Schedule of submittals.
Submit the proposed Schedule of Values to the Contracting Officer within 5 days of
commencement of work. The schedule of values shall include separate values for Division 1
Mobilization, Demobilization and the close out documents specified in 01700.
C. Format and Content: Use the Project Specifications table of contents as a guide to establish the
format for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.
1. Include the following Project identification:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Project name and location.
Name of Architect.
Project number.
Contractor’s name and address.
Date of submittal.
2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the
following for each item listed:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Related Specification Section or Division.
Description of Work.
Name of subcontractor.
Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
Name of supplier.
Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.
Dollar value.
Percentage of Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100
percent.
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
3.
Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate evaluation of
Applications for Payment. Break subcontract amounts down into several line items. Round
amounts to nearest whole dollar; the total shall equal the Contract Sum.
4.
Provide separate line items for initial cost of the materials, for each subsequent stage of
completion, and for total installed value.
5.
Show line items for indirect costs and margins on costs only when such items are listed
individually in Applications for Payment. Each item in the Schedule of Values and
Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include the total cost and proportionate share
of general overhead and profit margin for each item.
a. Temporary facilities and items that are not direct cost of work-in-place may be shown as
separate line items or distributed as general overhead expense.
6.
Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values when Change Orders or Construction
Change Directives change the Contract Sum.
7.
Provide a Schedule of Cost for installed items that are required to be listed on Government
Real Property Records (worksheet for DD Form 1354). The Government will provide to the
Architect Engineer and the construction contractor a copy of the current requirements at
the pre-construction meeting so that cost can be accumulated. At the end of the
construction contract, the construction contractor will forward to the Government three
copies of the completed worksheet (real property cost). This worksheet will be validated by
the Architect Engineer, who will work with the Government’s real property records person
to complete the current record documents. Final validated real property installed cost
documents shall be forwarded (two copies) to the Contracting Officer.
1.02
PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
1.03
EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)
END OF SECTION 01027
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
SUMMARY
This section includes certain administrative provisions for managing and coordinating construction operations, including but not limited to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.02
A.
General project coordination.
Coordination drawings.
Conservation.
Administrative and supervisory personnel.
Conferences and meetings.
Utility service interruptions.
Cleaning and protection.
GENERAL PROJECT COORDINATION
Coordination of Trades: Coordinate construction operations included in the various sections of
the Specifications to provide an efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different sections of the Specifications that depend on each other for proper installation, connection or operation.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results
where the installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components before or after that part.
Coordinate installation of different components to provide maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, testing and repair.
Accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
Provide for coordinated incorporation of Art and Architecture elements, Contractor's accepted Value Engineering proposals and Change Orders.
B.
Notification: Where necessary, prepare and distribute memoranda to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. When applicable, include notices, reports
and meeting minutes as part of the memoranda.
C.
Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of administrative procedures with
other construction activities to avoid conflicts and promote orderly progress of the Work. Administrative procedures include but are not limited to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Preparation of schedules.
Installation and removal of temporary facilities.
Delivery and processing of submittals.
Progress meetings.
Project closeout activities.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.03
A.
COORDINATION DRAWINGS
Prepare coordination drawings where careful coordination is needed for installation of products
and materials fabricated by separate entities, and prepare coordination drawings where limited
space availability necessitates maximum utilization of the space for efficient installation of different components.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.04
A.
22 AUGUST 2014
Show the relationship of components shown on separate shop drawings.
Indicate required installation sequences.
Provide vertical and horizontal dimensions necessary to locate each component and
avoid conflicts within the space.
Comply with shop drawing requirements for sheet size and submittal methods specified
in Division 1 Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures."
CONFERENCES AND MEETINGS
Preconstruction Conference: The Contracting Officer (CO) shall schedule a preconstruction
conference before starting construction at a time and place convenient to the Contractor. Conference shall review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
1.
Attendees: Participants at the conference shall be familiar with the project, shall be authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work, and shall minimally include representatives of the following parties:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
COR.
Contractor.
Major subcontractors.
Architect & Engineers.
Site Safety Officer.
Agenda: Subjects for discussion shall include items of significance that could effect progress, including but not limited to the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
Tentative construction schedule.
Critical work sequencing.
Designation of responsible personnel.
Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
Distribution of Contract Documents.
Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.
Preparation of Record Documents.
Use of the premises.
Parking availability.
Office, work, and storage areas.
Equipment deliveries and priorities.
Safety procedures.
First aid.
Security.
Housekeeping and progress cleaning.
Working hours.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.
B.
Reporting: No later than 3 calendar days after the conference, the Contractor shall distribute minutes of the conference to each party present and to other concerned parties,
including the COR.
Pre-installation Conferences: The Contractor shall conduct a pre-installation conference at the
Project Site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
1.
Attendees: In addition to the Contractor's representative, the installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, and its
coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or
will follow, shall attend. Prior to conferences, advise the COR of scheduled conference
dates.
2.
Agenda: Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration at each pre-installation conference, including requirements for the following.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
3.
4.
C.
22 AUGUST 2014
Contract Documents.
Options.
Related Change Orders, including accepted Value Engineering proposals.
Purchases.
Deliveries.
Submittals.
Review of mockups.
Possible conflicts.
Compatibility problems.
Time schedules.
Weather limitations.
Manufacturer's recommendations.
Warranty requirements.
Compatibility of materials.
Acceptability of substrates.
Temporary facilities and controls.
Space and access limitations.
Governing regulations.
Safety.
Testing and inspecting requirements.
Required performance results.
Protection.
Reporting: Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of each
conference. No later than 3 calendar days after each conference, the Contractor shall
distribute minutes of the conference to each party present and to other concerned parties, including the CO.
Do not proceed with the installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to the performance of the
work, and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date.
Progress Meetings: The A/E shall conduct monthly progress meetings at the Project Site.
Dates of meetings shall be coordinated with preparation of the payment request.
1.
Attendees: In addition to the Contracting Officer, the Contractors, government inspector/
QA manager and the COR representatives; each subcontractor, supplier, or other entity
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
2.
concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of
future activities shall be represented. All participants at the conference shall be familiar
with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion
as appropriate to the status of the Project.
a.
b.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how construction
behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to
do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to insure that current and
subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including but not limited to the following:
1.01
1.02
1.03
1.04
1.05
1.06
1.07
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
3.
4.
D.
22 AUGUST 2014
Interface requirements.
Time.
Sequences of operations.
Status of submittals.
Deliveries.
Off-site fabrication.
Access.
Site utilization.
Temporary facilities and controls.
Hours of work.
Hazards and risks.
Housekeeping and progress cleaning.
Quality and work standards.
Change Orders.
Documentation of information for payment requests.
Updating of Record Documents.
Reporting: No later than 3 calendar days after each meeting, the A/E shall distribute
minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other concerned parties, including
the Contracting Officer. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the
previous meeting and report.
Schedule Updating: The Contractor shall revise the Contractor's Construction Schedule
after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. The revised schedule shall be issued concurrently with the report of each meeting.
Coordination Meetings: The Contractor shall conduct project coordination meetings at regular
intervals, to verify detailed coordination procedures for the upcoming construction operations in
order to avoid potential problems and misunderstandings.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Frequency of Meetings: Bi-Weekly.
Attendees: The Contractor, COR, QA manager/ Inspector, each subcontractor, supplier,
or other entity involved in coordination or planning construction activities shall be represented. All participants shall be authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
Agenda: Review the plans and requirements of each entity present, including but not limited to the subjects listed for Progress Meetings.
Reporting: No later than 3 calendar days after each meeting, the Contractor shall distribute minutes of meeting to each party present and to other concerned parties, including
the COR.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.05
A.
1.06
22 AUGUST 2014
UTILITY SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS
Utility Service Interruptions and coordination of interruptions shall be reflected in the schedule.
See Section 01000 paragraph 1.04 for coordination requirements.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Coordination Drawings: Comply with the shop drawing requirements specified in Division 1
Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures."
B.
Waste Management: Within 15 calendar days after commencement of construction, submit a
waste management plan, followed by monthly implementation reports.
C.
Staff Names: Within 15 calendar days after award of contract, submit a list of principal staff assignments, including the superintendent and other primary personnel at the Project site. Identify
individuals by name, duties and responsibilities, with required certificates/ documents for duties
to be performed, and business and home telephone numbers.
1.
Post copies of this list in the project meeting room, temporary field office and at each
temporary telephone location.
D.
Conference and Meeting Minutes: Within times specified for reporting, distribute minutes to
concerned parties.
E.
Utility Service Interruptions: No later than 15 calendar days prior to the first planned interruption, submit a utility service interruption plan, followed by confirmed scheduled shut-down notices at least 3 calendar days prior to each interruption.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A.
GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS
Inspection of Conditions: Prior to installations, require the installer of each major component to
inspect both the substrate and conditions under which work is to be performed.
1.
2.
Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable
manner.
Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose.
B.
Construction in Progress: Keep construction in progress, and adjoining materials in place,
clean during handling and installation. Apply protective coverings where required for protection
from damage or deterioration.
C.
Completed Construction: Clean completed construction, and provide maintenance, as frequently as necessary to prevent damage or soiling or other deterioration through the remainder of the
construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components as necessary to assure operability without damage.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
D.
22 AUGUST 2014
Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to prevent exposure of any part of construction, completed or in progress, to harmful, dangerous, damaging or otherwise deleterious
conditions during the construction period. Such conditions include but are not limited to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
Excessive static or dynamic loading.
Excessive internal or external pressures.
Excessively high or low temperatures.
Thermal shock.
Excessively high or low humidity.
Pollution and air contamination.
Water or ice.
Chemicals and solvents.
Light.
Radiation.
Puncture.
Abrasion.
Heavy traffic.
Soiling, staining, and corrosion.
Bacteria.
Rodent and inset infestation.
Combustion.
Electrical current.
High-speed operation.
Improper lubrication.
Unusual wear or other misuse.
Contact between incompatible materials.
Destructive testing.
Misalignment.
Excessive weathering.
Unprotected storage.
Improper shipping or handling.
Theft or vandalism.
END OF SECTION 01310
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 01320 – PROJECT SCHEDULE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS
The schedule will be reviewed by the COR and the A/E and will be subsequently approved by
the COR (if the schedule meets contract requirements). Within 5 days after notice to proceed,
the Contractor will submit a Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule for the scope of
work contained in the Contract. The purpose of the Construction Schedule shall be to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Assure adequate planning, scheduling and reporting during execution of the construction
and related activities so they may be prosecuted in an orderly and expeditious manner,
within the Contract Time and the Milestones stipulated by the Contract.
Assure coordination of the work of the Contractor and the various subcontractors and
suppliers at all tiers.
Assist in the preparation and evaluation of the Contractor’s monthly progress payments.
Assist in monitoring the progress of the work and evaluating proposed changes to the
Contract and the Construction Schedule.
Assist in detecting problems for the purpose of taking corrective action and to provide a
mechanism or tool for determining and monitoring such corrective actions.
B.
The Work shall be prosecuted at such rate as will insure meeting the specified milestone dates
within the Contract Time. By execution of the Contract, the Contractor represents he has analyzed the work, the materials and methods involved, the systems of the building, availability of
qualified labor, restrictions of the site, constraints imposed, their own workload and capacity to
perform the work and agrees that the specified times are reasonable considering the existing
conditions prevailing in the locality of the work, including weather conditions and other factors,
with reasonable allowance for variations from average or ideal conditions.
C.
The work under this Contract will be planned, scheduled, executed and reported using the
Precedence Diagramming Technique of the Critical Path Method (hereinafter referred to as
CPM).
D.
The Contractor shall employ the services of at least one person fully qualified and with a minimum of 2 years experience in critical path scheduling on projects of similar size and scope for
the duration of the Contract.
E.
Any and all milestones listed in these specifications, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents,
represent only the major items of construction work. The milestone completion dates indicated
are considered essential to the satisfactory performance of this Contract and to the coordination
of all work on the project. The Government reserves the right to require the Contractor to prosecute the work in accordance with the specified milestone dates.
F.
The Contractor shall use Primavera/Suretrac for Windows scheduling software (latest version),
or other approved software, on this project.
PROJECT SCHEDULE
01320 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.02
22 AUGUST 2014
DETAILED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A.
Within ten (10) calendar days following notice to proceed, Contractor shall submit to the Government a detailed Construction Schedule in precedence format for the Contractor’s construction work scope.
B.
The Detailed Construction Schedule shall conform with the requirements outlined in the “Technical Requirements for Contractor-Submitted Schedules” in this specification section.
C.
The Construction Schedule shall be reviewed in the following manner.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Within fourteen (14) calendar days after receipt by the Government of the Detailed Construction Schedule, the Government shall notify the Contractor of any concerns the Government may have in regard to the Detailed Construction Schedule.
If the Government questions the Contractor’s proposed activities, logic, durations, manpower, or cost loading, the Contractor shall, within seven (7) calendar days after receipt
of the Government’s request, provide a satisfactory revision to, or adequate justification
for, these activities, logic, durations, manpower, or cost loading to the satisfaction of the
Government.
In the event the Contractor fails to define any element of work, activity or logic and the
Government review does not detect this omission or error, such omission or error, when
discovered by the Contractor or Government, shall be corrected by the Contractor at the
next monthly Schedule Update (discussed hereinafter) and shall not affect the Contract
Time.
Acceptance of Contractor’s Construction Schedule
a.
5.
6.
7.
Upon the acceptance of the changes to the Construction Schedule by the Government, the Contractor and Government shall sign on the face of the Construction
Schedule CPM Network, which shall then indicate the acceptance of the Construction Schedule.
Upon acceptance, the construction schedule shall be utilized as a BASELINE
SCHEDULE for evaluation of all work yet to be performed.
No accepted activity shall be deleted from the construction schedule. In the event that an
activity is no longer appropriate to the plan, either by change order or otherwise, it shall
be in a “zero duration status” as of the date such determination is made and offsetting
cost adjustment made as required to balance within the activity’s cost account. The
schedule, once accepted, cannot be changed/altered unless a modification to the contract has been issued (by the Contracting Officer) extending contract completions. A
“Look Ahead Schedule” shall be submitted and can be changed based upon actual conditions. The “Look Ahead Schedule” shall look one week behind and three weeks ahead
and shall be updated each week for use in weekly coordination meetings.
Redistribution of costs between contract bid line items shall not be allowed.
a.
b.
Acceptance by the Government of the Contractor’s Construction Schedule will be
required prior to making of any progress payments under the Contract after the
first sixty (60) calendar days of the Contract.
Upon acceptance of the Construction Schedule by the Government, the costloaded values of the Construction Schedule will be used as a basis for determining
progress payments based on work completed to date. Monthly progress payments
shall be based upon information developed at the monthly Schedule Update. The
computer-produced Cost Report will be structured to directly roll up to the accepted billing summary and utilized by the Government for verification of the Application for Payment submitted by the Contractor. The COR and the Contractor shall
visually inspect the work and material delivered on the site (and off site) each
PROJECT SCHEDULE
01320 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
c.
1.03
22 AUGUST 2014
month to determine progress on each task. The Contractor shall update the
schedule based upon this monthly assessment. This information may be used for
partial or progress payments at the discretion of the COR.
Acceptance by the Government of the Contractor’s Construction Schedule does
not relieve the Contractor of any of Contractor’s responsibility whatsoever for the
accuracy or feasibility of the Construction Schedule, or of the Contractor’s ability to
meet the Contract completion date or milestone dates, nor does such acceptance
acknowledge or admit the reasonableness of the activities, logic, durations, manpower, or cost loading of the Contractor’s Construction Schedule.
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTOR – SUBMITTED SCHEDULES
A.
The Contractor will consider the following guidelines in the development of the Construction
schedule:
B.
The Schedule shall be developed utilizing the Precedence Diagramming Method.
C.
Milestone dates must be adhered to and shall be clearly identified on the Schedule.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Contract Milestone dates may not be changed without the written consent of the Government.
Contract Start Milestones shall be constrained by “Start No Earlier Than” constraints.
Contract Completion Milestones shall be constrained by “Finish No Later Than” constraints.
“Mandatory”, “Start On”, and “Finish On” constraints shall not be allowed.
D.
The Schedule shall clearly identify the activities illustrating accomplishment of the time(s) for
completion of the Project set forth in the Contract. If the Schedule indicates earlier completion
time(s) than that set forth in the Contract, the difference between the Schedule and the Contract
dates shall be considered to be part of the total float available. This float is a resource available
to both the Government and the Contractor. If the Contractor presents a schedule with an early
completion date, the Government reserves the right to issue a contract change order revising
the Contract Completion Date and associated milestones to those indicated in the Contractor’s
schedule.
E.
In developing the Schedule, the Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that subcontractor
work at all tiers, as well as Contractor’s own work, is included in the Schedule.
F.
The Schedule as developed shall show the sequence and interdependence of activities required
for complete performance of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for assuring all work
sequences are logical and the Schedule shows a coordinated plan of the work.
G.
Failure by the Contractor to include any element of work required for performance of the Contract or failure to properly sequence the work shall not excuse the Contractor from completing
all work within the Contract Time.
H.
The level of detail of the Contractor’s Schedule shall be a function of the complexity of the work
involved. The total number of activities shall be subject to approval by the Government. Construction activities shall represent the continuous work of a single crew in a defined work area or
location and have duration of not longer than fifteen (15) work days, without prior acceptance of
the Government. Non-construction activities (such as procurement, fabrication, etc.) may have
durations in excess of 15 work days.
PROJECT SCHEDULE
01320 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
I.
22 AUGUST 2014
Normal weather conditions shall be considered and included in the planning and scheduling of
all work influenced by high or low ambient temperatures and/or precipitation to ensure completion of all work within the Contract Time. Normal weather conditions may be determined by an
assessment of average historical climatic conditions based upon the preceding ten (10) year
records published for the locality by the National Ocean and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA). Critical path activities which are affected by wet or muddy ground following a rain
storm shall also be addressed in the schedule. For bidding purposes the contractor shall use
Table 1 below to plan “weather” days into the schedule. The COR shall make final determination about which days shall be counted as disrupting or preventing construction activities due to
weather.
MONTHLY ANTICIPATED ADVERSE WEATHER DELAY
WORK DAYS BASED ON (5) DAY WORK WEEK
Jan
(03)
J.
Feb
(03)
Apr
(01)
May
(01)
Jun
(00)
Jul
(00)
Aug
(00)
Sep
(01)
Oct
(01)
Nov
(01)
Dec
(02)
Schedule activities shall meet the following criteria:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
K.
Mar
(03)
Activity descriptions shall be clear and concise. All activity ends must be tied into the
schedule by logical restraints.
Proposed durations assigned to each activity shall be the Contractor’s best estimate of
time required to complete the activity considering the scope and resources planned for
the activity. Labor and Resources (man-hours) allocated to each activity shall be consistent with activity duration and supported by the Contractor’s estimate and industry
standard estimating/productivity guides such as “Means”, “Blue Book”, “Walker’s”, and/or
“NECA”.
Responsibility for each activity shall be identified with a single performing organization,
typically the Subcontractor name. In addition to responsibility, each activity shall have as
minimum, activity organizational codes identifying each task and sub task associated with
the work. If a WBS structure is utilized by the contractor it shall be assigned through activity code assignments. An additional code field shall be established to differentiate between baseline and specific change order work.
Schedule activities shall be cost-loaded in whole dollars and the assigned dollar value
(cost-loading) of each activity of the Network shall cumulatively equal the specified Bid
Item Breakdown and Total Contract Amount. Mobilization, bond and insurance costs
may be shown separately; however, other general condition’s costs, overhead, profit,
etc., shall be prorated throughout all activities. For any item that the Contractor intends
to bill for stored materials, need to be shown as separate “material procurement” activities in the schedule and the material dollar only placed on these activities. Billing for
stored materials on any other scheduled activity not broken down in this manner will not
be allowed. The COR may refuse to pay for any off site materials which are not stored
properly or if the storage area is not secure. “Front Loading” or attempting to shift cost to
the initial activity will not be accepted. Cost loading must be realistic and defensible. The
COR may challenge cost loading on any or all activities and request a breakdown/justification on each activity from the Contractor.
The Contractor shall assign manpower-loading for each activity of the Network. In addition, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a separate manpower summary analysis in
graphic format depicting manpower by subcontractor and aggregate. The graph(s) shall
show the number of man-days of effort, by month, over the duration of the Construction
Schedule.
For all major equipment and materials fabricated or supplied for this project, the network shall
show a sequence of activities including:
PROJECT SCHEDULE
01320 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
22 AUGUST 2014
Preparation of shop drawings and sample submissions. Any accepted costs associated
with submittal preparation shall be assigned to the approval of the particular submittal.
Review and approval of shop drawings and samples (allow 21 calendar days for review
of submittals and 30 calendar days for review of samples)
Shop fabrication and delivery (including transit time). Advanced purchases such as mill
orders or other major equipment purchases shall be carried as separate cost loaded activities.
Erection or installation.
Field Testing of equipment and materials. Testing and Inspection shall be cost and labor
loaded to the extent of the effort necessary in the field.
L.
The schedule shall include a detailed plan for preparation, submittal, review, re-submittal, if required, and acceptance for detailed MEPS/Structural/Architectural Coordination Documents
prepared by the individual trade contractors utilizing CAD backgrounds supplied by the COR.
M.
If requested by the Government, the Contractor shall furnish a written narrative of the Contractor’s determination of durations for critical activities. Such explanation shall include the number
of crews, crew composition, number of shifts per day, number of hours in a shift and the number
of work days per week. The Contractor shall provide a list of the major items of construction
equipment intended for use on this Contract’s operations including types, number of units, unit
capacities and the proposed time each piece of equipment will be on the job, keyed to the activities on which the equipment will be used.
N.
For each Construction Schedule submittal, as well as for each Schedule Update, the Contractor
shall submit an electronic PDF file of the Contractor’s Schedule to the Government. In addition,
the Contractor shall submit accompanying schedule reports and graphics as specified in the
section on “Required Reports.”
1.04
A.
REQUIRED REPORTS
As a part of the Detailed Construction Schedule submittals, as well as for each Schedule Update, the Contractor shall submit the following reports and graphics as indicated (unless otherwise requested by the Government):
1.
Graphics:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
Detailed CPM Network with critical path highlighted (Initial Submittal and Monthly
Revisions)
Summary bar chart (Initial Submittal and Monthly Updates)
Short-interval bar chart showing 1 week of history and 3 weeks of future work
(Weekly)
Cost curve and histogram (Initial Submittal and Monthly Updates)
Manpower curve and histogram (Initial Submittal and Monthly Updates)
Computerized schedule reports:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Activity listing report showing all schedule activities, sorted by activity number (Initial Submittal).
Milestone Summary Report listing both Contract Milestones and Interim Milestones.
Precedence report showing activity predecessors and successors, sorted by activity number (Initial Submittal and Revisions).
Total float report, sorted by total float (Initial Submittal and Monthly Updates).
PROJECT SCHEDULE
01320 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
3.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
A.
Early start report, grouped and sorted by early start date.
Cost report showing activity dollar value, dollar value of work in place to-date, and
dollar value for current period (Initial Submittal and Monthly Updates).
Resource report showing man-day allocations by specific trade on each activity
(Initial Submittal and Revisions).
Variance report comparing current dates to target dates (Monthly Updates).
Cash flow report showing monthly projections of expenditures (Initial Submittal and
Monthly Updates).
Narrative schedule report including:
a.
1.05
22 AUGUST 2014
Description of the actual work accomplished during the reporting period (Monthly
Updates).
Description of any problem areas (Initial Submittal and Monthly Updates).
Description of current and anticipated delays with recommended corrective actions
to mitigate such delays (Monthly Updates).
A list of major construction equipment used on the work during the reporting period
and any construction equipment idle during the reporting period (Monthly Updates).
A total number of men by craft actually engaged on the work during the reporting
period, with such total stated separately as to office, supervisory, and direct labor
(Monthly Updates).
A list of Contractor-supplied permanent plant materials, long lead items and
equipment indicating current availability and anticipated job site delivery date (Initial Submittal and Monthly Updates).
A list and explanation of proposed modifications, additions, deletions, and changes
in logic to the approved construction schedule. If modifications are proposed, a revised schedule demonstrating the effects of such modifications is to be submitted
(Monthly Updates).
Within calendar 10 days after commencement of construction the contractor shall
submit form USACE 4025 (Contract Progress Schedule).
MILESTONES
The Contractor shall adhere to the following milestone dates in accomplishing the work unless
such dates are modified in writing by the Government:
EVENT
MILESTONE DATE
Complete Detailed Schedule Submittal
Commencement of construction + 10
calendar days**
Commence of construction + 260 calendar days*
Buildings Completed and Ready for Occupancy
*Failure to meet these Milestone dates will subject the Contractor to liquidated damages (LD).
Amounts and consequences associated with LD’S are further discussed in the documents provided with the instructions to bidders.
** Failure to provide will result in with holding of monthly payments
B.
Additional milestones shall be included in the contractor’s schedule which is not specifically tied
to consequential damages. Contractor shall determine the timing of these milestones subject to
approval by the COR.
1.
Completion of below grade work.
PROJECT SCHEDULE
01320 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.06
22 AUGUST 2014
Completion of rough grading.
Completion of hazardous materials demolition.
Completion of other demolition.
Completion of interior renovation.
Completion of exterior renovation.
Completion of hardscape/landscape.
FLOAT TIME
A.
Float is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or the Government. Float
time will be apportioned according to the needs of the project.
B.
Pursuant to the float sharing requirements as set forth in paragraph 6.1, use of float suppression techniques such as preferential sequencing, special lead/lag logic restraints, extended activity durations, or constrained dates shall be cause for rejection of the Construction Schedule
and any revisions or updates.
1.07
A.
SCHEDULE MEETINGS
Schedule meetings may be held to coincide with meetings described in Section 01310 at the
discretion of the Contracting Officer. Preconstruction Conference:
1.
The Government will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference. Contractor
shall be prepared to review and discuss the schedule and sequence of operations plus
cost and manpower loading methodology. The conference shall be attended by:
a.
b.
c.
2.
Procedures will be reviewed for the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
B.
Contractor’s Project Manager, Superintendent, and Scheduler.
Any other Contractor’s key personnel, Subcontractor’s representatives, and major
supplier’s representatives that the Contractor deems advisable to attend.
Representatives from the Government and other agencies will also be invited to attend.
Development of the Detailed Construction Schedule by the Contractor.
Periodic updating of schedule activities and method of determining schedule percent complete.
Organizational / WBS / Account Code Structures required for the project.
Cost loading of activities.
Manpower loading of activities.
Procedures for making modifications to the schedule.
Procedures for assessing schedule impacts, schedule delays and time extensions.
Development of recovery schedules.
Data exchange and communications.
Weekly Scheduled Meetings:
1.
Once each week, on a day mutually agreed to by the Government and the Contractor, a
meeting will be held to assess the progress achieved by the Contractor during previous
work week. The Contractor shall submit a progress schedule listing the activities completed and in progress for the previous week and the activities scheduled for the succeeding 3 weeks. A bar chart directly derived from the Detailed Construction Schedule
PROJECT SCHEDULE
01320 - 7
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
shall be used to generate the three week window. All activities shown in this short interval schedule will be identified by the same activity numbers and descriptions as shown in
the Construction Schedule. The Contractor may add further details to monitor this Short
Interval Schedule.
1.08
A.
SCHEDULE UPDATING AND PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Schedule Updating:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Progress Payments:
1.
2.
1.09
A.
On a monthly basis, the Contractor shall meet with the Government for the purpose of
updating the Schedule. This updating process will be performed by the Government and
Contractor making an assessment of schedule activity progress during a joint job-site
walk through. Use of a Schedule Update Report to log this activity progress is recommended. Information to be recorded consists of activity actual start and finish dates, activity percents complete and (if applicable) dollar amounts earned for each activity.
Once this information has been recorded, this data shall be processed by computer by
the Contractor, and shall be used as the basis for the Contractor’s monthly Application for
Payment. Allowable billing amounts for each activity will be the activity’s budgeted cost
amount times the updated percent complete.
Upon finalization of the computerized schedule update, the Contractor shall submit the
required schedule reports as detailed in the “Required Reports” section of this specification. Processing of the Contractor’s payment application will commence when this package is received.
In addition to these monthly updates, interim updates may be performed on the Construction Schedule at the discretion of the Government. While these interim updates will not
be for Payment Application purposes, all Contractors will be expected to contribute update data to the Government as required to complete these updates.
The submission and acceptance of progress updates and the cost reports calculating the
value of work done for any given pay period for each activity, based on the percentage
complete for that activity, shall be the basis for monthly progress payments. The Contractor shall be entitled to progress payments only as determined from the current updated and approved Schedule Cost Report generated as a result of the monthly progress
update.
The monthly updating of the Construction Schedule shall be an integral part and basic element of the estimate upon which progress payments will be made. If, in the judgment of
the Government, the Contractor fails or refuses to provide information required to accomplish a complete Construction Schedule Update or revision as specified hereinafter, the
Contractor shall be deemed to have not provided the required estimate upon which progress payments may be made, and shall not be entitled to progress payments until it has
furnished the information necessary for a complete Schedule Update to the satisfaction of
the Government.
SCHEDULE MODIFICATIONS
If as a result of the monthly Schedule Update, it appears the Construction Schedule no longer
represents the actual prosecution and progress of the work, the Government may require the
Contractor to submit a revision to the Construction Schedule. Such revisions to the Schedule
shall not alter any of the Contract Milestone constraints.
PROJECT SCHEDULE
01320 - 8
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
B.
The Contractor may also request revisions to the Construction Schedule in the event the Contractor’s planning for the work is revised. If revisions to the Construction Schedule are contemplated, the Contractor shall notify the Government in writing at least fourteen (14) calendar days
prior to the next Schedule Update meeting. The Contractor shall submit fragments of the proposed changes along with a written narrative of the proposed changes. Such revisions to the
Schedule shall not alter any of the Project Milestone dates. If accepted by the Government,
these fragments will be incorporated into the Construction Schedule.
C.
Updating the Construction Schedule to reflect actual progress shall not be considered a revision
to the Construction Schedule.
D.
Schedule revisions shall be submitted utilizing a copy of the updated construction schedule as
modified with proposed changes; a narrative explanation of the change(s); and a copy of a detailed “Claim Digger” comparison with the current updated schedule detailing all changes.
E.
Upon acceptance of a revision, the revised current Construction Schedule shall be the basis for
evaluating future status, impacts, and/or changes.
1.10
A.
SCHEDULE IMPACTS, SCHEDULE DELAYS AND TIME EXTENSIONS
During the course of the Project, it may be appropriate to revise the Schedule to incorporate impacts or delay issues into the Project Schedule. If the Contractor feels he has encountered
schedule impacts that he feels may warrant a time extension, he shall present an Impacted
Schedule to the Government supporting his claim.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The procedure for incorporating impacts into the schedule is as follows:
Create a schedule activity (or activities) that represents the scope of the change or delay.
Assign durations and cost/manpower resources to these new activities.
Determine appropriate logic ties for these new activities. Assign predecessors and successors so that these activities can tie into the existing schedule activities. Every effort to
mitigate the potential delay by either isolating the impact of the delay or planning “workaround” approaches to the work shall be considered and incorporated where deemed effective.
These impact activities should be loaded into a copy of the updated schedule that immediately preceded the impact issue’s time frame. For instance, if an impact issue occurs
during mid-April, the new activities should be input into the March 31 (status date) update.
After the Schedule is recalculated with these impact activities in place, the affect they
have on the Project Milestones will determine if any time extension is merited.
B.
The Impacted Schedule, along with the backup data describing the new schedule activities and
logic ties, which comprise the impact/delay issues, will be submitted to the Government for review and approval. If approved, these impact/delay issues will become a permanent part of the
Project Schedule. The Contractor shall not unilaterally make changes to the Project Schedule
to justify schedule impacts without the approval of the Government.
C.
Activity delays shall not automatically mean that an extension of the Contract Time is warranted
or due the Contractor. It is possible that an impact or delay will not affect existing critical activities or cause non-critical activities to become critical. An impact or delay may result in only absorbing a part of the available total float that may exist within an activity chain of the Network,
thereby not causing any effect on the Contract Completion Date or other Contract Milestone
dates.
PROJECT SCHEDULE
01320 - 9
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
D.
Float is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Government or the Contractor. Contract
time extensions will be granted only to the extent that equitable time adjustments to the activity
or activities affected by the impact or delay exceeds the total float along the critical path of activities at the time of the delay.
E.
Legitimate impacts which could be the basis for a time extension are limited to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Labor disputes and strikes (including strikes affecting transportation), that do, in fact, directly and critically affect the progress of the work; however, an extension of Contract
Time on account of an individual labor strike shall not exceed the number of calendar
days of said strike.
Acts of God, tornado, fire, hurricane, blizzard, earthquake, typhoon, or flood that damage
properly protected completed work or stored materials.
Abnormal inclement weather; however, the Contract Time will not be extended due to
normal inclement weather. The Contractor shall incorporate an allowance for normal inclement weather in his Detailed Construction Network. If the Contractor believes that the
progress of the work has been adversely affected by abnormal inclement weather, he
shall submit a written request for extension of time to the Government
Acts of another Contractor in the performance of a Contract with the Government relating
to the Project.
Design changes by the Government or COR that can be shown to have an impact on the
completion of the Project or an individual Contract Milestone.
Delays by the Government that impact work performed by a Contractor, such as delays
of Government-furnished equipment.
Delays by the COR, such as submittal approval or RFI response periods in excess of
those herein specified.
F.
The Government shall not have any obligation to consider any time extension request unless
the requirements of this specification section are complied with. The Government shall not be
responsible or liable to Contractor for any constructive acceleration due to failure of the Government to grant time extensions under the Contract Documents should Contractor fail to substantially comply with the submission requirements and the justification requirements of this
Contract for time extension requests.
G.
In the event the contractor fails to submit a time impact analysis prior to the completion of impacted work, the impact of delays shall be limited to that portion of actual delay attributable to
those legitimate impacts enumerated herein.
H.
Compensability for delay shall be limited as follows:
I.
Delays due to Force Majeure or Acts of God shall be non-compensable.
J.
Delays concurrent with delays by the Contractor shall be non-compensable.
1.11
A.
RECOVERY SCHEDULE
Contractor shall furnish such manpower, materials, facilities and equipment and shall work such
hours, including shift work and overtime, as may be necessary to insure the progress and completion of the work in accordance with the approved and currently updated Construction Schedule. If work falls behind schedule due to Contractor actions to the extent that any of the milestone dates or completion dates will not be met, the Contractor agrees that he will, as necessary, and within 48 hours of written notice, take some or all of the following actions at no additional cost to the Government, as required to substantially eliminate, in the judgment of the
Government, the backlog of work:
PROJECT SCHEDULE
01320 - 10
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.
2.
22 AUGUST 2014
Increase manpower in quantities and crafts necessary.
Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per working day, working days per
week, the amount of equipment, or any combination of the foregoing, and/or reschedule
activities to achieve maximum practical concurrency of accomplishment.
B.
The Contractor shall also submit to the Government a Supplementary Recovery Schedule in the
form of a fragment , which displays how the Contractor intends to reschedule activities to regain
compliance with the Construction Schedule’s Milestone dates.
C.
Failure of the Contractor to substantially comply with these requirements may be considered
grounds for a determination by the Government that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the
work with sufficient diligence to ensure its completion within the Contract Time. Upon making
this determination, the Government may:
1.
2.
3.
1.12
Take over those aspects of the work which are behind schedule, or portions thereof, as
the Government may, at its sole discretion, deem appropriate and deduct by Change Order all costs of performing such work from the Contract Sum.
Withhold payment in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions.
Terminate the Contract in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions.
FAILURE TO PERFORM SCHEDULING TASKS
A.
Contractor fails to substantially comply with the scheduling requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor hereby agrees, in such instance, to comply with such schedules as the
Government develops, or directs, and activity sequences and durations as the Government may
reasonably require, without additional cost to the Government (subject only to cost adjustments
for such changes in the work as the Government may direct), to ensure completion within the
Contract Time. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Government in supplying data and requested information necessary for all stages of schedule development, modifications, and updating.
B.
The Government shall have the right, at their option, to retain the services of scheduling consultants or experts (including attorneys if necessary in their opinion) to prepare a schedule in
accordance with the Contract Documents. This schedule will be used to allow the Government
to evaluate the work by the Contractor, and to determine whether the Contractor is substantially
complying with the Contract Documents. All costs incurred by the Government in preparing this
schedule shall be charged to the Contractor's account.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION 01320
PROJECT SCHEDULE
01320 - 11
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 01322 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1.
2.
1.02
Preconstruction photographs.
Periodic construction photographs.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked
for location and direction of each photograph. Indicate elevation or story of construction.
Include same label information as corresponding set of photographs.
B.
Construction Photographs: Submit six prints of each photographic view within seven days of
taking photographs.
1.
2.
Format: 8-by-10-inch smooth-surface matte prints on single-weight commercial-grade
photographic paper mounted on card stock to allow a 1-inch wide margin punched for
standard 3-ring binder.
Identification: On back of each print, provide an applied label or rubber-stamped
impression with the following information:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
3.
Name of Project.
Name and address of photographer.
Name of Architect.
Name of Contractor.
Date photograph was taken if not date stamped by camera.
Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and
elevation or story of construction.
g.
Unique sequential identifier.
Digital Images: Submit a complete set of digital image electronic files as Project Record
Document on CD-ROM. Identify electronic media with date photographs were taken.
Submit images that have same aspect ratio as the sensor, uncropped.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A.
CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
General: Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in focus, to
clearly show the Work. Photographs with blurry or out-of-focus areas will not be accepted.
1.
Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each
photographic location.
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
01322 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
B.
Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera,
without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software.
1.
2.
C.
22 AUGUST 2014
Date and Time: Include date and time in filename for each image.
Field Office Images: Maintain one set of images on CD-ROM in the field office at Project
site, available at all times for reference. Identify images same as for those submitted to
Architect.
Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take color, digital photographs of
Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction,
from different vantage points, as directed by Architect.
1.
2.
3.
Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs.
Take eight photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting
the Work.
Take eight photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to accurately
record physical conditions at start of construction.
D.
Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 12 color digital photographs weekly. Select vantage
points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken. Submit
photographs with Application For Payment.
E.
Additional Photographs: Architect may issue requests for additional photographs, in addition to
periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will be paid for by Change Order and
are not included in the Contract Sum.
1.
2.
3.
Three days' notice will be given, where feasible.
In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours of request.
Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Special events planned at Project site.
Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses.
Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site. These
photographs are not subject to unit prices or unit-cost allowances.
Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work.
Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance.
Owner's request for special publicity photographs.
END OF SECTION 01322
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
01322 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY
A.
The contractor shall develop and maintain a submittal log showing all submittals required by the
specifications and drawings. This shall be used for coordination at weekly meetings. Format to
be approved by the Contracting Officer.
B.
This Section includes certain administrative and procedural requirements for shop drawings,
coordination drawings, schedules, samples and certain other quality assurance submittals.
C.
This section does not include requirements for the following submittals:
1.
2.
3.
D.
Inspection and test reports specified in Division 1 Section 01400, "Quality Requirements”.
Warranties, closeout submittals, record documents, operation, maintenance and instruction manuals specified in Division 1 Section 01780, "Closeout Submittals”.
Reports, schedules and other submittals specified in Division 1 Section 01320, "Project
Schedule".
For clarity purposes, shop drawings, coordination drawings and schedules are further categorized as follows:
1.
2.
3.
Shop drawings include drawings and schedules specifically prepared for the project, except for coordination drawings.
Coordination drawings are specified in Division 1 Section 01310, "Project Management
and Coordination."
Product data includes manufacturer's standard catalogs, pamphlets and other printed
materials, and includes but is not limited to the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
Product specifications.
Installation instructions.
Color charts.
Catalog cuts.
Rough-in diagrams and templates.
Wiring diagrams.
Performance curves.
Operational range diagrams.
Mill reports.
E.
Samples may include samples of such scale to allow delivery for review, as well as field samples or mock-ups of full-size physical examples erected on-site or elsewhere, or establish a
true-scale standard by which the corresponding work will be judged or a standard for compliance testing.
F.
Other quality assurance submittals include materials specifically prepared for the project, except
drawings and schedules, and include but are not limited to the following:
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.
2.
3.
1.02
A.
Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities and with the Submittal Schedule specified in Division 1 Section 01320, "Project Schedule". Submittals shall be transmitted to the Architect & Engineer within 30 calendar
days after receipt of notice to proceed, unless the approved Submittal Schedule specifically
provides for a later or earlier submission. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of the
scheduled performance of related construction activities to avoid delaying the Work, allowing for
the review times specified for submittals in Division 1 Section 01320, "Project Schedule" and
elsewhere in the Contract documents.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Coordinate each submittal with other submittals and related activities that require sequential scheduling, to allow for testing, purchase, fabrication and product delivery in a
timely manner.
Schedule transmittal of different categories of submittals for the same element of Work
and for different elements of related parts of the Work at the same time.
Allow sufficient time for submittal review, corrections following the initial review and resubmittal review before activities scheduled after the submittal approval.
Any resubmission required after Government review shall be made within 10 calendar
days after return of the submittal, unless specifically authorized otherwise by the COR.
Submittals which are determined to be incomplete or otherwise substandard will be returned to the Contractor with no further review. Delays due to incomplete or rejected
submittals will not be excused.
Construction will not be allowed to proceed if submittals are not received in a timely manner. Failure by the Contractor to provide the required submittals in a timely manner will
not result in an extension to the Contractor's Construction Schedule.
Failure by the Contractor to provide the required submittals in a timely manner may result
in progress payment requests being returned to the Contractor until submittals are up-todate.
Submittal Preparation: Identify and prepare drawings and samples as specified in the Construction Contract Clauses. Minimally include the following on a permanent label for other submittals:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
C.
Design data and calculations.
Certifications of compliance or conformance.
Manufacturer's instructions and field reports.
GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
1.
B.
22 AUGUST 2014
Project name and number.
Date.
Name, address and telephone number of firm or entity that prepared the submittal.
Name and address of the Contractor.
Name of the manufacturer.
Number and title of appropriate specification section.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
Space to record Contractor's review and approval markings, and for Contracting Officer's
or Contraction Officer's Representative's action; approximately 5 by 5 inches (250 by 250
mm).
Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal for transmission and handling. Transmit each
submittal from the Contractor to the Contracting Officer or Contracting Officer's representative
by use of a transmittal form. Minimally include the following information on the transmittal form.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
1.03
22 AUGUST 2014
Project name and number.
Date.
Destination (To:).
Source (From:).
Names of subcontractor, manufacturer and supplier, as applicable.
Category of submittal.
Description of submittal
Number and title of appropriate specification section.
Submittal number, including means to separately identify initial submittal and each resubmittal.
Certification by Contractor stating that submittal complies with the Contract Documents,
or statement of deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents including
minor variations and limitations. Deviations may be listed on an attached sheet referenced on the transmittal form.
Signature of transmitter.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A.
Submit originally prepared information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not reproduce Contract
Documents or copy standard printed materials as the basis for Shop Drawings and Coordination
Drawings.
B.
Minimally include the following information on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Dimensions.
Identification of products and materials.
Compliance with specified standards.
Notation of coordination requirements.
Notation of dimensions established by field measurements, if any.
Highlighted or encircled deviations from the Contract Documents, if any.
C.
Sheet size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings
and Coordination Drawings on sheets of at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm) but no
larger than 30 by 40 inches (750 by 1000 mm).
D.
Submittals: Unless otherwise indicated, submit six (6) blue-line or black-line prints of each
drawing submittal.
E.
Distribution: When submittal is approved, Contractor shall prepare final blue-line or black-line
print copies from the approved reproducible print, for the following purposes.
1.
2.
3.
1.04
A.
One print shall be marked and retained as a "Record Document."
Unless otherwise requested, two prints shall be provided to the Contracting Officer’s Representative.
Additional prints shall be provided to the entities involved in the effected construction.
PRODUCT DATA
Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each system or element of construction. Mark
each copy to show specific product choices and options applicable to the project. Product Data
shall include the following information, where applicable:
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
22 AUGUST 2014
Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
Compliance with recognized trade association standards.
Compliance with recognized testing standards.
Applicability of testing agency labels and seals.
Notation of dimensions verified for fit by field measurements.
Notation of coordination requirements.
B.
Preliminary Submittal: Prior to submittal of complete Product Data, submit a preliminary single
copy of that part of Product Data when selection of options is required, such as for color charts.
Preliminary submittal will be returned, with selection noted, for the Contractor's use in subsequent submittals.
C.
Submittals: Unless otherwise indicated, submit not less than six (6) copies of each Product Data submittal. Three (3) copies will be retained, and the remaining copies will be marked with action taken and returned.
D.
Distribution: When submittal is approved, Contractor shall distribute approved copies for the following purposes:
1.
2.
1.05
One copy shall be marked and retained as a "Record Document."
Additional copies shall be provided to the manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, installers, governing authorities and others as required for performance of the applicable
construction activities.
SAMPLES
A.
Submit full-size, fully fabricated samples, cured and finished in the manner specified. Samples
shall be physically identical to the material or product proposed for use.
B.
Mount, display, or package samples to facilitate review of kind, color, pattern, texture and other
qualities indicated, as a final check of these characteristics with other elements and for comparison of these characteristics with those of the actual component delivered and installed.
C.
Where variation in color, pattern, texture or other characteristic is inherent in the material or
product, submit at least 3 multiple units that show approximate limits of the variations.
D.
Refer to other specification sections for requirements for samples that illustrate workmanship,
fabrication techniques, and details of assembly, connections, operations and similar construction characteristics.
E.
Refer to other specification sections for samples to be returned to the Contractor for incorporation in the Work. Such samples must be in undamaged condition at time of use.
F.
Preliminary Submittal: Where color, pattern, texture or similar characteristics are specified to be
selected from a manufacturer's range of standard choices, submit a preliminary single set sample of available choices prior to submittal of the complete sample. Preliminary submittal will be
returned, with selection noted, for the Contractor's use in subsequent submittals.
G.
Submittals: Unless otherwise indicated and except for field samples or mock-ups of full-size
physical examples erected on-site or elsewhere, submit not less than six (6) sets of each sample submittal. Three (3) copies will be marked with action taken and returned. Comply with requirements in the individual specification section for field samples and mockups.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
H.
Distribution: Except for field samples or mockups, when submittal is approved, Contractor shall
distribute approved copies for the following purposes:
1.
2.
1.06
22 AUGUST 2014
One copy shall be marked and retained as a "Record Document" at the Project Site, and
shall be available for comparison throughout the course of construction activity.
Additional copies shall be provided to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, installers, governing authorities and others as required for performance of the applicable construction activities.
OTHER QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit other quality assurance submittals in compliance with requirements in the individual
specification sections.
B.
Certifications: Submit notarized certifications from the party certifying compliance with specified
requirements. Certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign
documents on behalf of the company certifying compliance.
1.07
REVIEW ACTION ON SUBMITTALS
A.
Except for submittals for the record or for information or for another purpose where no action
and return is required, the Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officer's authorized representative will review submittals and mark returned copies to indicate action taken.
B.
Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility, and is not part of the
Contracting Officer's review and indication of action taken. No matter what review action is taken, final acceptance will depend on full compliance with the Contract Documents.
C.
Submittals that do not contain an appropriate marking of approval by the Contracting Officer or
Contracting Officer's representative shall not be used for construction.
D.
Action Stamp: Each submittal will be stamped with a uniform action stamp. The stamp shall be
marked to indicate one of the following actions taken:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Final Unrestricted Release: Where marked "Reviewed Without Comment", the work covered by the submittal may proceed, provided it complies with the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
Final But Restricted Release: Where marked "Reviewed With Comment", the work covered by the submittal may proceed, provided it complies with the notations or corrections
on the submittal and with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
Return for re-submittal: Where marked "Reviewed Revise and Resubmit", do not proceed with the work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery or
any other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal according to the notations on the
submittal or on the return transmittal. Resubmit without delay, repeating as necessary to
obtain a final release action mark.
No Action: Where a submittal is for the record or for information or for another purpose
not requiring review action, the submittal may not be returned or may be returned and
marked "Reviewed Action Not Required."
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.08
A.
22 AUGUST 2014
REVIEW TIME ON SUBMITTALS
In accordance with Section 01000 paragraph 1.13.A the Contractor shall be charged for review
time for submittals requiring more than two reviews (original and one resubmission).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)
END OF SECTION 01330
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 01400 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and
quality control.
B.
Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or
indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the
Contract Document requirements.
1.
2.
Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other qualityassurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract
Document requirements.
Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality-control services
required by The Contracting Officer, or other authorities having jurisdiction, are not limited
by provisions of this Section.
C.
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
D.
All quality-assurance services activities, certifications, tests, actions and procedures and all
quality-control services tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions shall be paid for by
the Contractor.
1.02
DEFINITIONS
A.
Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during
execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed
construction will comply with requirements.
B.
Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after
execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and
completed construction comply with requirements.
C.
Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are used to
verify selections made under sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where
indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction, coordination, testing,
or operation; they are not Samples. Approved mockups establish the standard by which the
Work will be judged.
D.
Laboratory Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed at testing facility to
verify performance characteristics.
E.
Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for the Project
before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or
compliance with specified criteria.
F.
Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing
agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to
establish product performance and compliance with industry standards.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01400 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
G.
Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e.,
plant, mill, factory, or shop.
H.
Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation
of the Work and for completed Work.
I.
Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing
laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
J.
Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an
employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation,
including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
1.
K.
1.03
Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must
be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name,
such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively
to trades people of the corresponding generic name.
Experienced: When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a
minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with
special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A.
General: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish
different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the
most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but
apparently equal, to Architect and COR as an RFI for a decision before proceeding.
B.
Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be
the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the
minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits.
To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as
appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision
before proceeding.
1.04
SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate
their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on
the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.
B.
Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Date of issue.
Project title and number.
Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
Identification of product and Specification Section.
Complete test or inspection data.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01400 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
C.
1.05
22 AUGUST 2014
Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and
inspecting.
Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with
the Contract Document requirements.
Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting.
Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses,
certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee
payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for
compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
General: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels
required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
B.
Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling
work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has
resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
C.
Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar
to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as
well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
D.
Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated
for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
production capacity to produce required units.
E.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering
services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for
installations of the system, assembly, or products that are similar to those indicated for this
Project in material, design, and extent.
F.
Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities
shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall
satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.
1.
G.
Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the
experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according
to ASTM E 548; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where
required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.
1.
2.
H.
Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and regulations governing
the Work.
NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.
NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory
Accreditation Program.
Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of
manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01400 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for
this Project.
I.
Mockups: Construct Mockup of EIFS and Polymer Acrylic color coated stucco exterior finish for
approval prior to proceeding with the work:
1.
Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by
Architect.
2.
Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be
constructed.
3.
Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
4.
Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction.
5.
Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for
judging the completed Work.
6.
Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.
J.
Laboratory Mockups: Comply with requirements of preconstruction testing and those specified
in individual Sections in Divisions 2 through 16.
1.06
A.
QUALITY CONTROL
Contractors Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated, Contractor will
engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
1.
2.
B.
Contractor will furnish COR with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing
agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged
to perform.
Costs for retesting and re-inspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work
that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the
Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order.
Tests and inspections not explicitly called out are Contractor's responsibility. Unless otherwise
indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having
jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having
jurisdiction, whether specified or not.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Where services are indicated, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality
control services.
Notify testing agencies at least 48 hours in advance of time when work that requires
testing or inspecting will be performed.
Where quality-control services are indicated, submit six (6) copies of certified written
report for each quality-control service.
Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract
Documents are Contractor's responsibility.
Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction,
when so direct.
C.
Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including
service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 1 Section "Submittal
Procedures."
D.
Retesting/Re-inspecting: Provide quality-control services, including retesting and re-inspecting,
for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.
Retesting and re-inspecting shall be the Contractor's responsibility,
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01400 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
E.
Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of
duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
F.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Access to the Work.
Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing
agency.
Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project
site.
Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance
and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing
construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1.
1.07
Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the
Work during performance of its services.
Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests
are conducted.
Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and
inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.
Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar qualitycontrol service through Contractor.
Do not release or revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements, or
approve, or accept any portion of the Work.
Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and
similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify
agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the
following:
1.
2.
3.
G.
22 AUGUST 2014
Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A.
Special Tests and Inspections: Contractor will engage a qualified testing agency to conduct
special tests and inspections required by the plans, specifications and the COR:
B.
Special Tests and Inspections: Contractor will engage a qualified special inspector as required
by the plans, specifications and the COR:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures
and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work.
Notifying Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in
the Work during performance of its services.
Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control
service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction.
Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion,
which, includes a list of unresolved deficiencies?
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01400 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
5.
6.
22 AUGUST 2014
Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected
work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
Retesting and re-inspecting corrected work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
1.01
A.
REPAIR AND PROTECTION
General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair
damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1.
2.
Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Specification Sections. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining
areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible.
Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section "Cutting and
Patching."
B.
Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C.
Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for quality-control services.
END OF SECTION 01400
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01400 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 01410 – ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
The Contractor shall perform the work minimizing environmental pollution and damage as the
result of construction operations. Environmental pollution and damage is the presence of
chemical, physical, or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human health or
welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances of importance to human life; affect other species
of importance to humankind; or degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic, cultural
and/or historical purposes. The control of environmental pollution and damage requires
consideration of land, water, and air, and includes management of visual aesthetics, noise, solid
waste, as well as other pollutants. The environmental resources within the project boundaries
and those affected outside the limits of permanent work shall be protected during the entire
duration of this contract.
B.
Contractor shall comply with all relevant mitigation measures required by Joint Forces Training
Base. Point of Contact for Environmental Protection is Tom Tandoc (telephone 562-795-2114).
C.
Subcontractors: The Contractor shall ensure compliance with this section by subcontractors.
D.
Environmental Protection Plan: The Contractor shall submit an environmental protection plan
within 15 days after receipt of the notice to proceed. Approval of the Contractor's plan will not
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for adequate and continuing control of pollutants and
other environmental protection measures. The environmental protection plan shall include, but
shall not be limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
A list of Federal, State, and local laws, regulations, and permits concerning
environmental protection, pollution control and abatement that are applicable to the
Contractor's proposed operations and the requirements imposed by those laws,
regulations, and permits.
Methods for protection of features to be preserved within authorized work areas like
trees, shrubs, grasses and ground cover, landscape features, air and water quality, and
soil.
Procedures to be implemented to provide the required environmental protection, to
comply with the applicable laws and regulations, and to correct pollution due to accident,
natural causes, or failure to follow the procedures of the environmental protection plan.
Location of the solid waste disposal area.
Drawings showing locations of any proposed temporary excavations or stockpiles of
excess or spoil materials.
Environmental monitoring plans for the job site, including land, water, air, and noise
monitoring.
Traffic control plan including measures to reduce the amount of mud transported onto
paved public roads by vehicles or runoff.
Methods of protecting surface and ground water during construction activities.
Plan showing the proposed activity in each portion of the work area and identifying the
areas of limited use or nonuse. Plan should include measures for marking the limits of
use areas.
Drawing of borrow area location. Protection measures required at the work site shall
apply to the borrow areas including final restoration for subsequent beneficial use of the
land.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
01410 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
11.
12.
22 AUGUST 2014
A recycling and waste prevention plan with a list of measures to reduce consumption of
energy and natural resources; for example: the possibility to shred fallen trees and use
them as mulch shall be considered as an alternative to burning or burial.
Training for Contractor's personnel during the construction period.
E.
Permits: The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits or licenses. The Government will
not obtain any permits for this project; see Contract Clause PERMITS AND
RESPONSIBILITIES. The State department of natural resources, through the national pollutant
discharge elimination system (NPDES), requires general permits, a notice of intent, and a notice
of discontinuation. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing the terms and
requirements of the appropriate permits as needed and for payment of all fees. Contractor shall
address all NPDES requirements, including but not limited to preparation of the “SWPPP” and
the “NOI”. All documentation related to NPDES must be submitted to the contracting officer for
review and approval.
F.
Preconstruction Survey: Prior to starting any onsite construction activities, the Contractor and
the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) shall make a joint condition survey after which
the Contractor shall prepare a brief report indicating on a layout plan the condition of trees,
shrubs and grassed areas immediately adjacent to work sites and adjacent to the assigned
storage area and access routes as applicable. This report will be signed by both the COR and
the Contractor upon mutual agreement as to its accuracy and completeness.
G.
Meetings: The Contractor shall meet with representatives of the COR to alter the environmental
protection plan as needed for compliance with the environmental pollution control program.
H.
Notification: The COR will notify the Contractor in writing of any observed noncompliance with
the previously mentioned Federal, State or local laws or regulations, permits, and other
elements of the Contractor's environmental protection plan. The Contractor shall, after receipt
of such notice, inform the COR of proposed corrective action and take such action when
approved. If the Contractor fails to comply promptly, the COR may issue an order stopping all
or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. No time extensions shall
be granted or costs or damages allowed to the Contractor for any such suspensions.
I.
Litigation: If work is suspended, delayed, or interrupted due to a court order of competent
jurisdiction, the COR will determine whether the order is due in any part to the acts or omissions
of the Contractor, or subcontractors at any tier, not required by the terms of the contract. If it is
determined that the order is not due to Contractor's failing, such suspension, delay, or
interruption shall be considered as ordered by the COR in the administration of the contract
under the contract clause SUSPENSION OF WORK.
J.
Previously Used Equipment: The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all construction equipment
previously used at other sites before it is brought into the work areas, ensuring that soil
residuals are removed and that egg deposits from plant pests are not present; the Contractor
shall consult with the USDA jurisdictional office for additional cleaning requirements.
K.
Payment: No separate payment will be made for work covered under this section; all costs
associated with this section shall be included in the contract unit and/or lump sum prices in the
Bidding Schedule.
1.02
A.
LAND RESOURCES
The Contractor shall confine all activities to areas defined by the drawings and specifications.
Prior to the beginning of any construction, the Contractor shall identify the land resources to be
preserved within the work area. Except in areas indicated on the drawings or specified to be
cleared, the Contractor shall not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy land resources including
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
01410 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
trees, shrubs, and grasses without permission. No ropes, cables, or guys shall be fastened to
or attached to any trees for anchorage unless specifically authorized. Where such emergency
use is permitted, the Contractor shall provide effective protection for land and vegetation
resources at all times as defined in the following subparagraphs. Stone, earth or other material
displaced into unclear areas shall be removed.
B.
Work Area Limits: Prior to any construction, the Contractor shall mark the areas that need not
be disturbed under this contract. Isolated areas within the general work area which are to be
saved and protected shall also be marked or fenced. Monuments and markers shall be
protected before construction operations commence. Where construction operations are to be
conducted during darkness, the markers shall be visible. The Contractor's personnel shall be
knowledgeable of the purpose for marking and/or protecting particular objects.
C.
Landscape: Trees, shrubs, grasses, and other landscape features indicated and defined on the
drawings to be preserved shall be clearly identified by marking, fencing, or wrapping with
boards, or any other approved techniques.
D.
Unprotected Erodible Soils: Earthwork brought to final grade shall be finished as indicated.
Side slopes and back slopes shall be protected as soon as practicable upon completion of
rough grading. All earthworks shall be planned and conducted to minimize the duration of
exposure of unprotected soils.
E.
Disturbed Areas: The Contractor shall effectively prevent erosion and control sedimentation
through approved methods including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
1.03
Retardation and control of runoff. Runoff from the construction site or from storms shall
be controlled, retarded, and diverted to protected drainage courses by means of diversion
ditches, benches, berms, and by any measures required by area wide plans under the
Clean Water Act.
Erosion and sedimentation control devices. The Contractor shall construct or install
temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control features. Berms, dikes,
drains, sedimentation basins, grassing, and mulching shall be maintained until permanent
drainage and erosion control facilities are completed and operative.
Sediment basins. Sediment from construction areas shall be trapped in temporary or
permanent sediment basins. The basins shall accommodate the runoff of a local 5 year
storm. After each storm, the basins shall be pumped dry and accumulated sediment
shall be removed to maintain basin effectiveness. Overflow shall be controlled by paved
weirs or by vertical overflow pipes. The collected topsoil sediment shall be reused for fill
on the construction site, and/or stockpiled for use at another site. The Contractor shall
institute effluent quality monitoring programs as required by State and local
environmental agencies.
WATER RESOURCES
A.
The Contractor shall keep construction activities under surveillance, management, and control
to avoid pollution of surface and ground waters. Toxic or hazardous chemicals shall not be
applied to soil or vegetation when such application may cause contamination of the fresh water
reserve. Monitoring of water areas affected by construction shall be the Contractor's
responsibility. All water areas affected by construction activities shall be monitored by the
Contractor.
B.
Washing and Curing Water: Waste waters directly derived from construction activities shall not
be allowed to enter water areas. Waste waters shall be collected and placed in retention ponds
where suspended material can be settled out or the water evaporates to separate pollutants
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
01410 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
from the water. Analysis shall be performed and results reviewed and approved before water in
retention ponds is discharged.
1.04
AIR RESOURCES
A.
Equipment operation and activities or processes performed by the Contractor in accomplishing
the specified construction shall be in accordance with the State's rules and all Federal emission
and performance laws and standards. Ambient Air Quality Standards set by the Environmental
Protection Agency shall be maintained. Monitoring of air quality shall be the Contractor's
responsibility. All air areas affected by the construction activities shall be monitored by the
Contractor. Monitoring results will be periodically reviewed by the Government to ensure
compliance.
B.
Particulates: Dust particles; aerosols and gaseous by-products from construction activities; and
processing and preparation of materials shall be controlled at all times, including weekends,
holidays and hours when work is not in progress. The Contractor shall maintain excavations,
stockpiles, haul roads, permanent and temporary access roads, plant sites, spoil areas, borrow
areas, and other work areas within or outside the project boundaries free from particulates
which would cause the air pollution standards to be exceeded or which would cause a hazard or
a nuisance. Sprinkling, chemical treatment of an approved type, light bituminous treatment, bag
house, scrubbers, electrostatic precipitators or other methods will be permitted to control
particulates in the work area. Sprinkling, to be efficient, must be repeated to keep the disturbed
area damp at all times. The Contractor must have sufficient, competent equipment available to
accomplish these tasks. Particulate control shall be performed as the work proceeds and
whenever a particulate nuisance or hazard occurs.
C.
Hydrocarbons and Carbon Monoxide: Hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide emissions from
equipment shall be controlled to Federal and State allowable limits at all times.
D.
Odors: Odors shall be controlled at all times for all construction activities, processing and
preparation of materials.
E.
Sound Intrusions: The Contractor shall keep construction activities under surveillance and
control to minimize environment damage by noise.
1.05
WASTE DISPOSAL
A.
Disposal of wastes shall be as specified below.
B.
Solid Wastes: Solid wastes (excluding clearing debris) shall be placed in containers which are
emptied on a regular schedule. Handling and disposal shall be conducted to prevent
contamination. Segregation measures shall be employed so that no hazardous or toxic waste
will become co-mingled with solid waste. The Contractor shall transport solid waste off
Government property and dispose of it in compliance with Federal, State, and local
requirements for solid waste disposal. Waste materials shall be hauled to the Government
landfill site designated by the COR. The Contractor shall comply with Federal, State, and local
laws and regulations pertaining to the use of landfill areas.
C.
Chemical Wastes: Chemicals shall be dispensed ensuring no spillage to ground or water.
Periodic inspections of dispensing areas to identify leakage and initiate corrective action shall
be performed and documented. This documentation will be periodically reviewed by the
Government. Chemical waste shall be collected in corrosion resistant, compatible containers.
Collection drums shall be monitored and removed to a staging or storage area when contents
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
01410 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
are within 6 inches of the top. Wastes shall be disposed of in accordance with Federal and
local laws and regulations.
D.
Hazardous Wastes: The Contractor shall take sufficient measures to prevent spillage of
hazardous and toxic materials during dispensing and shall collect waste in suitable containers
observing compatibility. The Contractor shall transport hazardous waste off Government
property and dispose of it in compliance with Federal and local laws and regulations. Spills of
hazardous or toxic materials shall be immediately reported to the COR. Cleanup and cleanup
costs due to spills shall be the Contractor's responsibility.
E.
Burning: Burning is not permitted.
1.06
A.
1.07
A.
POST CONSTRUCTION CLEANUP
The Contractor shall clean up all areas used for construction.
RESTORATION OF LANDSCAPE DAMAGE
The Contractor shall restore landscape features damaged or destroyed during construction
operations outside the limits of the approved work areas.
END OF SECTION 01410
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
01410 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
DEFINITIONS
A.
General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B.
"Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications,
and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the
Conditions of the Contract.
C.
"Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."
D.
"Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown,"
"noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
E.
"Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control
performance of the Work.
F.
"Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
G.
"Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
H.
"Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
I.
"Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site
is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which
Project is to be built.
1.02
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A.
Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards
are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B.
Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents
unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with
industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not
bound with the Contract Documents.
1.
REFERENCES
Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain
copies directly from publication source.
01420 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.03
22 AUGUST 2014
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A.
Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Thomson
Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional
Associations of the U.S."
B.
Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
AA
Aluminum Association, Inc. (The)
AABC
Associated Air Balance Council
AAMA
American Architectural Manufacturers Association
AATCC
American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The)
ABMA
American Bearing Manufacturers Association
ACI
ACI International (American Concrete Institute)
ACPA
American Concrete Pipe Association
AEIC
Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The)
AF&PA
American Forest & Paper Association
AGA
American Gas Association
AGC
Associated General Contractors of America (The)
AHA
American Hardboard Association (Now part of CPA)
AI
Asphalt Institute
AIA
American Institute of Architects (The)
AISC
American Institute of Steel Construction
AISI
American Iron and Steel Institute
AITC
American Institute of Timber Construction
ALSC
American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated
AMCA
Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
APA
APA - The Engineered Wood Association
APA EWS
APA - The Engineered Wood Association; Engineered Wood Systems
ARI
Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute
REFERENCES
01420 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
ARMA
Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association
ASCE
American Society of Civil Engineers
ASHRAE
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
ASME
ASME International
(The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International)
ASSE
American Society of Sanitary Engineering
ASTM
ASTM International
(American Society for Testing and Materials International)
AWCI
AWCI International
(Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry International)
AWCMA
American Window Covering Manufacturers Association
(Now WCSC)
AWI
Architectural Woodwork Institute
AWPA
American Wood-Preservers' Association
AWS
American Welding Society
AWWA
American Water Works Association
BHMA
Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
CCC
Carpet Cushion Council
CDA
Copper Development Association
CFFA
Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc.
CGA
Compressed Gas Association
CIMA
Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association
CISCA
Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association
CISPI
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
CLFMI
Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
CRRC
Cool Roof Rating Council
CPA
Composite Panel Association
CPPA
Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association
CRI
Carpet & Rug Institute (The)
CRSI
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
REFERENCES
01420 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
CSA
CSA International
(Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services)
CSI
Construction Specifications Institute (The)
CTI
Cooling Technology Institute
(Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute)
DHI
Door and Hardware Institute
EIA
Electronic Industries Alliance
EIMA
EIFS Industry Members Association
EJCDC
Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee
EJMA
Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.
ESD
ESD Association
FM Approvals
FM Approvals
FM Global
FM Global
(Formerly: FMG - FM Global)
FMRC
Factory Mutual Research
(Now FM Global)
FSA
Fluid Sealing Association
FSC
Forest Stewardship Council
GA
Gypsum Association
GANA
Glass Association of North America
GRI
(Now GSI)
GS
Green Seal
GSI
Geosynthetic Institute
HI
Hydraulic Institute
HI
Hydronics Institute
HMMA
Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association
(Part of NAAMM)
HPVA
Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association
IAS
International Approval Services
(Now CSA International)
ICEA
Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.
REFERENCES
22 AUGUST 2014
01420 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
ICRI
International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.
IEC
International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The)
IESNA
Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
IEST
Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology
IGCC
Insulating Glass Certification Council
IGMA
Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance
ISO
International Organization for Standardization
ISSFA
International Solid Surface Fabricators Association
ITS
Intertek Testing Service NA
ITU
International Telecommunication Union
KCMA
Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association
LMA
Laminating Materials Association
(Now part of CPA)
LPI
Lightning Protection Institute
MFMA
Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.
MPI
Master Painters Institute
MSS
Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.
NAAMM
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
NACE
NACE International
(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International)
NADCA
National Air Duct Cleaners Association
NAIMA
North American Insulation Manufacturers Association
NCPI
National Clay Pipe Institute
NCTA
National Cable & Telecommunications Association
NEBB
National Environmental Balancing Bureau
NECA
National Electrical Contractors Association
NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NETA
International Electrical Testing Association
REFERENCES
01420 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
NFPA
NFPA
(National Fire Protection Association)
NFRC
National Fenestration Rating Council
NGA
National Glass Association
NHLA
National Hardwood Lumber Association
NLGA
National Lumber Grades Authority
NOFMA
NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association
(Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association)
NRCA
National Roofing Contractors Association
NRMCA
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
NSF
NSF International
(National Sanitation Foundation International)
NSSGA
National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association
NTMA
National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The)
NWWDA
National Wood Window and Door Association
(Now WDMA)
PDCA
Painting & Decorating Contractors of America
PDI
Plumbing & Drainage Institute
PGI
PVC Geomembrane Institute
RCSC
Research Council on Structural Connections
RFCI
Resilient Floor Covering Institute
SAE
SAE International
SDI
Steel Door Institute
SEI/ASCE
Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers
(See ASCE)
SGCC
Safety Glazing Certification Council
SIA
Security Industry Association
SIGMA
Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association
(Now IGMA)
SMA
Screen Manufacturers Association
SMACNA
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association
REFERENCES
22 AUGUST 2014
01420 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SPFA
Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance
(Formerly: SPI/SPFD - The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.; Spray
Polyurethane Foam Division)
SPIB
Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The)
SPRI
Single Ply Roofing Industry
SSINA
Specialty Steel Industry of North America
SSPC
SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings
SWI
Steel Window Institute
SWRI
Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute
TCA
Tile Council of America, Inc.
TIA/EIA
Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance
TPI
Truss Plate Institute, Inc.
UL
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
UNI
Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association
USGBC
U.S. Green Building Council
WASTEC
Waste Equipment Technology Association
WCLIB
West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
WCMA
Window Covering Manufacturers Association
(Now WCSC)
WCSC
Window Covering Safety Council
(Formerly: WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association)
WDMA
Window & Door Manufacturers Association
(Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door Association)
WI
Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of California)
WIC
Woodwork Institute of California
(Now WI)
WMMPA
Wood Molding & Millwork Producers Association
WSRCA
Western States Roofing Contractors Association
WWPA
Western Wood Products Association
REFERENCES
01420 - 7
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
C.
22 AUGUST 2014
Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
BOCA
BOCA International, Inc.
(See ICC)
IAPMO
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
ICBO
International Conference of Building Officials
(See ICC)
ICBO ES ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc.
(See ICC-ES)
ICC
International Code Council
ICC-ES
ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.
SBCCI
Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc.
(See ICC)
UBC
Uniform Building Code
(See ICC)
D.
Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list.
CE
Army Corps of Engineers
CPSC
Consumer Product Safety Commission
DOC
Department of Commerce
DOD
Department of Defense
DOE
Department of Energy
EPA
Environmental Protection Agency
FAA
Federal Aviation Administration
FCC
Federal Communications Commission
FDA
Food and Drug Administration
GSA
General Services Administration
HUD
Department of Housing and Urban Development
LBL
Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory
NCHRP
National Cooperative Highway Research Program
(See TRB)
NIST
National Institute of Standards and Technology
REFERENCES
01420 - 8
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
OSHA
Occupational Safety & Health Administration
PBS
Public Building Service
(See GSA)
PHS
Office of Public Health and Science
RUS
Rural Utilities Service
(See USDA)
SD
State Department
TRB
Transportation Research Board
USDA
Department of Agriculture
USPS
Postal Service
E.
Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and
regulations in the following list.
ADAAG
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Architectural Barriers Act (ABA)
CFR
Code of Federal Regulations
DOD
Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards
DSCC
Defense Supply Center Columbus
(See FS)
FED-STD
Federal Standard
(See FS)
FS
Federal Specification
FTMS
Federal Test Method Standard
(See FS)
MIL
(See MILSPEC)
MIL-STD
(See MILSPEC)
MILSPEC
Military Specification and Standards
UFAS
Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards
F.
22 AUGUST 2014
State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following
list.
REFERENCES
01420 - 9
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01420
REFERENCES
01420 - 10
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Site Plan: The Contractor shall prepare a site plan indicating the proposed location and
dimensions of any area to be fenced and used by the Contractor, the number of trailers to be
used, and avenues of ingress/egress to the fenced area and details of the fence installation.
Any areas which may have to be graveled to prevent the tracking of mud shall also be identified.
The Contractor shall also indicate if the use of a supplemental or other staging area is desired.
B.
Employee Parking: Contractor employees shall park privately owned vehicles in an area
designated by the COR. This area may be on the construction site or be within reasonable
walking distance of the construction site. Contractor employee parking shall not interfere with
existing and established parking requirements of the military installation.
1.02
AVAILABILITY AND USE OF UTILITY SERVICES
A.
Payment for Utility Services: The Contractor shall be responsible for all temporary utilities and
incurred costs.
B.
Meters and Temporary Connections: The Contractor, at its expense and in a manner
satisfactory to the COR, shall provide and maintain necessary temporary connections,
distribution lines, and meter bases (Contractor will provide meters) required to measure the
amount of each utility used for the purpose of determining charges. The Contractor shall notify
the COR, in writing, 5 working days before final electrical connection is desired so that a utilities
contract can be established. The Contractor will provide a meter and make the temporary
power final hot connection after inspection and approval of the Contractor's temporary wiring
installation. The Contractor shall not make the final electrical connection.
C.
Sanitation: The Contractor shall provide and maintain within the construction area minimum
field-type sanitary facilities approved by the COR. Government toilet facilities will not be
available to Contractor's personnel.
D.
Telephone: The Contractor shall make arrangements and pay all costs for temporary telephone
facilities desired.
1.03
BULLETIN BOARD, PROJECT SIGN, AND PROJECT SAFETY SIGN
A.
Bulletin Board: Immediately upon beginning of work, the Contractor shall provide a bulletin
board not less than 36 by 48 inches in size for displaying the Equal Employment Opportunity
poster, a copy of the wage decision contained in the contract, Wage Rate Information poster,
and other information approved by the COR. The bulletin board shall be located within the
Contractor’s trailer at the project site in a conspicuous place easily accessible to all employees.
Legible copies of the aforementioned data shall be displayed until work is completed. Upon
completion of work the bulletin board shall be removed by and remain the property of the
Contractor.
B.
Project Sign: The requirements for the sign, content, and location shall be as directed by the
Contracting Officer. The sign shall be 4-feet high x 8-feet wide, with the project name, name of
contractor, along with project information such as future home of the California Army National
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
01500 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
Guard, contact information and similar information. The sign shall be erected within 30 days
after receipt of the notice to proceed. Upon completion of the project, the sign shall be removed
from the site.
1.04
PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC
A.
The Contractor shall maintain and protect traffic on all affected roads during the construction
period except as otherwise specifically directed by the COR. Measures for the protection and
diversion of traffic, including the provision of watchmen and flagmen, erection of barricades,
placing of lights around and in front of equipment and the work, and the erection and
maintenance of adequate warning, danger, and direction signs, shall be as required by the
State and local authorities having jurisdiction. The traveling public shall be protected from
damage to person and property. The Contractor's traffic on roads selected for hauling material
to and from the site shall interfere as little as possible with public traffic. The Contractor shall
investigate the adequacy of existing roads and the allowable load limit on these roads. The
Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any damage to roads caused by construction
operations.
B.
Barricades: The Contractor shall erect and maintain temporary barricades to limit public access
to hazardous areas. Such barricades shall be required whenever safe public access to paved
areas such as roads, parking areas or sidewalks is prevented by construction activities or as
otherwise necessary to ensure the safety of both pedestrian and vehicular traffic. Barricades
shall be securely placed, clearly visible with adequate illumination to provide sufficient visual
warning of the hazard during both day and night.
1.05
CONTRACTOR'S TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A.
Administrative Field Office: The Contractor shall provide and maintain, at Contractor expense,
one administrative field office facility within the construction area at the designated site. Field
office shall be neat and substantial and comply with all requirements in par. 1.06A.
B.
Storage Area: The Contractor shall construct a temporary 6 foot high chain link fence around
trailer and materials. Fence posts may be driven, in lieu of concrete bases, where soil
conditions permit. Trailer, materials, or equipment shall not be placed or stored outside the
fenced area unless such trailer, materials, or equipment are assigned a separate and distinct
storage area by the COR away from the vicinity of the construction site but within the military
boundaries. Materials shall not be stockpiled outside the fence in preparation for the next day's
work. Mobile equipment, such as tractors, wheeled lifting equipment, cranes, trucks, and like
equipment, shall be parked within the fenced area at the end of each work day.
C.
Appearance of Trailer: Trailer utilized by the Contractor for administrative or material storage
purposes shall present a clean and neat exterior appearance and shall be in a state of good
repair. Trailer that, in the opinion of the COR, requires exterior painting or maintenance will not
be allowed on the construction site.
D.
Maintenance of Storage Area: Fencing shall be kept in a state of good repair and proper
alignment. Should the Contractor elect to traverse, with construction equipment or other
vehicles, grassed or unpaved areas which are not established roadways, such areas shall be
covered with a layer of gravel as necessary to prevent rutting and the tracking of mud onto
paved or established roadways; gravel gradation shall be at the Contractor's discretion.
E.
Security Provisions: Adequate outside security lighting shall be provided at the Contractor's
temporary facilities. The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of its own equipment;
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
01500 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
in addition, the Contractor shall notify the appropriate law enforcement agency requesting
periodic security checks of the temporary project field office.
1.06
A.
1.07
TEMPORARY PROJECT SAFETY FENCING
As soon as practicable, but not later than 15 days after the date established for commencement
of work, the Contractor shall furnish and erect temporary project safety fencing at the work site.
The safety fencing shall be a high visibility orange colored, high density polyethylene grid or
approved equal, a minimum of 42 inches high, supported and tightly secured to steel posts
located on maximum 10 foot centers, constructed at the approved location. The safety fencing
shall be maintained by the Contractor during the life of the contract and, upon completion and
acceptance of the work, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from
the work site.
CLEANUP
A.
Construction debris, waste materials, packaging material and the like shall be removed from the
work site daily. Any dirt or mud which is tracked onto paved or surfaced roadways shall be
cleaned away. Materials resulting from demolition activities which are salvageable shall be
stored within the fenced area described above or at the supplemental storage area. Stored
material not in trailers, whether new or salvaged, shall be neatly stacked when stored.
B.
Food and drinks will not be allowed inside perimeter building walls of the new Readiness Center
during construction.
1.08
A.
RESTORATION OF STORAGE AREA
Upon completion of the project and after removal of trailers, materials, and equipment from
within the fenced area, the fence shall be removed and will become the property of the
Contractor. Areas used by the Contractor for the storage of equipment or material, or other use,
shall be restored to the original or better condition. Gravel used to traverse grassed areas shall
be removed and the area restored to its original condition, including top soil and seeding as
necessary.
END OF SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
01500 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 01731 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
B.
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to
cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.
C.
See Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Fire stop Systems" for patching fire-rated
construction.
1.02
A.
SUBMITTALS
Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least TEN (10)
days before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed.
Include the following information:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.03
Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate
why they cannot be avoided.
Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to
structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's
appearance and other significant visual elements.
Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work.
Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: List services/systems that cutting
and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services/systems that will be relocated
and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long services/systems will
be disrupted.
Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to
structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of
reinforcement with original structure.
Architect's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting and
patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of
unsatisfactory work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change
their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.
B.
Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a
manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased
maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01731 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
C.
Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components
in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity
to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or
safety.
D.
Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual
evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or
in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's
aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a
visually unsatisfactory manner.
1.04
A.
WARRANTY
Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or
damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to
void existing warranties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS
A.
General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.
B.
In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
1.
If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when
installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A.
EXAMINATION
Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to
be performed.
1.
2.
Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates,
including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers.
Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01731 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.02
22 AUGUST 2014
PREPARATION
A.
Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
B.
Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be
exposed during cutting and patching operations.
C.
Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage
to adjoining areas.
D.
Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems
are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before
cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas.
3.03
A.
PERFORMANCE
General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and
patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
1.
B.
Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar
operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or
adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply
with original Installer's written recommendations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance
of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their
original condition.
In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size
required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover
openings when not in use.
Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
Concrete: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.
Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections
where required by cutting and patching operations.
Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be
removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent
entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.
Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations
following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as
possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Sections.
1.
2.
Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonstrate integrity of installation.
Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of
patching and refinishing.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01731 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.
4.
5.
D.
22 AUGUST 2014
Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area
into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even
surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall
coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and
appearance.
Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re-hang in place ceilings as necessary to provide an evenplane surface of uniform appearance.
Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a
weather tight condition.
Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely
remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.
END OF SECTION 01731
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01731 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 01732 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
3.
Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.
Demolition and removal of asbestos and lead containing materials.
Asbestos and Lead paint abatement.
B.
Hazardous materials are known to exist in and on building B-1. It is the responsibility of the
Contractor to demolish, remove and dispose of all hazardous materials required by the project.
C.
See Section 02080 for “Site Specific Asbestos Abatement” requirements.
D.
See Section 02085 for “General Asbestos Abatement” requirements.
E.
See Section 02090 for “Site Specific Lead Abatement” requirements.
F.
See Section 02095 for “General Lead Abatement” requirements.
1.02
DEFINITIONS
A.
Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless
indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B.
Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner.
C.
Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not
otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.
1.03
SUBMITTALS
A.
Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate detailed sequence of selective demolition and
removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity, interruption of utility services, use of
elevator and stairs, and locations of temporary partitions and means of egress.
B.
Pre-demolition Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site
improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective
demolition operations. Comply with Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation." Submit
before Work begins.
1.04
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in
material and extent to that indicated for this Project.
B.
Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program.
C.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning
selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
01732 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
D.
Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.
E.
Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.05
22 AUGUST 2014
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct
selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.
B.
Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as
practical.
1.
Before selective demolition, Owner will remove the following items:
a.
Stored items in Hangar below exposed wood roof decking.
C.
Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with
selective demolition.
D.
Hazardous Materials: Hazardous materials are present in construction to be selectively demolished.
A report on the presence of hazardous materials and site specific specifications for their removal are
included in Site Specific Abatement specifications. Examine specifications to become aware of
locations where hazardous materials are present.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Hazardous material demolition, removal and disposal shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor.
See Section 02080 for “Site Specific Asbestos Abatement” requirements.
See Section 02085 for “General Asbestos Abatement” requirements.
See Section 02090 for “Site Specific Lead Abatement” requirements.
See Section 02095 for “General Lead Abatement” requirements.
E.
Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.
F.
Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against
damage during selective demolition operations.
1.
1.06
A.
Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
WARRANTY
Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged
during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION
A.
Verify that abandoned utilities have been disconnected and capped.
B.
Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective
demolition required.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
01732 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
C.
Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed
and salvaged.
D.
When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function
or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly
submit a written report to Architect.
E.
Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether removing any
element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or
adjacent structures during selective demolition operations.
F.
Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs.
1.
G.
3.02
Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation."
Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition
activities.
UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A.
Existing Services/Systems: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against
damage during selective demolition operations.
B.
Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility
services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.
1.
2.
3.
3.03
A.
Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.
If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding
with selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective
demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.
Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal
remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.
PREPARATION
Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations
to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied
and used facilities.
1.
Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division 1 Section
"Temporary Facilities and Controls."
B.
Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to
people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
C.
Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to
preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to
remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being
demolished.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
01732 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.04
A.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction
and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing
regulations and as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
3.05
Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting
methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand
tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to
minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.
Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing
finished surfaces.
Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed
spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before
starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices
during flame-cutting operations.
Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose
excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Division 1
Section "Construction Waste Management".
Removed and Salvaged Items:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
22 AUGUST 2014
Clean salvaged items.
Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
Transport items to designated Owner's storage area.
Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling
during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable,
protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original
locations after selective demolition operations are complete.
DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A.
General: Except for items or materials indicated to be salvaged, or otherwise indicated to remain
Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an
EPA-approved landfill.
B.
Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C.
Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
3.06
A.
CLEANING
Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition
operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations
began.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
01732 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
22 AUGUST 2014
01732 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
22 AUGUST 2014
01732 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
22 AUGUST 2014
01732 - 7
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
22 AUGUST 2014
01732 - 8
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
22 AUGUST 2014
01732 - 9
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
22 AUGUST 2014
01732 - 10
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
22 AUGUST 2014
01732 - 11
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
01732 - 12
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
22 AUGUST 2014
01732 - 13
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
22 AUGUST 2014
01732 - 14
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
Relocate existing plumbing vent from clerestory through roof
END OF SECTION 01732
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
01732 - 15
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 01735 - FIRE PREVENTION PRECAUTIONS FOR HOT WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
1.02
SUMMARY
This section applies to safeguards to be observed in performing hot work, including welding,
soldering, brazing and other operations where open flames or implements utilizing heat are
used. A hot work permit is required. Apply 24 hours I advance with JFTB Fire Department.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A.
The Contractor shall ensure that operations involving the use of open-flame, electrical arc
equipment or flammable substances are not conducted until a permit for welding, cutting, and
burning has been completed, signed and issued by the Building Manager.
B.
The Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) must approve the location of asphalt kettles for
roofing work.
C.
Prior to commencing operations, a positive determination shall be made that it is impractical to
conduct the hot work in a shop area or outside of the building. Coordinate suitable locations for
hot equipment operations agreeable to the COR.
1.03
NOTIFICATON
A.
The Contractor shall notify the COR of the area of operations for each day and of all subsequent changes that occur.
B.
The Contractor shall notify the Building Manager of all locations where hot work has been performed not less than 30 minutes or more than 90 minutes after work is completed or stopped for
the day.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A.
INSPECTION
Before starting operations, the Contractor shall furnish trained personnel to provide fire watches
for locations where hot work is to be performed. One fire watcher may observe several locations in a relatively small contiguous area if approved by the Contracting Officer=s Representative.1.Contractor shall furnish suitable type, fully-charged, operable portable fire extinguisher to
each fire watcher.
1.
B.
The Contractor shall provide fire watchers who know how to operate the fire extinguisher,
how to turn on a fire alarm and how to summon the fire department.
Before starting operations, take suitable precautions to minimize the hazard of a fire communicating to the opposite side of walls, floors, ceilings and roofs from the operations.
FIRE PREVENTION PRECAUTIONS FOR HOT WORK
01735 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.02
22 AUGUST 2014
SAFETY MEASURES
A.
Hot work shall not be done in or near rooms or areas where flammable liquids or explosive vapors are present or thought to be present. A combustible gas indicator (explosimeter) test shall
be conducted to assure that each area is safe. The Contractor is responsible for arranging and
paying for each test.
B.
Insofar as possible, the Contractor shall remove and keep the area free from all combustibles,
including rubbish, paper and waste within a radius of 25 feet from hot operations.
1.
2.
If combustible material cannot be removed, the Contractor shall furnish fireproof blankets
to cover such materials. At the direction of the Building Manager or COR, floors, walls,
and ceilings of combustible material shall be wetted thoroughly with water before, during,
and after operations sufficiently to afford adequate protection.
Where possible, the Contractor shall furnish and use baffles of metal or gypsum board to
prevent the spraying of sparks, hot slag and other hot particles into surrounding combustible material.
C.
The Contractor shall prevent the spread of sparks and particles of hot metal through open windows, doors, and holes and cracks in floors, walls, ceilings and roofs.
D.
Cylinders of gas used in hot work shall be placed a safe distance from the work. The Contractor shall provide hoses and equipment free of deterioration, malfunction and leaks. Suitable
supports shall be provided to prevent accidental overturning of cylinders. All cylinder control
valves shall be shut off while in use with the gas pressure regulator set at 15 psi or less.
E.
When hot work operations are completed or ended for the day, each location of the day’s work
shall be inspected by the Contractor 30 to 60 minutes after completion of operations to detect
for hidden or smoldering fires and to ensure that proper housekeeping is maintained. Contractor shall cleanup the area of work at the end of each shift or workday.
F.
Where sprinkler protection exists, the sprinkler system shall be maintained without interruption
while operations are being performed. If operations are performed close to automatic sprinkler
heads, gypsum board sheets or damp cloth guards may be used to shield the individual heads
temporarily. The heads shall be inspected by the Contractor immediately after hot work operations cease, to ensure all materials have been removed from the heads and that the heads have
not been damaged.
G.
Suitable type, fully-charged, operable portable fire extinguisher shall be available at all times
during hot work operations.
H.
If any of the above safeguards are not employed, or are violated, the COR may, by written notice, stop the work until compliance is obtained. Such stoppage shall not relieve the Contractor
form performing his work within the Contract period for the Contract price.
END OF SECTION 01735
FIRE PREVENTION PRECAUTIONS FOR HOT WORK
01735 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 01780 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
1.01
A.
SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for submittals listed below with a "GA" designation; submittals
having an "FIO" designation are for information only. The following shall be submitted in
accordance with Section 01330, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
B.
1.
Mark-Up As-Built Drawings (FOI):
Contractor shall maintain Mark-Up As-Built Drawings showing final condition of the
project. As-Built drawings shall consist of one set of black-line prints, neatly annotated in
red, showing all changes made during construction. The As-Built Drawings shall be
turned over to the Architect at the completion of construction for conversion into
electronic files for use by the Government. Government shall withhold final payment until
Mark-Up As-Built Drawings are completed and turned over to the Architect.
C.
1.02
A.
2.
As-Built Record of Equipment And Materials (GA): Six copies of record listing the as-built
materials and equipment incorporated into the construction of the project.
3.
Warranty Management Plan (GA): Six sets of the warranty management plan containing
information relevant to the warranty of materials and equipment incorporated into the
construction project, including the starting date of warranty of construction. The
Contractor shall furnish with each warranty the name, address, and telephone number of
each of the guarantor's representatives nearest to the project location.
4.
Warranty Tags (FIO): Two record copies of the warranty tags showing the layout and
design.
5.
Final Clean-Up (FIO): Two copies of the listing of completed final clean-up items.
The Contractor shall provide formal training of Government user personnel on all equipment
installed under this contract. Training will be conducted by the manufacturer or his designated
representative. This training shall not be less than 4 hours per unit of equipment and not longer
than 40 hours, depending on the complex operation of the equipment, maintenance required,
and safety training needed. The Contractor and Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) will
establish a list of items that require training during the submittal process. This list will be given
to the Contractor for processing. The Contractor shall establish date and time that the training
will be provided. The Contractor shall notify the COR thirty (30) working days prior to training.
This will allow the COR sufficient time to notify the user and arrange for personnel to be
present. Upon completion of training, the contractor shall provide the COR the sign-in sheet
and written overview of the training.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
As-Built Drawings: This paragraph covers as-built drawings complete, as a requirement of the
contract. The terms "drawings," "contract drawings," "drawing files," "working as-built drawings"
and "final as-built drawings" refer to contract drawings which are revised to be used for final asbuilt drawings.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
01780 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
B.
Government Furnished Materials: One set of electronic CADD files in the specified software
and format revised to reflect all bid amendments will be provided by the Government at the
preconstruction conference for projects requiring CADD file as-built drawings.
C.
Working As-Built Drawings: The Contractor shall revise 1 set of paper drawings by red-line
process to show the as-built conditions during the prosecution of the project. These working asbuilt marked-up drawings shall be kept current on a daily basis and the set shall be available on
the jobsite at all times. Field changes or modifications from the contract plans which are made
in the work, or additional information which might be uncovered in the course of construction,
shall be accurately and neatly recorded as they occur by means of details and notes. The
marked-up drawings shall be turned over to the Government at the completion of construction
for use by the A&E in completing the electronic As-Built Drawings set.
D.
As-Built Record of Equipment and Materials: The Contractor shall furnish 6 copies of
preliminary record of equipment and materials used on the project 15 days prior to final
inspection. This preliminary submittal will be reviewed and returned 7 days after final inspection
with Government comments. Two sets of final record of equipment and materials shall be
submitted 10 days after final inspection. The designations shall be keyed to the related area
depicted on the contract drawings. The record shall list the following data:
RECORD OF DESIGNATED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DATA
Description
Specification
Section
Manufacturer
and Catalog,
Model, and
Serial Number
Composition
and Size
Where
Used
E.
Final Approved Shop Drawings: The Contractor shall furnish final approved project shop
drawings no later than 30 days after transfer of the completed facility.
F.
Construction Contract Specifications: The Contractor shall furnish final as-built construction
contract specifications, including modifications thereto, 30 days after transfer of the completed
facility.
G.
Real Property Equipment: The Contractor shall furnish a list of installed equipment furnished
under this contract. The list shall include all information usually listed on manufacturer's name
plate. The "EQUIPMENT-IN-PLACE LIST" shall include, as applicable, the following for each
piece of equipment installed: description of item, location (by room number), model number,
serial number, capacity, name and address of manufacturer, name and address of equipment
supplier, condition, spare parts list, manufacturer's catalog, and warranty. A draft list shall be
furnished at time of transfer. The final list shall be furnished 30 days after transfer of the
completed facility.
1.03
A.
WARRANTY MANAGEMENT
Warranty Management Plan: The Contractor shall develop a warranty management plan which
shall contain information relevant to the clause Warranty of Construction. At least 30 days
before the planned pre-warranty conference, the Contractor shall submit the warranty
management plan for Government approval. The warranty management plan shall include all
required actions and documents to assure that the Government receives all warranties to which
it is entitled. The plan shall be in narrative form and contain sufficient detail to render it suitable
for use by future maintenance and repair personnel, whether tradesmen, or of engineering
background, not necessarily familiar with this contract. The term "status" as indicated below
shall include due date and whether item has been submitted or was accomplished. Warranty
information made available during the construction phase shall be submitted to the COR for
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
01780 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
approval prior to each monthly pay estimate. Approved information shall be assembled in a
binder and shall be turned over to the Government upon acceptance of the work. The
construction warranty period shall begin on the date of project acceptance and shall continue for
the full product warranty period. A joint 4 month and 9 month warranty inspection shall be
conducted, measured from time of acceptance, by the Contractor, COR and the Customer
Representative. Information contained in the warranty management plan shall include, but shall
not be limited to, the following:
B.
1.
2.
3.
Roles and responsibilities of all personnel associated with the warranty process, including
points of contact and telephone numbers within the organizations of the Contractors,
subcontractors, manufacturers or suppliers involved.
Listing and status of delivery of all Certificates of Warranty for extended warranty items,
to include roofs, HVAC balancing, pumps, motors, transformers, and for all
commissioned systems such as fire protection and alarm systems, sprinkler systems,
lightning protection systems, etc.
A list for each warranted equipment, item, feature of construction or system indicating:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
4.
5.
6.
C.
Name of item.
Model and serial numbers.
Location where installed.
Name and phone numbers of manufacturers or suppliers.
Names, addresses and telephone numbers of sources of spare parts.
Warranties and terms of warranty. This shall include one-year overall warranty of
construction. Items which have extended warranties shall be indicated with
separate warranty expiration dates.
Cross-reference to warranty certificates as applicable.
Starting point and duration of warranty period.
Summary of maintenance procedures required to continue the warranty in force.
Cross-reference to specific pertinent Operation and Maintenance manuals.
Organization, names and phone numbers of persons to call for warranty service.
Typical response time and repair time expected for various warranted equipment.
The Contractor's plans for attendance at the 4 and 9 month post-construction warranty
inspections conducted by the Government.
Procedure and status of tagging of all equipment covered by extended warranties.
Copies of instructions to be posted near selected pieces of equipment where operation is
critical for warranty and/or safety reasons.
Performance Bond: The Contractor's Performance Bond shall remain effective for a period of
one year following completion of construction and approval of final inspection.
D.
1.
2.
3.
In the event the Contractor fails to commence and diligently pursue any construction
warranty work required, the COR will have the work performed by others, and after
completion of the work, will charge the remaining construction warranty funds of
expenses incurred by the Government while performing the work, including, but not
limited to administrative expenses.
In the event sufficient funds are not available to cover the construction warranty work
performed by the Government at the Contractor's expense, the COR will have the right to
recoup expenses from the bonding company.
Following oral or written notification of required construction warranty repair work, the
Contractor shall respond in a timely manner. Written verification will follow oral
instructions. Failure of the Contractor to respond will be cause for the COR to proceed
against the Contractor.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
01780 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
E.
Pre-Warranty Conference: Prior to contract completion, and at a time designated by the COR,
the Contractor shall meet with the COR to develop a mutual understanding with respect to the
requirements of this section. Communication procedures for Contractor notification of
construction warranty defects, priorities with respect to the type of defect, reasonable time
required for Contractor response, and other details deemed necessary by the COR for the
execution of the construction warranty shall be established/reviewed at this meeting. In
connection with these requirements and at the time of the Contractor's quality control
completion inspection, the Contractor shall furnish the name, telephone number and address of
a licensed and bonded company which is authorized to initiate and pursue construction
warranty work action on behalf of the Contractor. This point of contact will be located within the
local service area of the warranted construction, shall be continuously available, and shall be
responsive to Government inquiry on warranty work action and status. This requirement does
not relieve the Contractor of any of its responsibilities in connection with other portions of this
provision.
F.
Contractor's Response to Construction Warranty Service Requirements: Following oral or
written notification by the COR, the Contractor shall respond to construction warranty service
requirements in accordance with the "Construction Warranty Service Priority List" and the three
categories of priorities listed below. The Contractor shall submit a report on any warranty item
that has been repaired during the warranty period. The report shall include the cause of the
problem, date reported, corrective action taken, and when the repair was completed. If the
Contractor does not perform the construction warranty within the time frame specified, the
Government will perform the work and back charge the construction warranty payment item
established.
G.
1.
2.
3.
4.
First Priority Code 1. Perform onsite inspection to evaluate situation, and determine
course of action within 8 hours, initiate work within 24 hours and work continuously to
completion or relief.
Second Priority Code 2. Perform onsite inspection to evaluate situation, and determine
course of action within 16 hours, initiate work within 36 hours and work continuously to
completion or relief.
Third Priority Code 3. All other work to be initiated within 3 work days and work
continuously to completion or relief.
The "Construction Warranty Service Priority List" is as follows:
a.
Code 1-Electrical
1)
2)
3)
b.
Code 2-Electrical
1)
2)
c.
Power failure (no power to a room or part of building).
Receptacle and lights (in a room or part of building).
Code 1-Gas
1)
2)
3)
d.
Power failure (entire area or any building operational after 1600 hours).
Security lights
Smoke detectors
Leaks and breaks.
No gas to hot water heaters or HVAC equipment.
Code 1-Roof Leaks
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
01780 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1)
e.
H.
Where major damage to property is not occurring, check for location
leak during rain and complete repairs on a Code 2 basis.
of
Code 2-Water (Exterior)
1)
g.
Temporary repairs will be made where major damage to property is
occurring.
Code 2-Roof Leaks
1)
f.
22 AUGUST 2014
No water to facility.
Code 3-All other work not listed above.
Warranty Tags: At the time of installation, each warranted item shall be tagged with a durable,
oil and water resistant tag approved by the COR. Each tag shall be attached with a 316
stainless steel wire and shall be sprayed with a silicone waterproof coating. The date of
acceptance and the Contractor Supervisor’s signature shall remain blank until project is
accepted for beneficial occupancy. The tag shall show the following information.
a.
Type of product/material
b.
Model number
c.
Serial number
d.
Contract number
e.
Warranty period
f.
Inspector's signature
g.
Construction Contractor
from
to
Address
Telephone number
h.
Warranty contact
Address
Telephone number
1.04
A.
i.
Warranty response time priority code
j.
WARNING - PROJECT PERSONNEL TO PERFORM ONLY OPERATIONAL
MAINTENANCE DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD.
MECHANICAL TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING, AND COMMISSIONING
Prior to final inspection and transfer of the completed facility; all reports, statements, certificates,
and completed checklists for testing, adjusting, balancing, and commissioning of mechanical
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
01780 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
systems shall be submitted to and approved by the COR as specified in applicable technical
specification sections.
1.05
A.
1.06
A.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
Operation manuals and maintenance manuals shall be submitted as specified. Operation
manuals and maintenance manuals provided in a common volume shall be clearly differentiated
and shall be separately indexed.
FINAL CLEANING
The premises shall be left broom clean. Stains, foreign substances, and temporary labels shall
be removed from surfaces. Carpet and soft surfaces shall be vacuumed. Equipment and
fixtures shall be cleaned to a sanitary condition. Filters of operating equipment shall be
replaced. Debris shall be removed from roofs, drainage systems, gutters, and downspouts.
Paved areas shall be swept and landscaped areas shall be raked clean. The site shall have
waste, surplus materials, and rubbish removed. The project area shall have temporary
structures, barricades, project signs, and construction facilities removed. A list of completed
clean-up items shall be submitted on the day of final inspection.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 01780
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
01780 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 02080 - SITE SPECIFIC ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
Introduction
Building 7 at the Joint Forces Training Base (JFTB) in Los Alamitos is undergoing renovation that
will include disturbing asbestos containing materials on the upper and lower roofs of the building.
1.01.1 The contractor will be required to remove all asbestos-containing materials that will
be disturbed during the roofing upgrade project.
1.01.2 The Site-Specific Specification covers identification of the asbestos-containing
materials to be removed from each building area and provides suggestions as to
methodology and other project-specific requirements.
The recommendations regarding methodology are intended to indicate the Project
Environmental Consultant’s opinion as to an effective means of ensuring thorough
removal of the hazardous materials, compliance with applicable regulations, and
protection of the JFTB from liability for perceived or actual exposure of unprotected
personnel to hazardous materials. They are not intended to refute or replace other
procedures contained in the General Specification (See Section 02085), or to
override applicable laws or regulations. The contractor is responsible for
adherence to all applicable laws and regulations, regardless of the Environmental
Consultant’s recommendations or the Specification’s requirements.
1.02
Submittals
1.02.1 Contractor shall employ a 3rd party California certified environmental consultant to
review submittals and to verify compliance of the work listed in General Asbestos
Abatement specification 02085.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01
Asbestos-Containing Materials to be Removed: The table indicates the building
identification, materials to be removed, and finally the approximate quantity to be removed.
2.01.1 Building 7
Tested Asbestos Containing Materials
Pipe Insulation &
Attic Space above suspended
suspected ceiling tile
ceilings
Contractor to verify
Roofing walk pads
Walk pads on roof
Throughout
Transite Pipes
Roof Vents
Contractor to verify
Roof mastic
Roof & penetrations
Throughout
Stucco finish
All stucco
Throughout
SITE SPECIFIC ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02080 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
Job set-up
3.01.1 Containment Setup: For all roofing material removed from the roofing system,
the exterior perimeter of the building will be controlled for access and isolated by
visual barriers. Caution tape will be placed around the perimeter and out 10’ from
the building walls. A six mil poly sheeting “drop” will be placed from the base of the
building perimeter and out 10’ and anchored to prevent wind damage. A worker
decontamination “change room” will be established in an area to be determined
during removal operations.
3.02
Removal Procedures
3.02.1 Roofing & Attached Mastic: Roofing and mastic will be removed utilizing “wet”
methods. Materials will be removed down to the substrate of the roof deck.
Materials will be bagged and lowered safely for disposal into a lined asbestos bin.
3.02.2 Pipe Insulation & Ceiling Tile: Pipe insulation will be removed utilizing “wet”
methods. Materials will be “burrito” wrapped or bagged and lowered safely into a
lined asbestos bin.
3.02.3 Transite Pipes: Transite pipes will be removed utilizing “wet” methods. Pipes
should be removed as intact as possible and “burrito” wrapped or bagged and
lowered safely to the ground and collected and stored safely until ready for proper
disposal.
3.02.4 Roof Gutters and Flashing: Roof gutter mastic will be removed utilizing “wet”
methods. Materials will be “burrito” wrapped or bagged and lowered safely into a
lined asbestos bin.
3.02.5 Windows: Windows will be removed utilizing “wet” methods. Windows should be
removed as intact as possible and “burrito” wrapped or bagged and lowered safely
to the ground and collected and stored safely until ready for proper disposal.
3.02.6 Stucco: Where the stucco is to be removed; the contractor will stabilize the
remaining color coat (or loose layers) of the exterior plaster system. The
contractor will utilize manual methods to scrape the layers of stucco until a stable
condition exists.
3.03
Disposal Procedures
3.03.1 General: All asbestos containing insulation will be considered Hazardous
asbestos waste. Hazardous waste will be bagged in “class 9” hazardous waste
bags. All hazardous waste will require a “uniform hazardous waste manifest”.
Transite pipes and roofing materials will be non-hazardous asbestos-containing
waste. Non-hazardous waste will be double bagged with the OSHA warning label
and generator label prior to “bag-out”. All asbestos waste will be delivered to a
legal landfill.
3.04
Clearance Procedures
3.04.1 Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM) at an outside laboratory will be required for
clearance of the adjacent areas. Twenty-four hours will be required from the time
the laboratory receives the samples until the results are available. Samples will
SITE SPECIFIC ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02080 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
not be collected until the Project Environmental Consultant judges that the work
areas are visually clean.
3.05
Other Considerations
3.05.1 Waste transport on base: Contractor must coordinate with base security to provide
access for the waste transporters.
3.05.2 Warning Tape and Signs: Work areas must be clearly identified at all doors with
asbestos warning signs in Spanish and English. Areas where equipment and
workers are present outside the work areas must be separated from military
personnel by warning tape.
3.05.3 Project Environmental Consultant: A California certified environmental consultant
will be engaged by the contractor to act as its representative on technical issues
relating to abatement, as well as air monitoring. The consultant, who must be
present during all on-site abatement activities, must approve all work practices by
the abatement contractor. A major responsibility of the consultant will be to
minimize the chance of exposure or perceived exposure to asbestos by site
occupants.
END OF SECTION 02080
SITE SPECIFIC ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02080 - 3
Cardinal Environmental Consultants, Inc.
2691 Dow Avenue, Suite C-2
Tustin, CA 92780
(714) 730-5931
fax (714) 730-1697
Date of report: November 21, 2013
Limited Asbestos Roof Survey Investigation
(Building 7)
Owner/Client:
Peyo & Associates Inc.
951 Glenneyre St
Laguna Beach, CA 92651
(714) 663-6000
Site Information:
Joint Forces Training Base
11200 Lexington Dr
Los Alamitos, CA 90720
To whom it may concern:
The building consists of multiple offices, restrooms, mechanical bays, and mechanical rooms. The
structure is constructed of stucco and wood on a concrete slab typical of joint forces. The building
foot print is approximately 30,000 square feet.
The survey is limited to the roof area and components related to the roof replacement project that
might be disturbed during renovation.
Regulatory Compliance
On November 8, 2013 Cardinal Environmental Consultants Inc., conducted an asbestos survey of
Building 7. The survey was completed in compliance with state and federal regulations. Adherence
to NESHAP (National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants) has been achieved with
compliance to South Coast Air Quality Management District’s Rule 1403. SCAQMD is the local
air quality district that regulates and monitors asbestos abatement activity in the region of the base.
Sampling Methodology- Asbestos
Cardinal Environmental Consultants Inc. used several procedures from visual assessments to
tactile assessments and a modified random sampling protocol to collect the samples of the suspect
asbestos containing material. Cardinal’s sampling procedures incorporate the use of plastic Ziploc
bags, labeled with black permanent markers per a unique numbering sequence. One label with the
suspect samples collected for this report was given a unique sample identification number. A
second description was placed on the bulk sample log. Information about the sample, including the
sample type and location was noted on the sheet as each sample was collected.
1
Asbestos: Any building material which contains asbestos in an amount greater than 1% by weight,
area.
<1% Asbestos: Federal regulations and SCAQMD (South Coast Air Quality Management District)
do not regulate asbestos at this percentage. Notifications to these agencies do not apply. However,
OSHA regulations do apply. These are specific to “worker protection” issues. A contractor who is
“DOSH certified” is required if removing more than a 100 square feet. Federal and State
regulations do not regulate the disposal of this type of construction debris with this level of
asbestos. However, your local landfill may have a “zero tolerance” for any asbestos containing
debris.
Suspect Asbestos-Containing Materials
Samples of suspect Asbestos-containing materials were taken throughout the interior and exterior
of the buildings. We were able to collect representative samples of all the building materials.
The following materials were tested:







Roof penetration mastic
Window putty
Stucco textured coat
Finish stucco
Roof mastic
Roofing composition
Roofing pad
Results
All samples were packaged and shipped to Patriot Laboratories an NVLAP accredited (#2003580) laboratory. The analysis procedure used to determine the presence of asbestos is outlined in the
Code of Federal Regulations 40 CFR part 763, Section 1, Appendix A, Polarized Light
Microscopy.
The following tables depict the asbestos at Building 7. The investigator has reviewed the results
and construction of the buildings and made adjustments to the locations and the quantities based
on “homogeneous areas”. AHERA can require that like areas in type, construction, and use (that
test positive for asbestos) be combined with other similar areas. Therefore, some areas may not be
specifically tested for asbestos but be included in an area of asbestos. Likewise, an area that has
tested negative for asbestos could be included in the asbestos table because of the definition of
“homogeneous area”.
Subsequent tables in this document depict what was sampled and the outcome of each. Those
subsequent tables should be used for clarification and not for quantification of asbestos.
2
Asbestos:
Building 7
Roof penetration mastic
Roof
Roof mastic
Roof
Roof pad
Roof
Window putty
Finish/ textured stucco
Interior/exterior
Exterior
300 sqft
Throughout roof
(at penetrations)
1,000 sqft
Throughout roof
200 sqft
Throughout all window
systems
Contractor to verify work
scope
Throughout exterior
(stucco texture coat
and finish coat)
Contractor to verify work
scope
The ESTIMATED quantities and locations ARE NOT to be used for bidding purposes. It is the
sole responsibility of the contractor to verify quantities and locations of hazardous materials in the
path of construction through site visits and contractual bid set documents, including, but not
limited to all specifications, drawings, and addenda. Any discrepancies between the contractual
bid set documentation and site visits must be submitted in writing to the Owner or Owner’s
representative, PRIOR to bidding.
Summary
The following summary discusses specific elements related to asbestos at Building 7.
Building 7
The roof does not contain asbestos; however multiple areas to include mastic, penetrations, roof
pads do contain asbestos.
Window putty throughout the building contains asbestos to include panes.
The stucco finish is deteriorated and peeling; any renovation will require abatement procedures.
Further Discussion
We have included the results of all components tested. If new suspect materials are uncovered
during demolition, work should stop until proper testing can be completed.
Contractors are obligated to review the scope of work when determining the asbestos removal
quantities. The contractor should review the plans to determine the exact removals.
Although we aggressively searched for asbestos, the contractor should be made aware of the
potential of uncovering asbestos during demolition. A supervisor trained in identifying asbestos
should be present at the beginning of demolition.
3
Date: 11/21/13
Sincerely yours,
CARDINAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS INC.,
A California Corporation
By:
Daniel Gonzales
Daniel Gonzales
California Site Surveillance Technician #06-4103
By:
Ronald R. McDaniel
California Certified Asbestos Consultant #01-2865
4
2%
Chrysotile
ND
ND
10%
Chrysotile
ND
<1%
Chrysotile
JF-B7-04
JF-B7-05
JF-B7-06
JF-B7-07
JF-B7-08
JF-B7-09
CH = Chrysotile Asbestos
MISC = Miscellaneous Materials
Misc
Roofing composition
ND
JF-B7-03
ND = No Asbestos Detected
SURF = Surfacing Material
Finish stucco
Roof penetration mastic
Roof penetration mastic
Roofing composition
Roofing composition
Roofing pad
Misc
Roofing mastic
5%
Chrysotile
JF-B7-02
NF
NF
NF
NF
NF
NF
NF
NF
NF
F/NF
Stucco finish # 1 (new)
Lower roof
Upper roof
Walk way
Upper roof northside pad
Lower roof southside pad
Lower roof southside
Roof- edge
Roof- edge
Sample Location
Date: 11/8/13
TSI = Thermal System Insulation
Surf
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Misc
Roofing mastic
3%
Chrysotile
JF-B7-01
Type
Material
Peyo Michaels Architects
JFTB: Building 7
Results
Sample
#
Client:
Location:
BULK SAMPLE DATA - ASBESTOS
1
Window putty
ND
5%
Chrysotile
5%
Chrysotile
JF-B7-12
JF-B7-13
JF-B7-14
CH = Chrysotile Asbestos
MISC = Miscellaneous Materials
Window putty
<1%
Chrysotile
JF-B7-11
ND = No Asbestos Detected
SURF = Surfacing Material
Stucco textured coat
Stucco textured coat
Finish stucco
ND
JF-B7-10
Material
Results
Peyo Michaels Architects
JFTB: Building 7
Sample
#
Client:
Location:
F
F
NF
NF
NF
F/NF
Homogeneous throughout building
Homogeneous throughout building
Homogeneous throughout eve
Homogeneous throughout building
Stucco finish # 2 (old)
Sample Location
TSI = Thermal System Insulation
Surf
Surf
Surf
Surf
Surf
Type
Date: 11/8/13
BULK SAMPLE DATA - ASBESTOS
2
Certificate of Analysis
PLM Asbestos Identification
Cardinal Environmental Consultants Inc.
2691 Dow Ave. Ste. C2
Tustin, CA 92780
Date Collected:
Date Received:
Date Analyzed:
Date Reported:
11/8/2013
11/14/2013
11/14/2013
11/15/2013
Report Number:
Project Number:
Project Name:
Project Location:
510807
Collected By:
Claim Number:
PO Number:
Number of Samples:
Daniel Gonzales
JFTB Building 7 Roof Project
14
Lab/Client ID/Layer
Location
Material Description
Color
Composition (%)
510807-001
JF-B7-01
NA
Comp Roof
Silver Brown
95% Binder
2% Paint
Comp Roof
Black Silver
92% Tar
3% Paint
NA
Black Silver Tan
78% Tar
20% Cellulose
2% Paint
Roof Comp
Black
91% Tar
5% Glass Fibers
2% Paint
NA
Black Silver Tan
78% Tar
20% Cellulose
2% Paint
Chrysotile
Total Asbestos
510807-002
JF-B7-02
Chrysotile
Total Asbestos
510807-003
JF-B7-03
Total Asbestos
510807-004
JF-B7-04
Chrysotile
Total Asbestos
510807-005
JF-B7-05
Total Asbestos
3 %
3%
NA
5 %
5%
NA
None Detected
NA
2 %
2 %
NA
None Detected
Page 1 of 4
Certificate of Analysis
PLM Asbestos Identification
Cardinal Environmental Consultants Inc.
2691 Dow Ave. Ste. C2
Tustin, CA 92780
Date Collected:
Date Received:
Date Analyzed:
Date Reported:
11/8/2013
11/14/2013
11/14/2013
11/15/2013
Report Number:
Project Number:
Project Name:
Project Location:
510807
Collected By:
Claim Number:
PO Number:
Number of Samples:
Daniel Gonzales
JFTB Building 7 Roof Project
14
Lab/Client ID/Layer
Location
Material Description
Color
Composition (%)
510807-006
JF-B7-06
NA
NA
Black Silver Tan
78% Tar
15% Cellulose
5% Glass Fibers
2% Paint
NA
Black
70% Tar
20% Cellulose
Mastic
Black
80% Tar
20% Cellulose
Stucco
White Grey
70% Minerals
27% Carbonate
3% Paint
Finish Coat Exterior
Stucco
White
70% Minerals
27% Carbonate
3% Paint
Total Asbestos
510807-007
JF-B7-07
Chrysotile
Total Asbestos
510807-008
JF-B7-08
Total Asbestos
510807-009
JF-B7-09
Chrysotile
Total Asbestos
510807-010
JF-B7-10
Total Asbestos
None Detected
NA
10 %
10%
NA
None Detected
NA
<1 %
<1%
NA
None Detected
Page 2 of 4
Certificate of Analysis
PLM Asbestos Identification
Cardinal Environmental Consultants Inc.
2691 Dow Ave. Ste. C2
Tustin, CA 92780
Date Collected:
Date Received:
Date Analyzed:
Date Reported:
11/8/2013
11/14/2013
11/14/2013
11/15/2013
Report Number:
Project Number:
Project Name:
Project Location:
510807
Collected By:
Claim Number:
PO Number:
Number of Samples:
Daniel Gonzales
JFTB Building 7 Roof Project
14
Lab/Client ID/Layer
Location
Material Description
Color
Composition (%)
510807-011
JF-B7-11
NA
Texture Coat
White Grey
70% Minerals
27% Carbonate
3% Paint
Texture Coat
Beige Red
70% Minerals
27% Carbonate
3% Paint
NA
Beige Red
93% Carbonate
2% Paint
NA
Beige Red
93% Carbonate
2% Paint
Chrysotile
Total Asbestos
510807-012
JF-B7-12
Total Asbestos
510807-013
JF-B7-13
Chrysotile
Total Asbestos
510807-014
JF-B7-14
Chrysotile
Total Asbestos
<1 %
< 1%
NA
None Detected
NA
5 %
5%
NA
5 %
5%
Page 3 of 4
Certificate of Analysis
PLM Asbestos Identification
Cardinal Environmental Consultants Inc.
2691 Dow Ave. Ste. C2
Tustin, CA 92780
Date Collected:
Date Received:
Date Analyzed:
Date Reported:
11/8/2013
11/14/2013
11/14/2013
11/15/2013
Lab/Client ID/Layer
Location
Alexandra Ruiz - Analyst
Report Number:
Project Number:
Project Name:
Project Location:
510807
Collected By:
Claim Number:
PO Number:
Number of Samples:
Daniel Gonzales
JFTB Building 7 Roof Project
14
Material Description
Color
Composition (%)
Elaine Espique - Approved By
Bulk sample(s) submitted was (were) analyzed in accordance with the procedure outlined in the US Federal Register 40 CFR 763, Subpart F, Appendix
A; EPA-600/R-93/116 (Method for Determination of Asbestos in Building Materials), and EPA-600/M4-82-020 (US EPA Interim Method for the
Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Insulation Samples).Samples were analyzed using Calibrated Visual Estimations (CVES); therefore, results may not be
reliable for samples of low asbestos concentration levels. Samples of wall systems containing discrete and separable layers are analyzed separately and
reported as composite unless specifically requested by the customer to report analytical results for individual layers. This report applies only to the items
tested. Results are representative of the samples submitted and may not represent the entire material from which the samples were collected. “None
Detected” means that no asbestos was observed in the sample. “<1%” (less than one percent) means that asbestos was observed in the sample but the
concentration is below the quantifiable level of 1%. This report was issued by a NIST/NVLAP (Lab Code 200358-0) and CADOHS- ELAP (Cert. No.
2540) accredited laboratory and may not be reproduced, except in full without the expressed written consent of Patriot Environmental Laboratory Services,
Inc. This report may not be used to claim product certification, approval or endorsement by NIST, NVLAP, ELAP or any government agency.
Page 4 of 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 02085 - GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
1.01
DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, facilities,
equipment, services, employee training and testing, permits and agreements, and waste transport
and disposal necessary to perform the work required for asbestos removal in accordance with
these specifications, the drawings and notations, EPA, SCAQMD, OSHA, NIOSH, State of
California regulations, and any other applicable federal, state, and local government regulations.
Whenever there is a conflict or overlap of the above references, the most stringent provisions are
applicable.
A.
B.
The abatement Contractor shall perform the work and provide the services listed below:
1.
Perform abatement of identified asbestos-containing materials.
2.
Asbestos removal work shall be performed using full and modified containments
and protection with HEPA-filtered exhaust ventilation and decontamination
facilities.
3.
Perform asbestos decontamination by wet wiping, HEPA vacuuming of all visible
debris and dust in affected areas.
4.
Install all necessary scaffolding and planking to keep work areas safe at all times.
5.
Remove, transport, and dispose of as contaminated waste any asbestoscontaining building materials as indicated in these specifications and/or as
directed by the Certified Asbestos Consultant (CAC).
6.
Thoroughly clean the work areas and obtain a final clearance approval from the
Consultant.
The Site Specific Notations contain a summary of the materials to be removed, and
approximate quantities. Bidders must confirm and verify all quantities prior to submitting
their proposal and start of any work.
1.02
RELATED WORK: This General Specification does not reference the specific materials present
or the unique requirements of a specific project. It is intended as a reference document in the
event the Site Specific Notations contain insufficient detail.
1.03
AUTHORITY TO STOP WORK: The Consultant, acting as agent for the Owner, has the
authority to stop the abatement work at any time he determines that conditions are not within the
specifications and applicable regulations. The stoppage of work shall continue until conditions
have been corrected and corrective steps have been taken to the satisfaction of the Consultant.
Standby time required to resolve violations shall be at the Contractor’s expense. Stop Work
Orders may be issued for, but shall not be limited to the following:
A.
Excessive airborne fibers inside and outside the work area.
B.
Breaks in barriers
C.
Loss of negative air (0.02 inches of water is the minimum negative pressure to be
maintained.)
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
D.
Any other situation (outside the work area) where the Consultant establishes that the
following limits have been exceeded:
Non-Work Area Limits
1.04
22 AUGUST 2014
0.05 f/cc Action level
8-hour TWA PEL 0.1 f/cc
QUALIFICATIONS: Approval of the experience and qualifications of the contractor by the Owner
is required and shall be based on submission by the Contractor of the following:
A.
Be a firm specializing in the removal of asbestos, have been successfully engaged in
such work for not less than the past three years, and be capable of demonstrating its
ability to perform asbestos abatement activities by submitting the following in writing:
1.
Evidence that principals of the firm and all employees involved in asbestos
abatement operations are familiar with:
a.
b.
c.
d.
B.
US EPA regulations, 40 CFR Part 61, Subparts A and M
US EPA regulations, 40 CFR 763
SCAQMD Rule 1403
OSHA regulations 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart C
2.
Evidence of possession of written standard and emergency operating procedures
and employee protection plans which include specific reference to OSHA medical
monitoring and respirator training programs.
3.
Description of all previous asbestos abatement contracts that have been
terminated, including the circumstances surrounding the termination.
4.
Evidence that the firm is licensed by the State of California to perform such work.
5.
Description of violations and citations received by Contractor by any regulatory
agency and final determination made by said regulatory agency.
Contractor’s workers for this project:
1.
Proof that every employee performing the functions of enclosure, removal, or
encapsulation of asbestos have:
a. Had instruction with regard to the hazards of asbestos, safety and health
precautions, use and requirements for protective clothing and equipment
including respirators, and engineering and other hazard control
techniques and procedures, as required by 29 CFR 1926.1101(k)(8).
b. Had medical examinations as required by 29 CFR 1926.1101(m).
c. Complete and accurate records of medical examinations as required by
29 CFR 1926.1101(n).
d. Obtained and hold a current license to work in the state of California.
2.
Competent person(s) conforming to 29 CFR 1926.1101(b) with at least one year
of experience on all phases of asbestos abatement projects.
3.
Supervisors/foremen selected for this project must show evidence of supervisory
experience on at least five other projects of similar or greater scope.
Supervisors/foremen must speak English and be fluent in the languages of their
workers.
4.
Environmental laboratory and its employees must conform to the Quality Control
Procedures of 29 CFR 1926.1101 Appendix A to analyze personnel air samples.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.05
22 AUGUST 2014
DEFINITIONS: Where applicable or stated, terms shall have the following definitions:
A.
All terms not defined herein shall have the meaning given in the applicable publications
and regulations.
B.
Abatement Activities shall mean all activities from the initiation of work area preparation
through successful air clearance performed at the conclusion of the project.
C.
Air Lock shall mean a confined space designed to control air movement between two
areas. It is composed of sealed spaces with curtained doorways at its portals. A Worker
Decontamination Facility contains at least three air locks.
D.
Ambient Air Monitoring shall mean measurement or determination of airborne asbestos
fiber concentrations outside but in the general vicinity of the work site.
E.
Amended Water or Wetting Agent shall mean water to which an approved surfactant has
been added in proportion of at least one ounce of surfactant to five gallons water.
F.
Asbestos-Containing Material (ACM) shall mean any insulation, fireproofing, plaster,
ceiling, or floor covering, or any other building material containing a detectable amount of
asbestos.
G.
Asbestos-Contaminated Objects shall mean any objects that may be contaminated by
asbestos or ACM as determined by the Consultant.
H.
Asbestos Disposal shall mean the removal of containerized asbestos, ACM, asbestoscontaining waste material, and asbestos-contaminated objects from the regulated area to
the final EPA-approved disposal site.
I.
Authorized Visitors are visitors authorized by the Consultant or any representative of any
regulatory or other agency having jurisdiction over the project.
J.
Barriers or Containment Barriers shall mean walls, tunnels, or enclosures erected to
separate any section of an abatement area from adjoining spaces. Where indicated on
drawings, barriers shall be constructed of 2x4s, 16” on centers, on plywood walls at least
½” thick, and all seams in plywood and edges shall be sealed with tape and spray glue.
The inside (work side) of all such barriers shall be covered with one or more layers of 6mil polyethylene sheeting, as dictated by the Hygienist. Tunnels to maintain public
access through a work area shall also be defined as part of the barriers. Tunnels shall be
lined with two layers of polyethylene sheeting.
K.
Baseline or Background Air Monitoring shall mean a measurement or determination of
airborne asbestos fiber concentrations inside the workplace and outside a building prior
to starting abatement activities.
L.
Certified Asbestos Consultant is defined as one trained and certified by the State of
California to provide consulting services. Certified Asbestos Consultant is synonymous
with Consultant and CAC as used throughout this specification.
M.
Class I Non-Friable Asbestos-Containing Material is material containing more than one
percent asbestos and that, when dry, can be broken, crumbled, pulverized or reduced to
powder in the course of demolition or renovation activities. It includes but is not limited to
fractured or crushed asbestos cement products, transite materials, mastic, roofing felts,
roofing tiles, cement water pipes, and resilient floor covering. (Per South Coast Air
Quality Management District Rule 1403)
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
N.
Class II Non-Friable Asbestos-Containing Material is all other material containing more
than one percent asbestos that is neither friable nor Class I non-friable. . (Per South
Coast Air Quality Management District Rule 1403)
O.
Clean Room is the outermost chamber of the decontamination facility. It is used by the
workers to change from street clothing into protective clothing and respirators and for the
storage of their street clothing.
P.
Competent Person is an OSHA-trained Contractor Supervisor, having completed a fortyhour training program at a certified training center and satisfied the experience
requirements.
Q.
Containment is the enclosed work area. Containments are airtight and normally
maintained in a negative pressure status.
R.
Contamination means having been in contact with asbestos or other hazardous materials
and containing, usually on the surface, visible or microscopic evidence of the materials.
S.
Decontamination means removal of contamination to the degree specified in the Contract
documents, usually to be determined on-site by the Resident Hygienist.
T.
Decontamination Facility is the usually three-stage unit, which is used for ingress and
egress from the work area by the workers. It consists of a dirty room, a shower, and a
clean room. Flaps separate the rooms.
U.
Dirty Room is the innermost segment of a decontamination facility. It is the area where
the contaminated tools and personal protective clothing are kept until they can be
cleaned or disposed of.
V.
Engineering Systems are procedures or physical facilities designed to facilitate the
removal of asbestos or asbestos-contaminated items, or to reduce the likelihood of
exposure to asbestos.
W.
Equipment Room is the Dirty Room.
X.
Exhaust Unit is commonly referred to as a negative air machine. It consists of a fan and
a series of filters including a HEPA-filter. Its purpose is to pull fresh air through a
decontamination facility into the contained work area for mixing with the contaminated
interior air and then exhausting the interior air through the filter system to the exterior.
Y.
Foreman is the direct line supervisor of the work crew. He is generally directly involved in
the interior work activities and is the primary contact with the Project Superintendent.
Z.
Friable Asbestos-Containing Material is material containing more than one percent
asbestos that, when dry, can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand
pressure.
AA.
Glove Bag is a polyethylene device designed to be installed around a small area
containing asbestos – usually on a pipe. It can be sealed so as to create a containment
around a mini-work area. The work is conducted by a worked outside the glove bag
using gloves that are an integral part of the bag itself.
BB.
HEPA-Filtered Exhaust Units or Fans shall mean a fan equipped with a High Efficiency
Particulate Air (HEPA) filter, greater than 99.97 percent efficient by 0.3 micron DOP test,
and complying with ANSI z9.2 (1979), Local Exhaust Ventilation. It shall be used to
create a negative pressure in a work area (relative to that in surrounding areas) in order
to prevent the escape of asbestos fibers. It shall also be used to reduce and control the
airborne concentration of asbestos fibers.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.06
22 AUGUST 2014
CC.
HEPA-Filtered Vacuum shall be a vacuum cleaner specifically designed for and equipped
with HEPA-filtrations.
DD.
Install shall mean to set in place completely ready for normal use or service, including all
necessary mounting facilities, connections, and testing.
EE.
Isolation Barriers shall mean the construction of partitions, the placement of solid
materials, and the plasticizing of apertures to seal off the workplace from surrounding
areas and to contain asbestos fibers in the work area.
FF.
Lockout shall mean the safe approved means for shutting down HVAC equipment,
electrical panels or breakers, and water, so that they cannot be inadvertently turned back
on.
GG.
Log shall mean an official record of all activities that occurred during the project and it
shall identify the building owner, agent, contractor, workers, floor number, date, work
area, and other relevant information to the project.
HH.
Major Abatement shall mean the removal of ACM under contained conditions utilizing full
isolation and negative pressure systems.
II.
Mini-cube Enclosure shall mean a two-chamber (clean room/dirty room) polyethylene
enclosure with curtained doorways used exclusively for ingress and egress to the ceiling
plenum. The cube shall be constructed of PVC piping or equal and be large enough to
accommodate a standard ladder for worker access. The Mini-cube Enclosure shall be
equipped with a HEPA-vacuum and Hudson sprayer or other water source for worker
decontamination.
JJ.
Minor Abatement shall mean the removal of ACM utilizing “glove bag” methods or
modified containment.
KK.
NIOSH shall mean the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health.
LL.
OSHA shall mean Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
MM.
Outside Air shall mean the air outside the buildings and structures.
NN.
Outside/Ambient Air Samples shall mean samples collected outside of the containment
area in the building and analyzed using the NIOSH 7400 method.
OO.
Protect Fixed Items shall mean to cover with solid enclosures and 6-mil polyethylene
sheeting and secure by taping or gluing water and airtight.
PP.
Provide shall mean to furnish or supply and install.
QQ.
Regulated Area shall have the meaning set forth in 29 CFR 1926.1101.
RR.
Remove Asbestos shall mean to make a surface free of all visible fibrous materials or
microscopically detectable asbestos fibers.
JOB SUPERVISION
A.
The Removal Contractor shall provide on-site an English-speaking Supervisor and at least
one Foreman for each work area at times when work is in progress. The Supervisor and
Foreman should be competent persons as defined by 29 CFR 1926.1101 and must be
experienced in asbestos removal work, knowledgeable of all EPA, OSHA, and local
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
regulations, and capable of skillfully executing all work promptly, efficiently and in
compliance with all requirements of this Specification.
1.07
B.
Before work begins and continuously during the job, a competent person who is capable of
identifying asbestos and all other hazards in the workplace and selecting the appropriate
control strategy for such hazards, and who has the authority to take prompt corrective
measures to eliminate such hazards, shall always be on site and shall conduct inspections
of the worksite.
C.
Proof of qualifications and asbestos removal job references will be required.
D.
The Owner or Consultant reserves the right to have any supervisory personnel removed if
they do not demonstrate the requisite experience or skills to safely direct the work, and
adequately protect their own employees or other occupants of the building.
E.
The Asbestos Removal Contractor shall instruct, train, and provide with required protective
devices, all workers of other trades who must enter any work area before it is certified
clean. The instruction shall include at a minimum, proper use and fitting of respiratory
protective devices and protective clothing, entry and exit procedures for all work areas,
hazards of asbestos exposure, work procedures, and other safety requirements contained
in the Specification. Proof of such instructions for all Subcontractor workers, and workers
of other trades employed by the Removal Contractor shall be supplied prior to being
allowed into the work area.
PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING: After the contract has been executed, the Consultant shall
arrange for a Pre-Construction Meeting to be attended by a representative of the Owner, the
Consultant (CAC), and the Asbestos Abatement contractor. At this meeting the Asbestos
Abatement Contractor shall identify his Supervisor(s) and Foreman, and present two (2) bound
copies of the detailed submittal items described in Section 1.25 clearly labeled as described in
that section.
A.
1.08
The parties shall also discuss and reach agreement on the following items:
1.
Contractor listing of existing site conditions (i.e. damage, etc.)
2.
Contractor and supporting vendor access and parking.
3.
Coordinate Contractor access routes to the work area, including approved doors,
stairways, corridors, and elevators with the Owner’s building management.
4.
Availability of building utility services such as power, water, and drains.
5.
Determination of equipment and other moveable items to be removed from the
work area(s) by the Contractor and the location of temporary storage space.
6.
Location, coverage, and use of isolation barriers and Decontamination Facilities.
7.
Emergency response procedures.
8.
Any other technical issues or logistical factors that will minimize interference with
the Owner’s and the building’s tenant operations and facilitate Contractor
activities.
AVAILABILITY OF TRAINED PERSONNEL: There shall be a sufficient number of trained and
qualified workers, foremen and supervisors to accomplish the work within the required schedule.
Since the Owner’s work activities cannot start prior to the successful abatement and demolition of
the work area, it is imperative that a sufficient number of trained personnel be engaged
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
throughout the abatement process. No untrained or other personnel not fully qualified and preapproved shall be employed to speed up completion of the abatement work.
All employees working with or around asbestos-containing materials will need to be trained
according to OSHA (CFR 1926.1101 (k) (9). Employees performing Class I and II work shall be
required to have a minimum of 32 hours of training, and Class III work shall require a minimum of
16 hours of training as outlined in the OSHA regulations. It is suggested that all workers,
including the general contractor and his subcontractors, complete a two-hour Awareness training
course. Those projects where trades are working under modified containment conditions and
where the asbestos-containing materials are disturbed shall be considered Class III work and
must have 16 hours of training.
1.09
1.10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES: Develop, submit for approval, and implement a
standard operating procedure for abatement work to ensure maximum protection and safeguard
from asbestos exposure the workers, tenants, and the environment. (See also Section 1.25 SUBMITTALS.) The standard operating procedure shall ensure:
A.
Tight security on a 24-hour basis from unauthorized entry into the workspaces.
B.
Proper protective clothing and respiratory protection prior to entering the workspaces
from the outside.
C.
Safe work practices in the work place, including provisions for inter-room
communications, exclusion of eating, drinking, smoking, or use of procedures or
equipment that would in any way reduce the effectiveness of respiratory protection or
other engineering controls.
D.
Proper exit practices from the workspace to the outside through the showering and
decontamination facilities.
E.
Removing, encapsulating, or enclosing asbestos in ways that minimize release of fibers.
F.
Packing, labeling, loading, transporting, and disposing of contaminated material in a way
that minimizes or prevents exposure and contamination.
G.
Emergency evacuation of personnel for medical or safety (fire and smoke) so that
exposure will be minimized.
H.
Safety from accidents in the workspace, especially from electrical shocks, slippery
surfaces, and entanglements in loose hoses and equipment.
I.
Provisions for effective supervision and OSHA-specified personnel air monitoring for
exposure during the work.
J.
Engineering systems that will minimize exposure to fibers in the workspace, including the
exact locations, numbers, sized, and types of HEPA-filtered exhaust fans.
NOTIFICATIONS, PERMITS, WARNING SIGNS, LABELS, AND POSTERS:
A.
The contractor shall provide the required written pre-notification to EPA, SCAQMD,
CAL/OSHA, and any other regional, state, and local authority having jurisdiction over the
project. Copies of the pre-notifications shall be delivered to the Consultant before any
work begins. The Contractor must secure all other permits required for the work at
Contractor expense, including disposal of asbestos in an approved landfill. These
permits must also be delivered to the Owner before any work begins.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 7
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.11
22 AUGUST 2014
B.
The Contractor shall provide the necessary follow-up notices that may be required, obtain
all permits, and pay all governmental taxes, fees, and other costs in connection with his
work. He shall file all necessary plans, prepare all documents, and obtain all necessary
approvals of all governmental departments having jurisdiction.
C.
The Contractor shall include in the work, without extra compensation, all labor, materials,
services, apparatus, and drawings (in addition to contract drawings and documents) to
comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, and regulati
D.
All materials and work shall comply with the specifications of the NBFU, FM, NEC, UL,
local utility companies, and the Board of Health, with the recommendations of the fire
insurance rating organization having precedence. When the state and national building
codes and contract requirements are in excess of the applicable codes, rules, or
regulations, the contract provisions shall be given precedence, unless the Consultant
grants an exception.
E.
The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the following regulations, and
maintain a copy of each of these at the work site:
1.
U.S. Department of Labor, OSHA Asbestos Regulations (29 CFR 1926.1101 and
29 CFR 1910.134(b).
2.
U.S. EPA National Emission Standard for Asbestos (40 CFR 61, subpart M)
3.
South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD – Rule 1403.
4.
NESHAPS Labeling Requirements.
F.
Erect OSHA-specified warning signs around the workspace and at every point of
potential entry from the outside including the entrance to the Decontamination Facility’s
Clean Room. The signs shall conform to OSHA requirements with the words “Danger,
Asbestos Hazard, and Do Not Enter”. The warning signs shall be bright color so that they
shall be easily noted. The size of the signs and their lettering shall be no less than OSHA
requirements.
G.
The Contractor shall also provide OSHA and DOT-required labels as well as NESHAPS
labeling requirements for all plastic bags and drums utilized to transport contaminated
material from the work areas to the EPA-approved disposal landfill.
H.
Provide any other signs, labels, warnings, and posted instructions that are necessary to
protect, inform and warn workers and visitors of the hazard of asbestos exposure. Also
post in a prominent and convenient place (e.g. the Clean Room of the Decontamination
Facility) for the workers’ use a copy of the latest applicable regulations of OSHA, EPA,
and NIOSH, and a copy of these Specifications and the applicable drawings.
SUBMITTALS DURING THE WORK: Submit at least two copies of the following items to the
Consultant (See also Section 1.25).
A.
Security and safety logs showing names and social security numbers of persons entering
the workplace, date and time of entry and exit, records of any accident, emergency
evacuation, and any other safety or health incident. These logs shall be provided to the
Consultant and the Owner on a daily basis.
B.
HEPA unit static pressure differential readings daily.
C.
Monitoring results as conducted by the Contractor’s Representative shall be submitted on
a daily basis to the Consultant.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 8
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.12
D.
Contractor shall provide written inspection reports on all respiratory equipment to the
Consultant on a daily basis.
E.
Recordings/printouts of negative pressure manometer readings inside containment shall
be submitted on a daily basis to Consultant.
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY:
A.
1.13
22 AUGUST 2014
General Safety Requirements
1.
The Removal Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and
supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with his work. The
Removal Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and
shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to (1) all
employees in the work area and other persons who may be affected thereby, (2)
all the work and all materials to be incorporated therein, and (3) other property at
the Project Site and adjacent thereto. The Removal Contractor shall give all
notices and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and
orders of any public authority bearing on the safety of persons and property and
their protection from damage, injury or loss. The Removal Contractor shall
promptly remedy all damage or loss to any property caused in whole or in part by
the Removal Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub-Subcontractor, or anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone of whose acts any of
them may be liable, except damage or loss attributable to the acts or omissions
of the Owner or Consultant, or any directly or indirectly employed by either of
them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not
attributable to the fault or negligence of the Removal Contractor. The Removal
Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of any finished work from
damage or defacement by his operation. The foregoing obligations of the
Removal Contractor are in addition to the Removal Contractor’s obligations
under Paragraph 8.
2.
Life Safety Systems: The Removal Contractor shall assess and control the real
or potential impact of his actions upon the Owner’s life safety systems (e.g.
smoke detectors, sprinkler systems, etc.) Coordination must be established prior
to any action on the part of the Removal Contractor, and is subject to
modification by the Owner at any time based on the Owner’s assessment of risks
to the function of the life safety systems associated with the Removal
Contractor’s actions.
B.
The Removal Contractor shall establish an effective safety program in accordance with
the requirements set forth in OSHA Part 1926 – Safety and Health Regulations for
Construction; Subparts A through Z.
C.
A “Pre-Construction Safety Conference” shall be held prior to work at the convenience of
the Owner. The purpose of this meeting will be to discuss and evaluate the Removal
Contractor’s proposed safety program.
D.
Contractor must be familiar with and comply with the Fire Watch Requirements of the
Owner and the local fire authority. (Refer to Special Conditions Section 00099)
FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE PREVENTION:
A.
Permits:
The Removal Contractor shall obtain any permits necessary from the
applicable departments of the municipality, including but not limited to the City Fire
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 9
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
Department. The permits shall be obtained prior to storage or installation of Removal
Contractor’s materials on the Owner’s property.
B.
E.
F.
Smoke Alarms: Smoke detection systems consisting of above-ceiling smoke detectors
wired to a central junction panel may be found in the work area. The systems will remain
in operation throughout the removal project unless otherwise agreed in advance by the
Owner. The Removal Contractor shall seal the system as follows:
1.
Notify the Building Security Department at least 24 hours in advance of contact
with any component of the system.
3.
Once the detectors are exposed by removal of the ceiling, wipe each detector
with a damp cloth and seal watertight in a bag or plastic sheeting.
4.
Seal the junction panel watertight in a plastic sheet.
5.
Removal Contractor shall not use the system’s wiring for support of equipment
such as lights and shall decontaminate all system components as specified.
Fire Protection
1.
The local Fire Department and Department of Building and Safety shall be invited
by the Removal Contractor to familiarize themselves with the project and to keep
their preplanning tactics concurrent with the progress of the work.
2.
Water supply for fire protection, either temporary or permanent, shall be made
available as soon as combustible materials arrive at the site. There shall be no
delay in the installation of fire protection equipment. Standpipes shall be
maintained in conformity with the progress of the building activity in such a
manner that they are always ready for fire department use.
3.
Adequate temporary fire protection shall be provided. Ample multi-purpose dry
chemical portable fire extinguishers, having extinguishing ratings of at least 4A:
60BC shall be distributed throughout the premises. Pressurized water
extinguishers of 2½-gallon capacity shall supplement the multi-purpose dry
chemical extinguisher where welding and cutting operations are conducted.
Small rubber-lined hose, with adjustable shut-off nozzles, shall be available as
soon as hydrants or standpipes are ready and shall be connected to outlets in
areas where construction is in progress. Fire fighting equipment shall be
conspicuously located and readily accessible at all times, and be maintained in
operating condition.
4.
The Contractor shall be responsible for training his workers in the safe and
proper use of portable fire extinguishers. A fire-fighting program is to be followed
throughout all phases of construction and demolition work involved.
5.
Temporary telephones or an alternate system as required by the Fire Department
shall be installed prior to the start of construction for use in transmitting fire
alarms. Inform all personnel as to their location and use. Post the emergency
phone number of the local fire department near all telephones.
6.
Access for the fire department shall be provided and shall be maintained readily
accessible at all times. At all times existing elevators, including Removal
Contractor’s designated elevators shall be provided with access to permit fire
department use for emergency operations.
Fire Prevention
1.
Flammable and Combustible Liquids
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 10
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
a. Only approved containers and portable tanks shall be used for storage
and handling of flammable or combustible liquids. All containers and
tanks shall be Underwriter’s Laboratories listed. Safety cans shall be
equipped with flame arresters.
b. Flammable and combustible liquids shall be kept in closed containers
when not actually in use.
c.
No more than one day’s working supply shall be allowed inside the
building at a time. Flammable or combustible liquids shall be stored in
approved flammable liquids storage cabinet with no more than 60 gallons
of such liquid stored in any one cabinet. No more than three storage
cabinets are to be located in a single storage area.
d. Conspicuous and legible signs prohibiting smoking or use of open flames
shall be posted in areas where the liquids are being dispensed, used, or
stored.
2.
Compressed Gas Cylinders
a. Valve protection caps shall be in place when compressed gas cylinders
are transported, moved, or stored.
b. Compressed gas cylinders shall be secured in an upright position at all
times.
c.
Oxygen cylinders shall be separated from fuel gas cylinders during
storage. Separation shall be at least 20 feet or, if separation by this
distance is not possible, the cylinders shall be separated by a five-foot
high partition having a fire resistance rating of at least 30 minutes.
d. Cylinders shall be kept at a safe distance and shielded from welding or
cutting operations. Cylinders shall not be placed where they can contact
an electrical circuit.
e. Storage of compressed gas cylinders shall be limited to the absolute
minimum. Conspicuous and legible signs prohibiting smoking or use of
open flames shall be posted in areas where oxygen or fuel gas cylinders
are stored.
3.
Hazardous Operations
a. Hazardous operations shall not be performed until the necessary special
fire protection (e.g. portable fire extinguisher, small hose) is in service.
b. Cutting and welding operations shall conform to the requirements of the
local fire prevention code. A permit system shall be used for cutting and
welding operations on the job site under the supervision of a person
having a Certificate of Competency issued by the Fire Department. A
permit shall not be issued until (1) it has been determined that cutting
and welding can be safely conducted at the desired location, (2)
combustibles have been moved away or safely covered, and (3) a
watchman with extinguisher is posted for the duration of the work, and
for 30 minutes thereafter, to see that sparks or drops of hot metal do not
start fires. Additional fire watchmen shall be provided during welding or
cutting operations where sparks or molten metal may drop several floors.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 11
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
4.
22 AUGUST 2014
Housekeeping
a. Combustible waste material and rubbish shall not be stored or allowed to
accumulate within the building or in the immediate vicinity, and shall be
removed from the premised as rapidly as practical, i.e., at least once a
day and more frequently if conditions indicate the need.
b. Materials subject to spontaneous ignition such as oily waste and paint
rages shall be placed in approved self-closing waste containers after use
and disposed of each day.
c.
Combustible materials shall be kept at a minimum by implementing a
carefully scheduled plan for delivery of such material.
d. If crating and packing materials holding supplies and equipment are
combustible, the equipment shall be uncrated and unpacked as soon as
possible after arrival at the site. Combustible packing and crating shall
be safely disposed.
5.
Tarpaulins
a. Only tarpaulins and materials with fire retardant characteristics as
permitted by the local fire department (See paragraph A above.) shall be
used.
b. When used for a temporary enclosure, the enclosing materials shall be
fastened securely so it cannot be blown against heaters or other sources
of ignition by winds and drafts.
6.
Scaffolding, Shoring and Forms
a. Steel scaffolding or approved fire retardant treated lumber and planking
shall be used on both the outside and the inside of the building.
b. Unnecessary accumulation of combustible forms of lumber shall be
avoided. Those portions of the building where combustible forms are
present shall not be used for storage of other combustible building
supplies.
c.
7.
Fire extinguishing equipment shall be provided during forming and
stripping. Charged hose lines shall meet this requirement.
Smoking
a. Smoking shall be prohibited at or in the vicinity of hazardous operations
or materials.
b. Where smoking is allowed, safe receptacles shall be provided for
smoking materials.
The Removal Contractor shall develop evacuation procedures to be used in the event of an
emergency. These procedures shall be reviewed with the Owner and the Consultant before
starting the Work.
1.14
ELECTRICAL
A.
Safety Requirements
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 12
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
a. A licensed electrician in compliance with the most recent edition of the
National Electric Code shall perform all electrical work, unless otherwise
provided by OSHA regulations.
b. The non-current-carrying metal parts of fixed, portable, and plugconnected equipment shall be grounded. Portable tools and appliances
protected by an approved system of double insulation need not be
grounded. All light and power circuits in asbestos removal areas shall
be ground fault protected.
c.
Extension cords shall be the 3-wire type, shall be protected from
damage, and shall not be fastened with staples, hung from nails, or
suspended from wires. Splices shall have soldered wire connections
with insulation equal to the cable. Worn or frayed cords shall not be
used.
d. Safe lighting equipment shall be provided with a preference for
floodlights rather than indiscriminate use of unprotected lamps strung on
temporary wiring. Exposed bulbs shall be guarded to prevent accidental
contact. Temporary wiring shall be properly insulated and substantially
supported. Circuits shall be properly designed and fused. All temporary
lighting inside of asbestos removal areas shall be waterproofed.
e. Receptacles for attachment plugs shall be approved, concealed contact
type. Where different voltages, frequencies, or types of current are
supplied, receptacles shall be of such design that attachment plugs are
not interchangeable.
f.
Each disconnecting means for motors and appliances and each service
feeder or branch circuit at the point where it originates shall be legibly
marked to indicate its purpose.
g. The Removal Contractor shall coordinate all power requirements
including Ground Fault Interrupted (GFI) panel design and extension
cord requirements, with the Building Manager and Consultant.
h. The Removal Contractor shall install and supply at no additional charge
all AC power and extension cords for the Resident Hygienist to collect all
area and final air clearance samples.
1.15
SITE SECURITY
A.
1.16
Requirements: Security for the project shall be the responsibility of the Abatement
Contractor and be coordinated with the School District.
SCAFFOLDING, RIGGING AND HOISTING:
A.
Unless otherwise specified, the Work shall include providing all scaffolding, rigging,
hoisting, and services necessary for accomplishing the removal and reinstallation work
specified herein. The Removal Contractor shall remove all equipment from the premises
when no longer required.
2.
Scaffolds (General)
a. Scaffolds shall be erected on sound, rigid footing, capable of carrying the
maximum intended load without settling or displacement.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 13
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
b. Scaffolds and their components shall be capable of supporting without
failure at least 4 times the maximum intended load.
c.
1.17
1.18
Guardrails and toe boards shall be installed on all open sides and ends
of platforms more than 10 feet above the ground or floor, except needle
beam scaffolds and floats.
EMERGENCY PRECAUTIONS
A.
The Contractor shall establish emergency and fire exits from the work area for the
workers and building occupants. All emergency exits which must pass through a work
area shall be equipped with two (2) sets of protective clothing and PAPR respirators
continuously charged at all times.
B.
Contractor shall notify only Owner and parties that are required by law to be notified.
Owner and consultant shall determine if any agencies other than those required by law
are to be notified.
C.
The Contractor shall be prepared to administer appropriate first aid to injured personnel
at the site after decontamination. Seriously injured personnel shall be treated
immediately in the work area or evacuated without performing decontamination. When
an injury occurs, the Contractor shall stop work and implement fiber reduction techniques
(e.g. water spraying) until the injured person has been removed from the work area.
D.
Before the Contractor starts actual removal of asbestos materials, he shall notify the
Owner’s building management as to the danger of entering the work area, and they shall
also be invited to attend an informal training program to be conducted by the Contractor
to provide information regarding abatement activities, decontamination practices, etc.
The Contractor shall make every effort to help the Owner form plans of action should
their personnel need to enter the contaminated area.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
A.
The Contractor shall provide all worker, foremen, superintendents, authorized visitors,
and inspectors personally issued and marked respiratory protective equipment approved
by NIOSH (including only R series rated filters.) When respirators with disposable filters
are employed, the Contractor shall provide sufficient filters for replacement as necessary
by the worker or authorized visitor. Filters shall be disposed of as contaminated waste.
B.
Instruct and train each worker involved in asbestos abatement or maintenance and repair
of friable asbestos-containing materials in proper respiratory use and required that each
worker always wear a respirator, properly fitted on the face in the work areas from the
start of any operation which may cause airborne asbestos fibers until the work areas is
completely decontaminated. Use respiratory protection appropriate for the fiber levels
encountered in the work place or as required for other toxic or oxygen-deficient situations
encountered.
C.
Air-purifying respirators with disposable filters shall only be allowed as defined in Part 3.
D.
PAPR’s shall be used as long as 0.5 f/cc is not exceeded in the work area. If exceeded,
all work inside the Work Area shall stop and corrective actions will be required until the
fiber levels are reduced to less than 0.5 f/cc. Half face air purifying respirators may be
used only during non-friable asbestos abatement, preparation work, installation of critical
Barriers, and tear down of the containment.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 14
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
E.
Unless otherwise permitted, respiratory protection as specified herein shall be worn at all
times, including preparation of the work areas, loading and unloading of waste containers
in the work area or at the transport truck, and cleaning of the work area.
F.
Facial hair such as beards, long sideburns, and moustaches, which interfere with the seal
of air purifying type respirators, is prohibited. Workers with eye contact lenses must
wear protective goggles.
G.
Respiratory protection maintenance and decontamination procedures shall meet the
following requirements:
H.
1.
Respiratory protection equipment shall be inspected and decontaminated on a
daily shift basis in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134(b).
2.
HEPA filters for negative pressure air filtering respirators shall be changed upon
each exit from containment.
3.
Respiratory protection shall be the last piece of worker protection equipment to
be removed. Workers must wear respirators in the shower while going through
decontamination procedures.
4.
Airline respirators with HEPA filtered disconnect shall be disconnected in the
equipment and worn into the shower. Powered air purifying respirator face
pieces shall be worn into the shower. Filter/power pack assemblies shall be
decontaminated in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
5.
Respirators shall be stored in a dry place and in such a manner that the face
piece and exhalation valves are not distorted.
6.
Organic solvents shall not be used for the washing of respirators.
7.
Whenever respirator design permits, workers shall perform a positive and
negative air pressure fit test each time a respirator is worn. Powered air-purifying
respirators shall be tested for adequate flow (using methods specified by the
manufacturer) every four hours of use and each time the worker enters or exits
the work area. The Contractor shall maintain written logs of these tests.
8.
The Contractor shall furnish to the Consultant written documentation that each
worker is medically approved to wear respirators and has been properly trained
in their use, inspection, care, maintenance, and fit testing pursuant to the
Contractor’s written Respirator Plan. (Reference Submittal Section 1.25.)
9.
Breathing air supply systems shall conform to the USEPA NIOSH Document No.
EPA-560-OPTS-86-0001 (April, 1986) entitled “A Guide to Respiratory Protection
for the Asbestos Abatement Industry.”
Except to the extent that more stringent requirements are written directly into the Contract
Documents, the following regulations and standards have the same force and effect (and
are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference) as if copied directly into the
Contract Documents, or as if published copies were bound herewith. Where there is a
conflict in requirements set forth in these regulations and standards, the more stringent
requirements must be met.
OSHA U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Safety
and Health Standards 29 CFR 1910, Section 1001 and Section 1910.134, 29 CFR
1926.1101.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 15
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
CSA
Canadian Standard Association, Rexdal, Ontario, Standard Z180.1-1978,
“Compressed Breathing Air.”
ANSI
1980.
American National Standard Practices for Respiratory Protection, ANSI Z88.2-
NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
1.19
1.20
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING:
A.
Provide to all workers, foremen, superintendents and authorized visitors and inspectors
protective disposable clothing consisting of full body coveralls, head covers, gloves, 18inch high boot-type covers or reusable footwear, and eye protection in accordance with
29 CFR 1926.1101(3)(I). Sufficient disposable clothing shall be continuously supplied in
the decontamination facility for workers, consultant, and inspectors.
B.
Provide hard hats and safety shoes as required by job conditions and safety regulations
for all personnel entering the containment.
C.
Reusable footwear, hard hats, and eye protection devices shall be left in the
“Contaminated Equipment Room” until the end of the asbestos abatement work, at which
time they shall be disposed of as ACM waste or transferred to another work area by
methods approved by the consultant.
D.
All disposable protective clothing shall be discarded and disposed of as asbestos waste
every time the wearer exits from the workplace to the outside through the
decontamination facility.
ENCLOSURES, SHOWERS, AND TOILETS (DECONTAMINATION FACILITIES):
A.
Provide decontamination facilities located in an area approved by the Consultant.
B.
The Decontamination Enclosure System for workers and visitors shall consist of three
adjoining rooms that are separated by air locks (see below definition) as follows: Clean
Room at entrance followed by Shower Room, followed by and Equipment Room, leading
to the Work Area.
C.
The facility shall be installed prior to erecting protective coverings and before disturbing
any ACM. The Owner may make available existing toilet facilities to the Contractor
where possible. Where not possible, the Contractor shall provide and properly maintain
portable service.
D.
The Decontamination Facility shall be constructed using 2x4 stud framing and ½”
plywood attached for walls (or other suitable and approved set-up), and one layer of 6-mil
poly sheeting attached for a ceiling. The interior surfaces of the walls, floor, and
roof/ceiling shall then be covered with an additional layer of 6-mil poly sheeting sealed
water and airtight with duct tape at all overlapping seams.
E.
The entire floor of the Decontamination Facility shall be covered with two layers of 6-mil
poly sheeting turned up 12-16” on the wall sides. The upper layer of floor poly sheeting
shall be replaced as wear necessitates.
F.
An Air Lock is a system permitting ingress and egress without permitting air movement.
It consists of two curtained doorways at least eight feet apart where space permits. Each
curtained doorway shall be constructed by placing three overlapping sheets along the top
of the doorway, securing each along the top of the doorway. The first and third sheets
shall be secured on one side of the doorway and the middle sheet shall be secured on
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 16
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
the other side of the doorway. There are no swinging/closing doors between airlocks.
The doors (curtains) shall be approximately three feet wide.
G.
Provide benches and lockers for storage of street clothes and respiratory equipment of
workers in the clean room. Also provide in the same room uncontaminated disposable
protective clothing and equipment in sufficient quantities for all workers and visitors.
Workers and visitors to change from street clothes to disposable protective clothing and
gear prior to entering the contaminated area shall use this room. The room shall be
adequately sized for such purposes.
H.
Provide in shower room facilities with hot and cold water so arranged to provide complete
showering of workers and visitors as they exit from the contaminated area. Connect the
shower water drains to a leak-proof pump and commercially manufactured filtering
system consisting of several filters in series, including a 5-micron final filter, and an
adequately sized pump. Discharge from this system shall be to a location coordinated
with the building management. Used water filters shall be packaged and disposed of as
asbestos waste. Make provisions to prevent any contaminated run-off from the shower
room. The shower room facilities and size shall be adequate to allow decontamination
and thorough washing of all the workers and visitors within the 15-minute escape time.
Soap and clean dry towels shall be provided in sufficient quantities for all personnel.
I.
Provide the equipment room with storage for contaminated clothing and equipment. In
this room workers and visitors shall dispose of their disposable protective clothing (except
respirator) as they prepare to enter the shower room. Adequate quantities of clean,
protected waste bags, filters for the HEPA vacuums and exhaust units, and other tools
and equipment necessary for the work shall be stored in this room. Waste containers
and excessive quantities of equipment shall not be stored in this room.
J.
Viewing ports: At least one view port is to be installed for any containment where
asbestos abatement activities are underway regardless of size. Multiple viewing ports
are to be installed for large containments or where continuous view is obstructed.
K.
Cleaning: The Decontamination Facility shall be cleaned using a HEPA-filtered vacuum
at least once each shift, or more frequently if need to prevent residue accumulation.
L.
Prohibitions: Smoking, drinking, or eating shall not be permitted in the Work Area or
Decontamination Facility. Personal equipment such as radios or flashlights shall not be
permitted in the Work Area, Shower Room, or Equipment Room unless they can be
washed in the shower.
M.
The Contractor shall post or have available the following items in the Clean Room of the
Worker Decontamination Facility:
1.
A copy of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Regulations for Asbestos,
40 CFR 61 Subparts A and M; a copy of OSHA Asbestos Regulations, 29 CFR
1926.1101; a copy of South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule 1403.
2.
A list of telephone numbers and addresses for local hospital, emergency squad,
local fire department, and the name of the designated Building Management staff
members.
3.
A copy of the asbestos abatement specifications and drawings.
4.
Name of the competent person and list of names of contractor’s employees who
are authorized to enter the regulated area.
5.
Contractor’s name, list of Contractor’s organization chain of command at the
construction site, and phone number of responsible representative who may be
reached 24 hours per day.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 17
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.21
6.
A telephone and/or means of contact to emergency personnel, as well as
continuous contact inside the work area.
7.
Signs as required by 29 CFR 1926.1101 (k) (7) (ii).
N.
Ensure that barriers and plastic linings are effectively sealed and taped at all times, and
that the shower room is watertight. Repair damaged barriers and remedy defects
immediately upon discovery. Visually inspect the facility at the beginning of each work
period. The Consultant shall also be allowed to use smoke generators to test
effectiveness of barriers, flow of air through the Decontamination Facility, and the HEPAexhaust systems.
O.
Establish and maintain emergency and fire exits from the work areas satisfactory to local
fire officials and the Consultant. Exits shall be checked daily for exterior blockages or
impediments to exiting.
PERSONNEL PROTECTION AND DECONTAMINATION:
A.
1.22
22 AUGUST 2014
Provide all personnel throughout the abatement process with the specified protective
clothing and respiratory protection. Ensure that all personnel entering and leaving the
workplace follow the following procedures:
1.
Entering from the outside: Change from street clothes into the protective clothing
and clean protective gear, go through the Shower room into the Dirty Equipment
Room, pick up equipment and tools and enter the Work Area.
2.
Exiting from the Work Area: Dispose of all protective clothing into plastic bags
labeled for asbestos waste. Do not take off the respirator, but while still wearing
the respirator enter the shower and shower thoroughly. Remove the respirator
while still in the shower and wash and wipe it thoroughly to decontaminate it.
After drying, enter the Clean Room; store the decontaminated respirator in the
designated space and dress into street clothes.
3.
Post written procedures in the work place and train all personnel in the
procedures for the evacuation of the injured and the handling of potential fires.
Provide aid to a seriously injured worker without delay for decontamination.
Make provisions to minimize exposure of rescue workers and to minimize
spreading of contamination during evacuations and fire procedures.
4.
The Contractor shall instruct all employees and workers in the proper care of
their personally issued respiratory equipment, including daily maintenance,
sanitizing procedures, etc.
5.
Contractor’s project supervisory personnel shall inspect all respiratory equipment
at the beginning of each work period, including breaks and lunch periods.
Written records of these inspections shall be maintained and provided to the
Consultant (refer to Section 1.25.) During preparation work prior to actual
removal, contractor may use half face respirators. During removal and cleaning
of friable ACM, Paper’s at a minimum will be required.
ASBESTOS WASTE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES:
A.
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to determine current waste handling,
transportation, and disposal regulations for the work site and for each waste disposal
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 18
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
landfill. The Contractor must comply fully with the regulations and all U.S. Department of
Transportation and EPA requirements, and state and local regulations.
B.
The following procedure shall be followed:
1.
Prior to Start of Work
a. Letter from abatement contractor to consultant identifying intended waste
hauler(s) and landfill(s). Include all licenses, permits, authorizations, etc.
2.
During Work
a. Contractor to document number of waste bags removed in each area.
b. Shipping manifests as required by code, per shipment.
c.
3.
Weight tickets or other appropriate documentation of proper disposal to
be provided to the Landfill operator, per shipment.
After Completion of Work
a. Letter from Contractor to Consultant stating that all shipping and
dumping was done in accordance with all applicable codes, laws and
regulations and in accordance with specifications.
C.
Definition: Wastes are defined as all asbestos-containing or potentially asbestoscontaining materials or other items which have not been completely cleaned or sealed to
the satisfaction of the Consultant while inside the work area, and must be removed from
the job site. Asbestos wastes may include building materials, insulation, disposable
clothing and protective equipment, plastic sheeting and tape, exhaust systems or vacuum
filters, contractor equipment, or other materials designated by state or local authorities or
the Consultant, or which have been potentially contaminated with asbestos and have not
been fully cleaned inside the work area by vacuuming followed by thorough washing.
D.
Waste Packaging: All waste material shall be promptly placed in 6-mil polyethylene bags
as it is generated. A sufficient number of waste bags shall be located in the immediate
work area, and in the Equipment (dirty) room of the Worker Decontamination Facility.
The bagged material shall be placed in a second 6-mil polyethylene bag in the load out
chamber. The contractor shall count the bags and estimate the total volume leaving the
work area, and maintain a written record of such (waste manifest) (Reference Section
1.22K-3). (See also following Paragraphs)
E.
Removal of Waste from the Work Area: Bags containing waste material must be washed
and then placed in second bags for removal to the storage container and subsequent
transport to the disposal facility.
1.
The loaded bags must be checked for leakage and then placed in the
washroom by workers inside the work area.
2.
Once in the washroom, wet cleaning shall clean external surfaces of
contaminated containers and equipment a second time.
3.
The cleaned containers of waste and equipment shall be placed in
uncontaminated leak tight-labeled 6-mil plastic bags (or 6-mil sheeting if
physical characteristics necessitate and permit). Air volumes shall be
minimized, and the bags or sheeting shall be sealed. Items that may
puncture or tear the plastic bags or sheeting shall be placed in a hard wall
container such as a drum, and then sealed.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 19
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
4.
All bags will be labeled prior to removal from the work area. SCAQMD’s
interpretation is that all bags (non-hazardous and hazardous) be labeled with
a generator label depicting the owner name and address.
5.
The clean recontainerized items shall be moved into the airlock for
subsequent transfer to a holding area. The washroom workers shall not
enter this airlock or the work area until waste removal is finished for the
period.
6.
Workers who have entered from uncontaminated areas with appropriate
personal protective equipment shall remove recontainerized items and
cleaned equipment from the airlock to the holding area.
7.
The recontainerized items of waste and cleaned, bagged equipment shall be
placed in open top, watertight plastic carts or drums. These carts or drums
shall be held in the holding area pending removal. The carts or drums shall
be HEPA-vacuumed and wet-cleaned immediately following the removal of
the containers of waste from them, and the location of where they are
emptied shall also be HEPA-vacuumed.
8.
The exit from the waste decontamination facility shall be monitored and
secured at all times to prevent unauthorized entry.
F.
Waste Container Storage: Sealed waste bags may be temporarily stored in a predesignated and approved outside area, until a truckload quantity is obtained. The
temporary storage area shall be prominently identified and posted with signs, and waste
containers shall be covered with polyethylene sheeting or otherwise protected from
further contamination.
H.
Waste Removal Scheduling: All waste containers shall be decontaminated and removed
from the work area before final cleanup is started and isolation barriers are taken down.
Once a truckload of waste containers has accumulated, the Contractor shall arrange for
transportation to the disposal site. Waste shall not be stored in the worker or waste
decontamination facilities. Outside bag storage must be monitored and secured at all
times to prevent tampering. Storage must be in secure areas.
I.
Waste Transportation and Disposal Regulations: It is the responsibility of the Contractor
to determine and unsure that he is complying with: 1) the current waste handling
regulations applicable to each work site; and 2) the current regulations for transporting
and disposing waste at each ultimate disposal landfill. He must comply fully with these
regulations and with all U.S. Department of Transportation, State, EPA and all federal
and local requirements.
The Contractor (or his Subcontractor) at no additional cost shall maintain a valid solid
waste transportation registration issued by the California Department of Health Services
Toxic Substance Division; and obtain, complete, and fully comply with any other local
hazardous waste manifesting requirements. A copy of any manifest forms shall be sent
to the Consultant after disposal is completed and all required data and signatures have
been inserted. (Manifest to have original of ACM waste)
J.
Asbestos Hauling: Transportation methods shall comply with the provisions of EPA Title
40, Part 61, Subpart M, Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4
Environmental Health, Chapter 30, Minimum Standards for Management of Hazardous
and Extremely Hazardous Wastes, and with any hazardous waste regulations for
temporary storage, transport, and disposal if such codes are enforced in states where the
waste shall be stored, transported or disposed of.
K.
Waste Container Removal and Disposal Procedure:
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 20
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.23
22 AUGUST 2014
1.
The costs for waste packaging, transportation, and approved landfill disposal
(plus all related record keeping) shall be included in Contractor’s Prices.
2.
The contractor shall package, label, and remove all asbestos waste as specified
in the above Sections. Packaging shall be accomplished in a manner that
minimizes waste volume, but insures waste containers shall not tear or break. All
material shall be bagged in a minimum of two (2) 6-mil labeled bags.
3.
The Consultant must observe removal of all waste containers to verify their
condition and certify the total volume of waste material (to the nearest cubic
yard). The Contractor shall then insert the quantity on the Disposal Form/Waste
Manifest, and give the original of these forms to the waste hauler for transport to
the landfill operator for signature.
4.
Waste must be disposed at a site conforming to 40 CFR 61.156.
ASBESTOS WASTE TRANSPORTATION GUIDELINES:
The following guidelines are hereby communicated to the Contractor to ensure the Contractor
properly selects and effectively monitors the performance of the Asbestos Waste Transporter.
A.
Asbestos Waste Transportation Permits and Labels
1. The Waste Transporter shall possess, and all vehicles shall be labeled with, U.S.
Department of Transportation (DOT) identification numbers assigned to the Waste
Carrier by the DOT in accordance with DOT Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Regulations (49 CRF Part 390). DOT ID numbers are required for interstate
transport.
2. The Waste Transporter shall also possess asbestos transportation permits where
required by any state law. A permit will be required for transportation of waste from
the state in which the waste was generated, if said state has permit requirements.
Current federal regulations do not require a hauler to obtain a special asbestos
permit in order to transport asbestos waste through multiple states en route to a
permanent landfill.
B.
Asbestos Waste Transport Vehicles
1. All motor vehicles used to transport asbestos waste should have records, which
indicate a history of regular inspections, maintenance, and repairs. The vehicle must
be operated and maintained in a safe and proper working order at all times. Vehicles
likely to break down or cause an accident shall not be used.
2. All asbestos waste transport vehicles must utilize enclosed transport compartments.
Open top bins may only be used when the work method has been pre-approved by
the consultant. Compartments must be sufficient to contain the transported waste,
prevent damage to the waste containers, and prevent fiber release. Vehicles that
utilize compactors to reduce waste volumes shall not be used.
C.
Accident Contingency Plan/Consequence Management
1. The Asbestos Transporter shall maintain an Accident Contingency Plan designed to
effectively manage any roadway incident leading to the release of asbestos materials
from the transport compartment. Such a plan should address procedures for the
following key elements (at a minimum):
a. Emergency notification of local and state agencies in the event of an incident.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 21
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
b. Emergency notification and response by local asbestos remediation
companies.
c.
Guidelines for establishing a controlled area at the incident site.
d. Guidelines for site remediation.
e. Guidelines for subsequent off-loading and transfer of waste if transport
compartment of vehicle is effectively disabled.
2. The Asbestos Waste Transporter shall maintain pollution liability insurance. This
insurance shall be adequate to protect the insured against financial liability resulting
from accidental asbestos releases and exposures, which arise from a roadway
incident and result in bodily injury, property damage, or environmental harm.
3. The Asbestos Waste Transporter shall indemnify and hold the Owner/Generator and
its agents harmless from any consequences arising from an asbestos release
incident during the transport of asbestos to the final disposal site.
1.24
SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
The following items must be submitted in time for review prior to the start of work. Two copies of
the submittals will be required. The submittals will be bound in a three ring (D ring) view binder.
Tab dividers with a table of contents will separate the categories. The first tab and the last three
tabs will be left blank to make room for final close-out documents.
A.
Pre-Abatement Submittals
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
B.
Emergency Phone List -24 hour access
Contractors License – Number and Classification
DOSH Registration Number
Insurance - Liability and Workers Compensation
Hazardous Hauler Information – EPA I.D. #’s etc. (See 1.23)
Landfill – Name, Location, and EPA I.D. #
AQMD – Notifications, Equipment Registrations.
Site Specific Asbestos Abatement Plan
Site Specific Safety Plan (including evacuation plan)
Company Asbestos Operating Procedure
Injury and Illness Protection Plan (Must include Site Specific Issues)
Hazard Communication Plan
Respiratory Protection Plan
Worker Training Certificates
Worker Medical Certificates
Worker Respirator Fit Tests
List of Equipment – On-site
MSDS – Material Safety Data Sheets
Post-Abatement Submittals
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Daily Sign-in Log
De-Con Entry Sign-In Log
Results of On-Site Monitoring
AQMD Revisions
Copies of Waste Manifests and other documents referenced in 1.22
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 22
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01
2.02
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
The Contractor shall deliver all material and equipment to the site in the original
containers having the name of the manufacturer and details for proper storage and
usage.
B.
All materials or equipment delivered to the site shall be unloaded, temporarily stored, and
transferred to the Work Area in a manner, which shall not interfere with the operations of
the Owner.
C.
The Consultant and the Owner must approve unloading and temporary storage sites and
transfer routes in advance.
D.
Damaged or deteriorated materials may not be used and must be promptly removed from
the premises. Material, which becomes contaminated, with asbestos-containing material
shall be packaged as ACM and legally transported and disposed of in an approved,
secure, asbestos landfill.
MATERIALS, TOOLS, AND EQUIPMENT:
A.
All materials, tools, and equipment must comply at a minimum with this Specification and
relevant federal, state and local codes.
1.
HEPA-Filtered Exhausts – Air inside each asbestos removal area shall be
exhausted to the atmosphere (building exterior) through a High Efficiency
Particulate Air (HEPA) filter.
One or more HEPA-filtered portable exhaust units shall be provided for each
work area, of sufficient total capacity to provide at least four complete changes of
air per hour, and an inward velocity through all openings to the work area of at
least 200 fpm, and a static negative air pressure of at least 0.02 inches of water.
Replaceable pre-filters shall precede the HEPA-filter, and the unit must be
designed such that it cannot be operated unless the HEPA-filters are in place.
The units must also be designed with lights or alarms, which indicate that the
filters are properly installed and functional, and which determine when the filters
must be changed. Flexible hoses (ducts) of sufficient length must be provided to
allow the units to discharge outside of the buildings. Ducts shall exit through
metal collars in a plywood insert. Exhausts with other types of particulate
cleaning systems, such as electrostatic precipitators, shall not be allowed.
(Reference Section 1.24b-2)
2.
Plastic Sheeting and Bags – Shall be polyethylene or equivalent with a thickness
of at least 6 mil for all applications. Both transparent and opaque plastic will be
required as directed by the Consultant. Waste disposal bags shall be of 6-mil
thickness with appropriate warning labels as described in Section 1.22 E.
3.
Encapsulants – Encapsulating agents shall be approved by the Owner and must
be compatible with the replacement materials. The encapsulants must be UL
tested.
4.
Wetting Agent or Surfactant – Shall be 50% polyoxyethylene ester and 50%
polyoxyethylene ether or equivalent, mixed in the proportion of one-ounce
surfactant per five gallons of water. The material must be odorless, nonflammable, nontoxic, non-irritating, and non-carcinogenic. It shall be applied as a
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 23
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
mist using a low-pressure airless sprayer recommended by the surfactant
manufacturer.
5.
Tape and Glue – Shall be capable of sealing plastic to finished surfaces without
damage when it is removed. The bonding strength and resulting seal integrity
must not be affected by mist or water, encapsulating agent, or any other
materials used in the work area.
6.
Warning Signs and Labels – Shall comply with 29 CFR 1926.1101 (7) (ii), and all
other federal, state, or local codes and regulations.
7.
Waste Containers and Transportation – Shall be bags as noted in Item No. 2
above, drums or other closed containers, suitable for loading, temporary storage,
transit, and unloading of contaminated waste without rupture, or otherwise
causing spillage or exposure to persons or emissions to the atmosphere.
Transportation methods shall comply with the provisions of EPA Title 40, part 61,
Subparts A and B, and with any hazardous or special waste regulations for
temporary storage, transport, and disposal if such codes are enforced in states or
cities where the waste will be generated, stored, transported, or disposed of. All
containers shall be labeled in accordance with OSHA Regulation 29 CFR
1926.1101(8), NESHAPS, and 49 CFR parts 171 and 172, Hazardous
Substances: Final Rule.
8.
Respiratory Protection Devices - Shall be NIOSH approved (including only Rseries rated filters) and shall comply with all provisions of 29 CFR 1926.1101. Fit
testing procedures must comply with 29 CFR 1926.1101 Appendix C.
Documentation of fit testing procedure must be provided. (See Submittal Section
1.25-1).
9.
Electrical Equipment – Shall be Underwriters Laboratory listed and approved,
and shall have ground fault circuit interrupt protection, which has been installed
by a licensed electrician.
10.
Ladders or Scaffolds – Shall be OSHA-approved and be of sufficient dimensions
and quantities so that workers, the consultant, and other inspectors can easily
and safely access all work surfaces. Scaffold joints and ends shall be sealed
with tape to prevent incursions of asbestos fibers. All ladders at the worksite will
be properly “tied-off”.
11.
Hand Power Tools – Shall be equipped with HEPA-filtered local exhaust
ventilation if used to drill, cut into, or otherwise disturb ACM.
12.
Brushes – All brushes shall have nylon bristles. Wire brushes may be used
upon specific approval by the Consultant.
13.
Lumber/Plywood – All lumber and plywood supplied by and used by the
Contractor shall be fire retardant, unless authorized by the Consultant.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01
PRE-ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PREPARATIONS:
The Contractor shall prepare the work area as described in this section. Preparation work shall
be performed according to the following general sequence of steps and procedures to insure that
proper containment and protection systems are installed prior to any work, which could generate
airborne asbestos fibers.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 24
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.02
3.03
22 AUGUST 2014
A.
Remove and relocate any non-fixed items (not removed by the Owner) to storage areas
designated by the Owner.
B.
Isolate, clean by HEPA vacuuming and washing, and seal airtight with two layers of 6-mil
poly sheeting and tape, all HVAC system diffusers, grills, and registers in or servicing the
work area.
C.
Carefully clean all surfaces in the work area, which may be contaminated with any dust or
debris by using wet methods and a vacuum equipped with HEPA filter.
D.
Cover any openings with a minimum of two layers poly sheeting. Erect any required
barriers, coverings, or access platforms; post access restriction signs, seal all openings
into the work area; install any temporary access openings; poly all floors and walls;
protect and cover all fixed items. Install Decontamination Facility and HEPA exhaust
system as described herein.
E.
Isolate all electrical systems as directed by the Owner, and provide temporary power and
lighting as required for the work area.
F.
Obtain Consultant’s approval of all preparation work prior to starting removal of asbestos
material.
ISOLATION AND SEALING OF HVAC SYSTEMS
A.
Prior to performing any asbestos removal work in an area, the contractor shall make
appropriate adjustments to any affected air handling systems to prevent air movement to
and from the work area through HVAC or exhaust ductwork, or any other penetrations
into the work area. The adjustments shall be pre-approved by the Consultant and the
Owner. If HVAC ducts or duct insulation are found to be contaminated, care shall be
taken to clean or removed the contamination prior to installation of the HVAC seals. If
ducts are to be removed, cleaning of the ducts can be conducted after the seals are
placed on the duct openings. Affected HVAC systems shall be de-energized during this
process. Filters in affected HVAC systems shall be removed and packaged for disposal
as asbestos waste and then replaced with equal filters at the conclusion of the work.
B.
Once the above isolation has been made, but before any asbestos-related work has
begun, the Contractor shall locate, block, and seal airtight at the work area boundary all
supply air ducts, return air ducts, other exhaust ducts, and any other open penetrations
into the work area. The seals (air blockage) must have two 6-mil poly coverings. They
shall be capable of remaining intact and preventing all air flow for the duration of work in
the area. After installation, the Consultant must individually approve each seal. All
ceiling, floor, or wall mounted supply air diffusers, registers, grills, and other HVAAC
fixtures shall also be cleaned with HEPA vacuums and then sealed with two layers of 6mil poly sheeting secured with duct tape. Contractor must provide “lock out” systems on
all HVAC equipment, which will be shut off during the removal process.
C.
No flow of air out of the work area shall be permitted except via HEPA-filtered exhaust
units.
ISOLATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND INSTALLATION OF TEMPORARY POWER AND
LIGHTING:
A.
The scope of the required electrical isolation and protection work includes isolation and
protection of electrical equipment that is in the area from which asbestos must be
removed, and could therefore possibly become a hazard through contact or water spray
short-circuiting. Shutdown of electrical circuits shall include providing labor to monitor,
inspect, and service temporary power circuits, lighting, and equipment as required by
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 25
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
local codes and regulations. Contractor must provide “lock out” systems on all electrical
panels or equipment, which will be shut off during the removal process.
B.
Temporary light shall be provided by the Contractor in the work area where asbestos
removal is performed. The Contractor’s licensed electrician as mutually agreed upon by
Owner and Contractor and hereinafter referred to, as the Contractor’s licensed electrician
shall initially inspect the removal work area for the condition of electrical conduit and
junction boxes. The purpose of this inspection is to assist the Contractor in the
preparation and performance of his work, and to provide for the safety of work crews.
C.
All materials and workmanship shall conform to the latest editions of the following codes,
standards, and specifications;
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.04
National Electrical Code (NEC)
National Bureau of Standards, Handbook H30, National Electrical Safety Code
State and Local codes and all other authorities having jurisdiction
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
National Board of Fire Underwriters
OSHA
D.
Temporary lighting and power systems shall exceed all OSHA, state, and local
regulations temporary lighting levels shall exceed OSHA requirements and provide
surface lighting for nighttime work.
E.
The contractor is responsible for visiting the site (at no additional cost) to investigate
existing electrical conditions and isolation requirements.
F.
All Contractor costs associated with the isolation of electrical systems and installation of
temporary power and lighting must be included in his prices.
G.
The non-current carrying metal parts of fixed, portable, and plug-connected equipment
shall be grounded. Portable tools and appliances protected by an approved system of
double insulation need not be grounded. All light and power circuits in the asbestos
removal area shall be ground fault protected.
H.
Extension cords shall be the 3-wire type; shall be protected from damage, and shall not
be fastened with staples, hung from nails, or suspended from wires. Splices shall have
soldered wire connection with insulation equal to the cable. Worn or frayed cords shall
not be used.
I.
Safe lighting equipment shall be provided with waterproof floodlights. Exposed bulbs
shall be guarded to prevent accidental contact. Temporary wiring shall be properly
insulated and substantially supported. Circuits shall be properly designed and fused. All
temporary lighting inside the asbestos removal area shall be weatherproofed.
J.
Receptacles for attachment plugs shall be approved, concealed contact type. Where
different voltages, frequencies, or types of current are supplied, receptacles shall be of
such design that attachment plugs are not interchangeable.
K.
Each disconnecting means for motors and appliances and each service federal or branch
circuit at the point where it originates, shall be legibly marked to indicate its purpose.
ISOLATION OF WORK AREAS AND INSTALLATION OF DECONTAMINATION FACILITIES:
A.
Work Area Isolation and Protection:
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 26
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
1.
The Contractor shall isolate the work area for the duration of work by completely
closing and sealing all openings and doorways into the work area, including, but
not limited to, heating and ventilation ducts, doorways, windows, floors and
ceiling penetrations, and lighting. Isolation/sealing shall be accomplished by
using two layers of 6-mil poly sheeting taped securely in place, or by caulking,
including the construction as noted in 3 below. The work area shall be protected
and sealed airtight to the extent possible and be subject to the approval of the
Consultant.
2.
Emergency and fire exits shall be maintained.
3.
Isolation Partitions and Barriers – Open doorways, cased openings, windows, air
vents, filtration areas, etc. and other openings as mandated by project conditions
shall be sealed airtight with temporary structural portions as follows:
a. Erect wood or metal studs 16” on center and then cover the opening with
½ “ plywood sheathing or equivalent on work area side only.
b. Cover the work side of this partition with a double layer of plastic
sheeting with joints staggered and sealed with tape. Edges of the
partition at floor, walls, ceiling, and all joints shall be caulked airtight.
4.
Shut down and isolate heating, cooling, and ventilating air systems to prevent
contamination and fiber dispersal to other areas of the building.
5.
All water sources shall be isolated so that there is no possibility that water can be
turned on accidentally. All water sources shall be shut off below the sink if
possible.
6.
Thoroughly pre-clean all dust or debris from any fixed objects, floors, or other
equipment within the work area using HEPA vacuuming equipment and wet
washing. Do not use brooms, brushes, dry mops, or non-HEPA vacuum
cleaners for this precleaning work.
Seal all seams, joints, covers or casings with tape, and enclose fixed objects or
equipment with a minimum of two layers of 6-mil plastic sheeting secured and
sealed airtight with duct tape. Provide and install plywood coverings as
necessary to protect fixed items, which could be accidentally damaged.
7.
Cover floors with a minimum of two independent layers of 6-mil plastic sheeting,
turning each layer up onto the wall a minimum of 16” and fasten securely to wall
(after all wall criticals are sealed.) Cover walls with two layers of 6-mil plastic
sheeting extending to the floor, overlapping the two floor sheets by not less than
12” including the turn-up. All joints in plastic sheets shall be taped and glued in a
manner to prohibit air movement, and to prevent passage of water or other
liquids. The bottom layer of floor poly shall be securely fastened to the floor to
prevent creases or slippage that would pose a hazard to workers. Any floor
drains or other openings shall be sealed individually with two layers of 6-mil
sheeting and tape and then covered by the remaining two layers of poly. Pits,
pumps and other openings shall be covered so as to prevent a tripping hazard
and then covered with two layers of 6-mil sheeting. Any pipe insulation shall be
covered in two layers of 6-mil sheeting.
8.
Install work area HEPA-filtered exhaust systems as previously specified in
Section 1.24.
9.
The Contractor shall post warning signs in English and Spanish meeting the
requirements of OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101(k)(7)(ii) at the outside doorway to the
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 27
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
Decontamination Facility which shall be the only non-emergency entrance to the
work area. The Consultant may also request that the Contractor post additional
warning signs around the work area or at other potential entrances or exposure
points in accordance with California Proposition 65.
Warning signs shall be readily visible to any person attempting to enter the work
area.
3.05
APPROVAL OF PREPARATION WORK:
After the asbestos removal work area has been prepared as specified above, the Contractor shall
request a formal site inspection by the Consultant. No removal, demolition, or other disturbance
of asbestos containing materials, dust or debris shall occur until the Consultant has inspected and
approved the site preparation work in writing.
3.06
3.07
REMOVAL OF CEILINGS:
A.
The Contractor shall remove and dispose of suspended ceilings as asbestos waste to
obtain access to inspect and seal the removal areas.
B.
Ceiling removal work shall not commence until each work area is completely isolated and
protected, HVAC and electrical systems are shut down and sealed, and HEPA exhaust
system and Decontamination Facility is installed and the work area has been inspected
and formally approved by the Consultant.
C.
Workers shall wear specified full personal protective equipment (disposable suits and
powered air purifying respirator) at all times during ceiling demolition, cleaning, and waste
packaging tasks as described below.
CLEANING OF ASBESTOS CONTAMINATED SURFACES:
A.
This section pertains to the cleaning of surfaces, which are potentially contaminated with
asbestos-containing dust, and debris as identified in the Description of Work or
discovered in the performance of the specified work. Such cleaning shall be required to
prevent this dust from becoming airborne and posing an exposure risk to building
occupants or interfering in air monitoring activities. Cleaning action shall be performed as
preliminary exposure control procedures prior to performing other actions which are
required. Cleaning shall consist of HEPA vacuuming followed by wet mopping or wiping
of surfaces in a manner, which prevents dust generation but effectively rids the surface of
all visible debris, dust, film, and grime.
B.
Each HEPA vacuum cleaner shall be separately equipped with an airtight securely
attached hose of proper length and a collection wand, brush and other special
attachments appropriate t the required cleaning tasks. The equipment shall be properly
operated at all times and shall contain no air leaks.
C.
Cleaning Procedure:
1.
Remove large pieces of debris by hand, and then dry vacuum all surfaces using
HEPA filtered equipment and a collection attachment which minimizes dust
generation. Surfaces shall be cleaned by working outward from the point of
access so that workers do not walk on or disrupt uncleaned surfaces.
2.
Lightly wet the surface of any material that could produce airborne fibers by using
an airless sprayer and amended water.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 28
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.
Collect, package, label and dispose of vacuumed material as asbestos waste.
4.
Thoroughly wet wipe or mop all surfaces to remove any remaining dirt or grime,
being careful not to wet or damage any electrical equipment, furniture, or other
sensitive surfaces.
5.
Allow surfaces to completely dry, and then inspect them for any visible remaining
dirt or fibrous material.
6.
HEPA vacuum any remaining dirt or fibers using an efficient collection
attachment.
Collect and pump all wastewater through a 5-micron filter (multistage filtration
system). Dispose of filtered material and the filter as asbestos waste.
7.
8.
3.08
22 AUGUST 2014
Request Consultant to conduct final inspection of cleaning work prior to
performing any other specified activities.
ASBESTOS REMOVAL UNDER GENERAL CONTAINMENT PROCEDURES:
A.
This section covers the removal of asbestos-containing troweled and sprayed acoustical
material, linoleum sheeting, exterior stucco, exterior texture, and window putty and
vibration dampers as specified in the documents or as directed by the Consultant.
B.
Amended water (wetting agent) mixed and carefully applied using an airless sprayer as
specified by the manufacturer, shall continuously be used to control the release of
asbestos fibers from friable material prior to and during removal. The amended water
shall be applied in sufficient quantity to fully penetrate and saturate the friable material
before it is removed. Wetting shall commence up to 8 hours before removal work to
ensure effectiveness.
C.
Removal methods:
1.
No asbestos removal work shall begin until the work area has been prepared and
approved by the Consultant. Removal workers shall wear powered air purifying
respirators and protective clothing throughout all removal, cleanup, and waste
handling operations.
2.
Small test patches of asbestos material shall be wetted and then removed and
examined by the Consultant and Supervisor to determine the degree of
saturation prior to removing the bulk of the material. With prior approval the
Contractor may use removal encapsulants instead of amended water; applied
per manufacturers and federal guidelines.
3.
After large areas of the asbestos material have been fully wetted and tested, the
asbestos shall be carefully removed in small sections by hand using scrapers or
other suitable tools.
4.
As the material is removed, it shall be promptly wetted and packed into
impermeable, labeled 6-mil poly disposal bags. When each bag is full, the
packaged material shall be sprayed with amended water, sealed (using duct tape
or other fastener approved by the Consultant), and transported to a temporary
storage area inside the work area.
5.
If the asbestos material is located on surfaces higher than 15 feet above the
floor, the Contractor shall provide closed chutes (with maximum incline of 60
degrees from horizontal) or scaffolding for waste containers to prevent dropping
material down to the floor during the Project.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 29
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.09
22 AUGUST 2014
6.
The Contractor shall repeatedly spray the friable material to prevent it from drying
out.
7.
Once the majority of the asbestos has been removed, the Contractor shall scrub
the surface with a nylon brush or equivalent, and a water spray, and then
thoroughly wash it to remove all remaining material.
8.
After obtaining written approval of the cleaning from the Consultant, the
Contractor shall then seal all substrate surfaces from which asbestos material
has been removed with at least one coat of an approved penetrating
encapsulant.
9.
The Contractor shall minimize contamination of the work floor, the exterior of
disposal containers, and all other surfaces within the work area. At the end of
each shift, all surfaces shall be cleaned of all materials and then HEPA
vacuumed or wet mopped.
10.
The decontamination facility shall be wet cleaned using wet cleaning methods
upon completion of any waste removal. When the worker decontamination
facility’s shower room alternates as a waste container washroom, the shower
room shall be washed with cloths or mops saturated with a detergent solution
immediately prior to wet cleaning.
11.
The decontamination facility shall be wet cleaned and HEPA vacuumed as
appropriate after each shift change and meal break.
12.
Excessive water accumulation or flooding or excessive accumulation of debris in
the work area shall require work to stop until the water or debris is collected and
disposed of properly.
REMOVAL UNDER MODIFIED CONTAINMENT
A.
Modified containments are areas that have been partially protected with polyethylene
sheeting and equipped with HEPA exhaust units to facilitate air filtration. The workers
decontamination facility shall consist of two rooms as specified in Section 1.20 consisting
of a clean room and a dirty room. Modified containments shall be utilized only when
removing non-friable asbestos such as vinyl floor tiles and mastic, base cove mastic,
transite flues, etc. as specified by the contract documents or Consultant. HEPA exhaust
units shall be installed and exhausted to the exterior of the containment and all
penetrations (including doors, windows, HVAC, etc.) shall be sealed with poly to prevent
fiber migration from the regulated area.
B.
If a condition is encountered wherein the fiber count limits of the inside (0.50 f/cc) and
outside (0.05 f/cc) of the work areas are exceeded during ACM removal activities and
efforts to reduce this prove futile, the contractor shall stop all work and shall remove the
ACM using the method of “asbestos removal under general containment procedures,
complete with full decontamination facilities.”
C.
Worker protection will require disposable protective clothing (double suit) and a minimum
of Air Purifying Respirators with disposable dual HEPA-filtered cartridges approved by
NIOSH.
3.09.1 REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING FLOOR TILES AND ASSOCIATED MASTIC
A.
Removal Procedure
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 30
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
1.
Seal doors, windows, and other openings into the work area with two
independent layers of 6-mil poly.
2.
Shut down HVAC, as required, for duration of work activities.
3.
Remove or cover furniture or fixed objects with 6-mil poly. Protect walls up to a
height of 6 feet with one layer 6-mil poly.
4.
Install HEPA unit to facilitate air filtration.
5.
Workers shall wear disposable coveralls (double suit) and a minimum of air
purifying respirators with NIOSH approved asbestos cartridges.
6.
Whenever carpets cover the floor tiles or mastic, the carpets shall be removed
only under regulated conditions and pre-approved by the Consultant.
7.
Removal shall be performed so as to minimize fracturing or cutting of floor tiles
(to minimize potential fiber release) by using wet methods and hand scrapers.
Heating or the application of dry ice may also be used.
8.
Electrical grinding or cutting tools should not be used during the removal
operation.
9.
Floor tiles shall be double bagged or placed in drums or boxes with appropriate
asbestos warning labels and disposed of according to specified regulations.
3.09.2 REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING TAR PAPER, FELTS, UNDERLAYMENT, AND TAR
SEALANT ROOFING MATERIALS: The following work practice requirements are for the
removal/disturbance of asbestos-containing roofing materials, i.e. tar sealants and roofing
systems. Mechanical removal practices, other than use of saw cutting, will require full
compliance with all SCAQMD Rule 1403 requirements. HEPA vacuuming of roofing surface
immediately following removal is required. HEPA vacuuming equipment will be operated in
compliance with Rule 1403 (d) (1) (D) (i) (III) provisions.
A.
Preparation
1.
As required by federal OSHA, CAL-OSHA, and any other applicable federal,
state, and local safety agencies, guard rails, scaffolding, rigging, etc. shall be
installed as necessary prior to removal activities commencing. Ropes and safety
harnesses must be utilized where applicable.
2.
Remove all objects not fastened to existing structure from the work area prior to
commencing removal activities.
3.
Cover all stationary objects and surfaces not intended for removal or stripping of
asbestos containing roofing materials. Cover and render air-tight all air passageways, such as doors, windows, skylights, air circulation units, vents and registers
in the work are, with plastic sheeting, or hard wood barriers with studded support.
4.
Confine all debris associated with roofing removal activities and prevent dispersal
into the facility structure.
5.
Utilize plastic sheeting catch devices secured at the structure foundation to
contain incidental falling roofing debris.
6.
Warning tape shall be installed surrounding building where debris may
accidentally be dislodged during preparation and removal activities. Tape shall
remain in place and be inspected daily throughout the removal project.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 31
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
B.
22 AUGUST 2014
Removal and Handling
1.
When cleaning roof surface do not use tools or devices, which could cause
debris to become airborne, e.g. brooms, blowers, high-pressure rinse, etc.
2.
Adequately wet with amended water the areas to be worked prior to the initiation
of the removal process. Amended water will be used continually throughout the
work period to ensure that any asbestos-containing material exposed by manual
force or saw cutting is wet and remains wet until final disposal.
3.
The wetting solution shall be applied with airless spray or low-pressure spray
equipment to avoid displacement and dispersal of asbestos fibers. Hose-end
sprayers may be used when outside temperatures require more aggressive
wetting procedures.
4.
All efforts shall be made to manually loosen and remove the roofing material with
limited chipping and breaking.
5.
Roofing material may be cut into smaller, manageable pieces depending upon
mode of transport and disposal.
6.
An encapsulant shall be used during the cutting process to prevent asbestos
fiber release.
7.
All non-friable roofing materials shall be carried to the edge of the roof where offloading will take place by means of a chute or hoist.
8.
Carefully lower asbestos-containing material that has been removed to the
ground or a lower floor without dropping, throwing, sliding, or otherwise
damaging the asbestos-containing material, or transport the asbestos-containing
material to the ground or a lower floor via leak tight chutes or containers when
removal occurs more than 50 feet above the ground and the material is not in
units or sections.
9.
Roofing material must be immediately sealed into airtight containers, covered
drop box, or plastic wrapping of at least 6-mil thickness.
10.
Immediately following removal of roofing materials from deck apply amended
water to entire exposed surface.
11.
Remaining wetted asbestos-containing materials, including plastic or wood
barriers, shall be placed in leak-tight containers or sealed plastic bags.
12.
Maintain on-site storage of encapsulated materials or leak-tight containers within
an enclosed storage area prior to transport. Leak-tight containers and
encapsulated materials shall not be accessible to the general public.
13.
All asbestos-containing waste material shall be placed in leak-tight containers
that will not allow said material to escape while moving them from work area to
disposal container or transport vehicle.
14.
Contractors wanting to dispose of roofing materials via burrito wrap enclosure
must provide a letter from the approved asbestos waste disposal site providing
information regarding proper burrito wrapping methods and proper methods for
unloading the waste from the waste hauling container.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 32
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
3.09.3 REMOVAL USING GLOVE-BAG ENCLOSURE
A.
B.
C.
D.
Materials:
1.
Bags. Bags commercially manufactured specifically for glove bag enclosure
removal of asbestos shall be used.
2.
Chilled amended water, duct tape, plastic sheeting and waste bags, a minimum
of air purifying respirator with HEPA cartridges, disposable coveralls, warning
signs, HEPA-filtered vacuum cleaner, and wetable fiberglass cloth will be
required.
3.
Utility knife, tin snips as required, wire cutters, as required, industrial stapler,
nylon brush, and other hand tools will be required.
4.
Airless sprayer equipped with approximately 3 linear feet of flexible tubing and
wand for insertion into the glove bag.
Precautions
1.
Maximum temperature of components allowable for glove bag work as specified
by glove bag manufacturer.
2.
Contain the work area: shut down HVAC, exclude casual personnel, close
doors, and install warning signs.
3.
Wear personal protection: disposable coveralls and air purifying respirators with
HEPA filters.
4.
Install modified containment
5.
Provide supplementary lighting as required.
6.
Contractor shall utilize HEPA-exhaust units on-site during all glove bag
operations.
7.
Contractor shall provide a crew of two or more persons for glove bag removal.
Preparation
1.
Place necessary tools in the glove bag. Wrap the bag on the pipe, seal with
staples and tape leaving enough sealed space above pipe for access. Secure
the bag to support the weight of the stripped insulation and water.
2.
Insert the HEPA vacuum nozzle and wetting agent sprayer flexible tubing into the
bag and seal air tight.
Removal
1.
Install a decontamination facility and utilize modified containment. Install a HEPA
filtration unit.
2.
During removal periodically wet the inside surfaces and waste for better visibility
and fiber control. Use cold water to prevent fogging.
3.
During removal, periodically use HEPA-vacuum to compensate for any leaks and
to reduce airborne fiber levels.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 33
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
E.
22 AUGUST 2014
4.
Cut the insulation cleanly for neat sealing of exposed insulation. Leave a 2”
margin at the edge of the bag for safety.
5.
After removal and brushing, wash down all interior bag surfaces to below the
level where the bag will be sealed and saturate the waste. Look for residue in
folds and on the backside of the pipe, etc.
6.
Gather tools in a gloved hand and pull the glove inside out. Seal the arm with
tape and cut through the middle of the tape. Save the bagged tools for the next
glove bag operation.
7.
Collapse the bag with the HEPA vacuum. With the vacuum still applied, seal the
bag just above the glove level. Remove the nozzle and tubing. Remove the
glove bag from the component and immediately place in a waste bag. Check the
component for loose waste and vacuum as required.
Following Removal
1.
Seal exposed insulation with fiberglass wetable cloth while the insulation is
damp, unless additional removal is planned.
2.
If no additional removal is planned, the glove-enclosed tools shall be immersed in
a pail of water, opened, and cleaned. The water and waste must be disposed of
as asbestos waste.
3.
At the direction of the Consultant all stripped pipe surfaces shall be
encapsulated.
3.09.4 REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING SPRAY-APPLIED FIREPROOFING OR
ACOUSTICAL PLASTER
A.
B.
Work Area Preparation
1.
Full containment will be required, which includes at least two layers of six-mil
polyethylene sheeting on the walls and floor.
2.
Negative pressure must be maintained in the work area
Removal of Materials Interfering with Access
1.
C.
Suspended ceiling panels, when present under the asbestos-containing material
must be assumed to be contaminated. As such they must be cleaned by HEPAvacuuming inside the work area and wet wiped as they are removed from
through the waste removal port. Alternatively, they are to be disposed of as
hazardous waste.
Removal of the Fireproofing or Acoustic Plaster
1.
The materials to be removed must be thoroughly wetted with amended water
prior to scraping.
2.
The bulk material may be removed by use of hand scrapers. The surfaces must
then be brushed and wet wiped until the Consultant confirms that they are
sufficiently clean.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 34
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
3.09.5 REMOVAL OF THERMAL SYSTEM INSULATION OTHER THAN BY GLOVE BAG
A.
3.10
3.11
When thermal system insulation is present in quantities or locations, which make the use
of glove bags infeasible, they may be removed in a manner similar to that described for
fireproofing or acoustic plaster.
CONSULTANT’S APPROVAL OF REMOVAL WORK
A.
Upon completion of the removal work, but prior to commencing encapsulation or postabatement cleaning of the work area, the Contractor shall request the Consultant to
conduct an inspection and approval of the removal work.
B.
All asbestos materials shall be removed, gross debris cleaned up, and waste bags
removed from the work area prior to this approval.
CLEANING AND FINAL DECONTAMINATION
A.
This section applies to cleaning the work area where asbestos removal work has been
performed. After all asbestos-containing or contaminated materials have been removed;
the Contractor shall remove all wastes and perform a thorough multi-stage final cleanup
and decontamination of the work area per the methods indicated below. Final cleaning
shall be performed only after all waste is packaged and removed, but prior to re-installing
equipment or dismantling any barriers, decontamination facility, or protective coverings.
Cleaning shall be performed before replacing any type of insulation, and shall be subject
to the Consultant’s approval based on a visual inspection (including surface wipe testing
if appropriate and air testing performed using NIOSH method 7400. HEPA exhaust
systems shall operate continuously throughout the cleaning and air testing process until
the Consultant authorizes their shutdown and removal from the work area. The
Contractor shall notify the Consultant at least one hour in advance of the expected
completion time of the site cleaning in order to allow the scheduling of air clearance
testing.
B.
Methods and Approvals: Cleaning methods and approvals shall consist of the following
tasks performed in the listed order.
1.
Remove all visible accumulations of asbestos debris on the protective coverings
on floors, walls, and other surfaces, and then HEPA vacuum all surfaces to pick
up excess water and gross saturated debris. A wet-dry shop vacuum dedicated
to asbestos abatement may be used before HEPA vacuuming.
2.
After HEPA vacuuming, the work area air shall be lightly misted with amended
water and then all protective coverings on ceilings, walls, floors, and other items
in the work area shall be wiped clean (first cleaning.)
3.
After the Contractor has completed the above steps, he shall request that the
Consultant inspect the site. To facilitate scheduling of this inspection, the
Contractor must notify the Consultant of the anticipated completion time of the
initial cleaning work at least two hours in advance.
4.
If the Consultant observes any asbestos waste or fibers within the work area
during the inspection, the Contractor shall perform additional cleanup and
decontamination as directed by the Consultant.
5.
If the Consultant approves this first cleaning, the Contractor shall slowly remove
the upper layer of all protective poly coverings on floors, walls, ductwork, and
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 35
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
other surfaces and package them in 6-mil waste bags. The waste bags shall
then be removed from the work area using the procedures described in Section
1.22. The bottom layer of protective poly coverings, the decontamination
facilities, the HEPA exhaust systems, all barrier walls and seals on HVAC
components shall remain in place and in use.
3.12
6.
Unless otherwise permitted, the contractor shall then perform a second cleaning
of all surfaces in the work area by HEPA vacuuming and wet washing. Upon the
approval of the Consultant, all remaining protective poly coverings shall be slowly
removed and disposed of as described in Section 1.22. However, the barrier
walls, decontamination facilities, HEPA exhaust systems, and seals on HVAC
components shall remain in place and in use, as well as the final layer of
polyethylene protecting the walls and windows.
7.
Upon obtaining the Consultant’s written approval of final cleaning, the contractor
shall encapsulate all substrate surfaces and other surfaces within the work area
as specified herein. Unless otherwise permitted, drying time shall be as specified
by the manufacturer before final air sampling is conducted.
8.
After successful completion of the final air clearance testing as prescribed in the
following section, the contractor shall carefully remove in the listed order: the
decontamination facilities; any temporary barrier walls or tunnels, seals on HVAC
components. The HEPA exhaust systems shall be removed only after all other
items are removed. A HEPA vacuum shall be kept on site during this final
disassembly work to clean up any dust or debris.
9.
If any of the post cleaning PCM air sample results are above 0.01f/cc, or TEM’s
above 70 structures per square millimeter on average, or a pre-existing level of
normal background fibers if shown to be higher than 0.01 f/cc by the Consultant,
the Consultant may require additional cleaning and decontamination and the
above inspection and air tests shall be repeated by the Consultant.
10.
Workers shall wear approved respiratory and personal protective equipment
throughout all cleanup and waste disposal activities.
MONITORING, TESTING, AND INSPECTION
A.
The Owner’s Consultant shall monitor the performance and execution of the work. The
monitoring work shall be performed both inside the work area and the surroundings to
ensure full compliance with these specifications and all applicable regulations. Ambient
air samples will be collected and analyzed by the Consultant. The Contractor shall
provide full support to the Consultant throughout the work. Monitoring and inspections
shall include air samples in the work space, periodic personnel samples at breathing
levels on a number of workers, air samples in the areas surrounding the work areas and
the outside, checking of the Contractor’s standard operating procedures, engineering
controls, respiratory protection equipment, packing, packaging, transporting and disposal
of asbestos, decontamination facilities and procedures, and any other aspects of the
abatement process that may impact the health and safety of the people and the pollution
of the environment.
B.
The Owner or Consultant shall bear all costs in connection with the sample collection and
laboratory work referenced in Paragraph A above. However, the costs of all subsequent
sample collection by the Consultant and laboratory work required because the limits
specified were exceeded in the initial tests, shall be borne by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall also conduct and bear the cost of personal air samples for OSHA
compliance.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 36
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
C.
3.13
22 AUGUST 2014
The Contractor shall receive copies of all laboratory reports representing the results of
the Consultant’s air monitoring and inspection program. All information shall be recorded
in the Contractor’s air monitoring log.
AIR MONITORING BY CONTRACTOR
A.
The Contractor shall be responsible for personal air monitoring to document compliance
with OSHA regulations using the methods listed below.
B.
The analysis laboratory performing this work shall be an independent party not financially
or managerially connected to the Contractor.
C.
The laboratory shall be participating successfully in the AIHA/NIOSH Proficiency
Analytical Testing (PAT) program.
D.
Air sampling materials and equipment requirements are as follows:
1.
Sampling for analysis by Phase Contrast Microscopy shall employ cellulose ester
collection filters with 0.8-micron pore size or less. Cassettes shall be loaded with
filters under clean laboratory conditions. A 0.5-micron pore size cellulose esterbacking filter shall be placed behind the collecting filter, followed by the cellulose
support pad and the cassette base.
2.
The filter assembly shall be upstream of all other components in the sampling
train. An airflow-measuring device, when used, shall be downstream of the filter
and upstream of the pump assembly or integrated with the pump.
Sampling pumps shall supply constant flow.
3.
4.
An airflow measuring/metering device shall be used, and shall be calibrated
before and after each use.
E.
Numbers and frequencies of personal air sampling shall be as required by OSHA
regulations but not less then two samples per eight hour work shift during times of
asbestos removal work.
F.
Results of sample analysis shall be reported to the Consultant within twenty-four hours of
collection.
G.
All other air sampling for compliance with the Specifications shall be performed by the
Owner’s Consultant at no cost to the Contractor except where the Contractor fails
specified tests. Final air samples shall be collected and analyzed using Phase Contrast
Microscopy (PCM) or Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM). If the area fails the first
clearance air test, the Contractor must re-clean the work area. Subsequent PCM or TEM
testing will be at the expense of the Contractor.
H.
The Contractor shall use a pre-approved chain-of-custody form for all personal air
samples he collects.
I.
All PCM samples shall be analyzed pursuant to NIOSH Method 7400.
J.
The Contractor shall at no additional charge provide and install AC power and extension
cords for the Consultant to collect all area and final air clearance samples as required
herein.
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 37
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.14
22 AUGUST 2014
FINAL INSPECTION AND TESTING
A.
After thorough cleaning of the workplace, and if a high degree of cleanliness has been
achieved, the Contractor shall notify the Consultant that the workplace is ready for
inspection and final testing. The Owner’s Consultant and the Contractor shall then
visually inspect the workplace for the detection of any visible asbestos dust or
contamination. If the visual inspection does not reveal any dust or other signs of
contamination, final air testing shall commence.
B.
The final testing shall take place under active agitation of the air in the workplace with the
HEPA filtered exhaust units operating. The Contractor shall also supply and operate
additional circulating fans and leaf blowers as directed by the Consultant during this final
testing to ensure effective air circulation.
The final test shall consist of taking air samples in the workplace to establish that
airborne fiber levels do not exceed 0.01 f/cc by PCM. If the Hygienist determines that,
based on background tests, the normal levels of fibers in the workplace are greater than
0.01 f/cc, that normal level of fibers shall become the clearance criterion. Surface wipe
samples may also be taken and analyzed at the option of the Owner to confirm the
results of the air sampling. At the option of the Owner, TEM analysis may also be
employed for final air samples. If the results of the final testing are not satisfactory,
thorough wet cleaning and/or HEPA vacuuming shall be repeated until the required
decontamination results are achieved.
Contractor should assume that final air testing and analysis should require the following
minimum times to perform: PCM 6-12 hours, TEM 24-72 hours.
C.
After achieving the level of cleanliness and decontamination as specified herein and a
confirmed by the final testing and checking, the Consultant shall thoroughly inspect the
space jointly with the Contractor to determine whether any damage has been done to the
finishes, equipment, or any other part of the work space. A final inspection report shall
be prepared jointly by the Consultant and the Contractor for review with the Owner
detailing the items to be fixed by the Contractor.
END OF SECTION 02085
GENERAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
02085 - 38
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 02090 - SITE SPECIFIC LEAD ABATEMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01
Introduction
Building 7 at the Joint Forces Training Base (JFTB) in Los Alamitos is undergoing renovation that
will include disturbing lead containing materials on the upper and lower roofs of the building and
adjacent fascia, soffits and other related surfaces.
1.01.1 The contractor will be required to remove all lead-containing materials that will be
disturbed during the roofing upgrade project. (Many of the lead materials to be
removed also contain asbestos materials that are addressed in the asbestos
specification 02080).
1.01.2 The Site-Specific Specification covers identification of the lead-containing
materials to be removed from each building and provides suggestions as to
methodology and other project-specific requirements.
The recommendations regarding methodology are intended to indicate the
Project Environmental Consultant’s opinion as to an effective means of ensuring
thorough removal of the hazardous materials, compliance with applicable
regulations, and protection of the JFTB from liability for perceived or actual
exposure of unprotected personnel to hazardous materials. They are not
intended to refute or replace other procedures contained in the General
Specification (See Section 02095), or to override applicable laws or regulations.
The contractor is responsible for adherence to all applicable laws and
regulations, regardless of the Environmental Consultant’s recommendations or
the Specification’s requirements.
1.02
Submittals
1.02.1 Contractor shall employ a CDPH Certified Lead Project Monitor to review
submittals and to verify compliance of the work listed in the General Lead
Abatement Specification 02095
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.01
Lead-Containing Materials to be Removed: The table below indicates the building
number, use of the building, materials to be removed, and finally the approximate
quantity to be removed.
Building 7
Mechanical Ducts & painted
flashing and all painted metal
fabrications
All roof mounted ducts, metal
fabrications & flashing
Throughout
Fascia & eaves
All wood fascia, eaves & trim
Throughout
Deck removal
Areas in poor
condition/outlined by owner
3300 SF
(allowance)
Clean and remove paint debris
During & after roofing project
Throughout
SITE SPECIFIC LEAD ABATEMENT
02090 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
Window Frames
PART 3
22 AUGUST 2014
Exterior lower roof
Contractor to
verify
EXECUTION
3.01
Removal Procedures
3.01.1 Surface Preparation of Surfaces Containing Lead Paint (if needed):
For “loose and flaky” paint on fascia, underside of overhangs, trim, painted metal,
etc, stabilization will be required. Surface preparation will require sanding or
scraping of lead-containing paint. Such work is to be conducted by a certified
lead worker under the direction of a certified lead contractor supervisor. Current
evidence of medical suitability to do lead-related work and to wear a HEPA
respirator will be required.
All paint debris from the preparation procedures must be contained within the
work area. At a minimum a drop cloth to catch debris will be required. If there is
a likelihood that debris will be blown away from the work area, polyethylene
sheeting should be used to contain the area.
3.01.2 Component Removal:
Complete removal of fascia and trim may be required. When complete
component removal is required; a drop cloth directly below the work is required.
All removals are to be wrapped in plastic and segregated prior to waste
characterization.
3.02
Disposal Procedures
3.02.1 Lead: All waste will be tested according to the parameters outlined in the
following section 3.02.3. (This section supersedes information found in the
“general specification”) Waste will be accumulated in bags or barrels inside the
containment and stored temporarily in a designated contractor area until testing
is complete. The contractor will conduct all lead testing at his own expense. A
CDPH Certified Project Monitor Consultant hired by the contractor will oversee all
sample taking and may elect to split the sample and send to the same lab at the
contractor’s expense to ensure sample integrity.
3.02.2 Lead testing procedures are outlined in several regulations and can be
conflicting. There are also several documents published that have sought to
outline the regulations and can be mistaken as authentic regulatory documents.
Currently in California the testing procedures for the determination of waste
materials suspected to be contaminated with lead are as follows:
Intact lead containing waste materials can be disposed of as “regular
construction debris” in a Municipal Solid Waste Landfill (MSWLF).
SITE SPECIFIC LEAD ABATEMENT
02090 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
3.02.3 For lead waste the following procedures must be followed:
A TTLC test (total threshold limit concentration) is performed. If the results are
less than 50mg/kg the waste is not hazardous and can be disposed of as
construction debris.
A TTLC test is performed. If the results are greater than 50 mg/kg but less than
350 mg/kg, a STLC (soluble threshold limit concentration) must be performed. If
that test result is less than 5mg/L, the waste is non-hazardous and can be
disposed of as construction debris.
A TTLC test is performed. If the results are greater than 350 mg/kg but less than
1000 mg/kg, a STLC (soluble threshold limit concentration) must be performed. If
that test result is less than 5mg/L, the waste is non-hazardous hazardous waste
and must be disposed of in a class I landfill, however may be transported as nonhazardous waste.
If the STLC is greater than 5mg/L, the waste is at least a California hazardous
waste. A TCLP (toxicity characteristic leaching procedure) must then be
performed to determine if it is Federally regulated. If the result of the TCLP is
5mg/L or greater, the waste is Federally regulated and requires treatment. If it is
less than 5mg/L, the waste is a California hazardous waste and must be
disposed of at a Class I facility.
If the result of the TTLC is greater than 1000 mg/kg, the waste is at least a
California hazardous waste. A TCLP test must be performed to determine if the
waste is Federally regulated. If the result is 5mg/L or greater the waste is
Federally regulated and requires treatment. If the result is below 5mg/L the waste
is California hazardous waste and must be disposed of at a Class I landfill.
In California, if a TTLC is not done the waste is assumed to be at least a
California hazardous waste. However, knowingly shipping or classifying nonhazardous wastes as hazardous is a violation of certain codes and regulations
and therefore unacceptable.
If the waste is shipped out of the state of California, waste hauler and landfill
requirements must be met. It is expected that a TCLP will be required for the
shipment of waste out of state and that a full RCRA 8 metals test must be done.
A favorable finding by the TTLC procedure can result in disposing of the material
as ordinary construction waste. An unfavorable finding will require additional
testing.
A favorable finding by the TCLP procedure can result in the material being
classified as a California hazardous waste, but not a Federal hazardous waste.
TCLP alone cannot qualify material as being ordinary construction waste.
3.03
Clearance Procedures
3.03.1 Lead wipe sampling: Each of the lead containments will require a clearance
sample. The sample will be taken on the floor or under surfaces adjacent to the
work area. The threshold used to determine re-entry by unprotected staff will be
SITE SPECIFIC LEAD ABATEMENT
02090 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
the CDPH floor clearance level of 50 ug/ft2. An outside laboratory will be
required for clearance of all containments. Twenty-four hours will be required
from the time the laboratory receives the samples until the results are available.
Samples will not be collected until the Project Environmental Consultant judges
that the work areas are visually clean and ready for sampling.
3.04
Other Considerations
3.04.1 Waste transport on base: No waste may be transported between the work areas
and the storage containers without separation from base staff.
3.04.2 Training: Workers engaged in lead abatement will be required to have CDPH
certification. The contractor is required to maintain a respirator program and
conduct fit testing on the employees. Copies of the fit test records must be
supplied. A medical surveillance program including blood lead levels is required.
Medical records will be supplied prior to job start.
3.04.3 Warning Tape and Signs: Work areas must be clearly identified at all doors with
lead warning signs in Spanish and English. Areas where equipment and workers
are present outside the work areas must be separated from students by warning
tape.
3.04.4 Failed clearance: The contactor will pay for the clearance sampling. If the
clearance fails the contractor will be responsible for any subsequent testing.
3.04.5 Lead Project Monitor: A CDPH-certified project monitor will be engaged by the
contractor to act as its representative on technical issues relating to abatement,
as well as air monitoring and clearance testing. The project monitor, who must
be present during all on-site abatement activities, must approve all work
practices by the abatement contractor. A major responsibility of the project
monitor will be to minimize the chance of exposure or perceived exposure to lead
by site occupants.
3.04.6 Notification Requirements: As of January 2002, OSHA (or DOSH the Department
of Occupational Safety and Health) requires all contractors to notify the
department when disturbing lead containing surface coatings above 1.0mg/cm2.
This level is the same threshold for abatement by HUD (Department of Housing
and Urban Development). The notification rule suggests several items of concern
for contractors. The first is that OSHA may be indicating that workers disturbing
paint systems above the 1.0mg/cm2 threshold are more likely to be exposed.
Two, that OSHA may be more likely to visit a jobsite with levels higher than
1mg/cm2, and three, that if the site is visited and lead safe practices are not in
place that fines would be incurred.
CDPH notification will be required for all lead abatement activities.
END OF SECTION 02090
SITE SPECIFIC LEAD ABATEMENT
02090 - 4
Cardinal Environmental Consultants, Inc.
2691 Dow Avenue, Suite C-2
Tustin, CA 92780
(714) 730-5931
fax (714) 730-1697
Date of report: November 21, 2013
Limited Lead Paint Surface Survey
(Building 7)
Owner/Client:
Peyo & Associates Inc.
951 Glenneyre St
Laguna Beach, CA 92651
(714) 663-6000
Site Information
Joint Forces Training Base
11200 Lexington Dr
Los Alamitos, CA 90720
To whom it may concern:
The building consists of multiple offices, restrooms, mechanical bays, and mechanical rooms. The
structure is constructed of stucco and wood on a concrete slab typical of joint forces. The building foot
print is approximately 30,000 square feet.
This lead survey is specific to the roof area and components that might be affected by a roof replacement
project.
Regulatory Compliance
The EPA and the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) have established quantitative
standards for lead concentration in painted surfaces. The standard for public housing, above which
abatement or removal is required, is 1.0 mg/cm2 or 0.5% lead by weight. No official standard exists for
school buildings. Los Angeles County and L.A. Unified School District are understood to have set a
standard of 0.7 mg/cm2 - above which abatement is required. Currently most of the regulations relate
specifically to abatement activities.
Generally, HUD (Department of Housing and Urban Development) initiated lead regulations which were
then adopted by the state CDPH (California Department of Public Health).
Renovation, Repair and Painting Rule (RRP)
The new regulation outlines procedures for identifying lead paint and completing abatement of lead paint.
Additional requirements for certification and clearances are also addressed. Abatement activity triggers
the regulation when paint systems with 1.0mg/C2 or .5% are disturbed.
1
Regulatory Compliance Con’t
The new EPA lead regulation, 40CFR 745, Renovation, Repair and Painting Rule (RRP), which became
effective April 22, 2010, requires construction professionals to become “Certified Renovators” and firms
to become “Certified Firms”. The regulation applies to all contractors, property managers and other
building professionals who disturb painted surfaces while conducting plumbing, electrical, painting,
drywall, flooring, window replacement, landscaping, construction, renovation, remodeling and demolition
work.
The new rule is instigated when more than six square feet of interior painted surfaces and twenty square
feet of exterior surfaces are disturbed. As with HUD and the state adoption of HUD, the rule applies to
lead paint systems above (1.0 mg/cm2 as indicated by an XRF device or .5% by weight).
The following is a table that outlines the regulations and requirements for each.
Training and
certifications
requirements
Disturbance
level
Firm
Licensing
1.0mg/C2
or
.5%
or
5,000 ppm
Worker training
and
certificate/special
state certificate
for supervisor
When
conducting
abatement to
remove a lead
hazard for a
period of
twenty years or
more
CSLB license
is required to
conduct
contract work
1.0mg/C2
or
.5%
Supervisor
renovator
certificate/ at
least “in house”
training
certificates for
additional
workers
6 sf interior
and 20 sf of
exterior
Contracting
Firm must be
Certified
no certificates
required
Initiated by
“trigger task”
to include
manual
demolition and
sanding
No special
license
Lead Levels
Instigated
Federal HUD
State CDPH
Federal Lead
Renovation
Rule
OSHA
1532.1
600 ppm
Or
.06%
OSHA Compliance
OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration) through the regulation 1532.1 further delineates
requirements for lead activities. 1532.1 defines “trigger tasks” (e.g. manual demolition, etc.) that disturb
lead paint and the contractor responsibilities to its employees. The regulation specifically addresses PEL’s
(permissible exposure limits) to staff disturbing lead paint. This regulation is initiated when “trigger
task” work is implemented on paint systems with .06% or 600 ppm (parts per million). It should be noted
that this level (.06%) is virtually any amount of lead paint. As of January 2002, OSHA now requires all
contractors to notify the department when disturbing lead paint above 1.0mg/cm2. This level is the same
threshold for abatement by HUD.
2
Regulatory Compliance Con’t
OSHA requires that the employer is required to protect his employees to the level stipulated in the
Standard, or to do an exposure assessment. An exposure assessment is the air monitoring of an employee
during lead work to determine his exposure and ultimately to determine the level of protection required.
This assessment is applicable to paint systems above .06% or 600 ppm.
Results
The survey of Building 7 included 6 paint chip samples, covering representative building components,
substrates, and paint colors on or in the building. The lead levels in the larger paint systems are low. The
higher lead levels are found in various components. (i.e. window frames, fascia…).
The following table lists the higher lead containing components that could likely require demolition,
removal, or be disturbed during renovations. These items would certainly require “abatement
procedures” be implemented.
Subsequent tables illustrate all of the paint systems at the school site. Regulations may apply to other
components with lower levels of lead. The contractor is required to review and verify the scope of work
for the project and determine the impact of activities on lead painted surfaces (at any level).
The following table lists the components that are above the HUD regulated level of 5,000 ppm
(parts per million).
Building
Component
Location
Exterior
Quantity
7
Window flashing
Contractor to verify
7
Window frame
Exterior /Interior
Contractor to verify
7
Fascia
Exterior
Contractor to verify
7
Eve
Exterior
Contractor to verify
7
Railing
Throughout
ground level
Contractor to verify
Summary/Recommendations
Depending on the scope of work for the project; contractors should determine the level of contractor
licensing for the abatement and/or work disturbing lead paint systems.
We recommend “lead certified” painting contractors for the painting of buildings coated with lead paint.
Preparation of these surfaces falls under the “trigger task” category of OSHA 1532.1. Preparation of
painted surfaces and the ultimate “guarantee” of the final painted product are better completed by a
“single” contractor.
RRP certified firms should be considered for incidental work that disturbs small amounts of lead paint.
These categories of work may include concrete coring (through lead paint) and structure welding (door
hinges etc.).
3
Abatement companies with CDPH (California Department of Public Health) lead certified staff will be
required for all abatement work. The companies selected will have to insure that a certified lead
supervisor be present during abatement preparation and be within two hours (response time) during
abatement activities.
Painting contractors will be required to collect all paint chips from the preparation activities. The
contractor will sample and categorize the waste for disposal. Proof of sampling and waste disposal will
be required.
Metal components (coated with lead paint) will likely be recycled. A letter (stating acceptance of
material) will be required from the contractor’s recycling facility.
All other waste produced from abatement activities will be separated and staged in a safe storage area at
the project site during the sampling process. The characterization of the waste can take up to two weeks
and an area will need to be allocated for this purpose. The contractor will be required to conduct and pay
all costs associated with the characterization of the waste. Copies (proof) of all characterization of waste
will be demanded on completion and before waste transport.
Final Comments
Multiple areas of the proposed demolition do contain lead. An abatement contractor should be considered
for the completion of all demolition.
Other contractors at the site should be made aware of the lead paint issues and use “lead safe” work
practices. Sand blasting, dry sanding, and torching should be restricted in these areas or, if that is not
feasible, use CDPH certified employees for these processes.
4
50,000
76,000
7,400
82,000
370
150,000
JF-B7-102L
JF-B7-103L
JF-B7-104L
JF-B7-105L
JF-B7-106L
Railing / red
Wall / beige
Eve / brown
Fascia / Brown
Window frame / Brown
Window flashing / Silver
Results (Parts Material / Color
per millionPPM)
Peyo Michaels Architects
JFTB: Building 7
JF-B7-101L
Sample
#
Client:
Location:
Metal
Wood
Wood
Wood
Wood
Wood
Substrate
BULK SAMPLE DATA - LEAD
Ground / exterior
Ground / exterior
Roof
Roof
Roof
Roof
Sample Location
Date: 11/8/13
1
Certificate of Analysis
Lead in Paint
SOP IV.6.4c/IV.5c
Cardinal Environmental Consultants Inc.
2691 Dow Ave. Ste. C2
Tustin, CA 92780
Date Collected:
Date Received:
Date Analyzed:
Date Reported:
Report Number: 510677
Project Number:
Project Name: JFTB Building 7 Roofing Proje
Project Location:
11/8/2013
11/13/2013
11/13/2013
11/13/2013
Collected By: Daniel Gonzales
Claim Number:
PO Number:
Number of Samples: 6
Lab/Client ID
Location
Material Description
Result (ppm)
510677-001
JF-B7-101L
NA
NA
50000
510677-002
JF-B7-102L
NA
NA
76000
510677-003
JF-B7-103L
NA
NA
7400
510677-004
JF-B7-104L
NA
NA
82000
510677-005
JF-B7-105L
NA
NA
370
510677-006
JF-B7-106L
NA
NA
150000
Jennifer Tran - Analyst
Ian Reyes - Approved By
Reporting Limit: 20ug or 100ppm for samples weighed >200mg under normal preparatory conditions. Reporting limit may change depending on the
amount of material weighed for analysis and/or the final preparatory dilution. EPA Renovation, Repair, and Painting Rule (40CFR745) Guidelines: 0.5%
lead by weight of paint or 5000ppm. Condition of samples as received is fair unless otherwise noted. The results reported pertain only to the items tested.
Test data are accurate to two significant figures. Data have not been corrected with instrument or process blanks. Unless otherwise noted, the reported
test results have passed necessary quality control requirements. Reference Method: EPA 3050B/7000A. This report was issued by a DOHS ELAP (Lab
No.2540) accredited laboratory and may not be reproduced, except in full, without the expressed written consent of Patriot Environmental Laboratory
Services, Inc. This report must not be used to claim product certification, approval or endorsement by DOHS ELAP or any government agency.
Page 1 of 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 02095 - GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, facilities,
equipment, services, employee training and testing, permits and agreements, and waste transport
and disposal necessary to perform the work required for LEAD removal in accordance with these
specifications, the drawings and notations, EPA, OSHA, NIOSH, DHS, State of California
regulations, and any other applicable federal, state, and local government regulations. Whenever
there is a conflict or overlap of the above references, the most stringent provisions are applicable.
A.
The abatement Contractor shall perform the work and provide the services listed below:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Perform abatement of identified lead-containing materials.
Lead removal work shall be performed using full and modified containments and
protection with HEPA-filtered exhaust ventilation and decontamination facilities.
Perform lead decontamination by wet wiping, HEPA vacuuming of all visible
debris and dust in affected areas.
Install all necessary scaffolding and planking to keep work areas safe at all times.
Remove, transport, and dispose of as contaminated waste any lead-containing
building materials (or paint) as indicated in these specifications and/or as
directed by the Certified Project Designer (DHS).
Thoroughly clean the work areas and obtain a final clearance approval from the
(DHS) Certified Project Monitor.
1.02
RELATED WORK: This General Specification does not reference the specific materials present
or the unique requirements of a specific project. It is intended as a reference document in the
event the Site Specific Notations contain insufficient detail.
1.03
OWNER ROLE: The performance and execution of the project shall be monitored by the Owner
or Owner designated representative to ensure full compliance with these Specifications and
applicable regulations. The owner will assume the cost associated with the independent
laboratory and inspection work required in this Specification for the final clearance testing and
random analyses as specifically noted.
1.04
CONSULTANT AUTHORITY: The Owner has retained an environmental consultant for the
purposes of the management of the Lead- Based Paint Abatement described herein. The
Consultant will represent the Owner in all phases of the lead- based paint abatement project at
the discretion of the Owner. The Abatement Subcontractor will regard the Consultant direction as
authoritative and binding as provided herein, in matters particularly, but not limited to, the
following:
A.
B.
C.
D
E.
F.
1.05
Approval of work areas.
Review of monitoring results.
Completion of the various segments of work.
Final completion of lead- based paint abatement.
Submission of data.
Daily field punch list items.
DEFINITIONS: Applicable provisions of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions
of the Contract and General Requirements are given in this Section. For the purposes of this
Section:
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
A.
Abatement: Means any measure designed to permanently eliminate lead- based paint
hazards in accordance with standards established by the EPA Administrator pursuant to
Title IV of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). Abatement strategies include:
removal of lead- based paint; enclosure of lead- based paint; encapsulation of leadbased paint (with a product that has been shown to meet standards established or
recognized pursuant to Title IV of TSCA); replacement of building components coated by
lead- based paint; removal of lead- contaminated dust; removal or covering of leadcontaminated soil with a durable covering (not grass or sod, which are considered interim
control measures); as well as all preparation, cleanup, disposal, post- abatement
clearance testing, record- keeping, and monitoring (if applicable).
B.
Abatement Area: Means the exterior of the building or an area isolated from the building
interior by containment.
B.
Accessible Surface: Means any surface that is below five (5) feet in height from the floor
or ground or is exposed in such a way that a child can come in contact with the surface.
D.
Biological Monitoring: Is the analysis of a person blood to determine the level of lead
contamination in the body. Biological monitoring for lead hazard reduction work includes
blood sampling and analysis for lead and zinc protoporphyrin levels.
E.
Certified Industrial Hygienist: Is a person certified by the American Board of Industrial
Hygiene and who has at least four years experience and a graduate degree or five years
experience; and who has passed a two- day examination offered by the Board (see also
industrial hygienist).
F.
Change Room: The area of a worker decontamination facility used for removing
protective equipment prior to entering the clean room.
G.
Clean Room: The area of a worker decontamination facility used for donning protective
equipment and storing street clothes.
H.
Code Enforcement Agency: Means the State Lead Poisoning Prevention Program or its
agent, or the local board of health or other agency responsible for enforcing the State
Sanitary Code or sections thereof.
I.
Commissioner: means the Commissioner of Public Health
J.
Common Area: Means a room or area that is accessible to more than one tenant in a
building (e. g., common hallways, stairwells, laundry rooms).
K.
"Consultant": Shall refer to the Environmental Consultant, and its designated, authorized
representatives.
L.
Containment: Means a process for protecting other workers, residents, and the
environment by isolating areas from exposures to lead dust and debris created during
abatement in a work area.
M.
Decontamination of Personnel: Shall include, at a minimum, HEPA vacuuming of
disposable personal protective clothing according to the provisions in 29 CFR 1926.62.
N.
O.
Decontamination of Work Areas: Shall be as specified in Section 3.1.
Defective Surface: Means peeling, flaking, chalking, scaling, or chipping paint; or, paint
over crumbling, cracking, or falling plaster, or plaster with holes in it; paint over a
defective or deteriorating substrate; paint that is separating from the substrate; and paint
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
that is damaged in any manner such that a child can be exposed to the paint from the
damaged area.
P.
Employee: Any person employed or hired by an employer in any lawful employment.
Q.
Employer: Any person, firm, corporation, partnership, association, or other entity engaged
in a business or providing services, including the State and any of its political
subdivisions, or any person acting in the direct interest of any of the foregoing in relation
to any employee or place of employment.
R.
Elevated Blood Lead Level: In adult workers, means a blood lead concentration equal to
or greater than twenty- five (25) micrograms per deciliter (g/dl) or an increase of ten (10)
g/dl above baseline levels.
S.
Enclosure: Means covering surfaces and sealing or caulking with durable materials so as
to prevent or control chalking, peeling, or flaking substances containing toxic levels of
lead from becoming part of house dust or accessible to children.
T.
Entity: Means any person, partnership, firm, association, corporation, sole proprietorship,
or any other business concern, state or local government agency or political subdivision
or authority thereof, or any religious, social, or union organization, whether operated for
profit or otherwise.
U.
"General Trades Contractor": Shall refer to the contractor responsible for coordination of
all filed sub- bids and general construction.
V.
Hazardous Level of Lead for Waste Disposal: Is 5.0 parts per million (ppm) as defined by
RCRA Toxicity Characteristic Leachate Procedure (TCLP) or other requirement set by
local or state authorities.
W.
High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) Filter: Means a type of filtering system capable of
filtering out particles of 0.3 microns or greater diameter from a body of air at 99.97%
efficiency or greater.
X.
High Phosphate Detergent: Is detergent that contains at least five percent (5%) trisodium phosphate (TSP) or other equally effective cleaning agent.
AA.
Intact Surface: Means a defect- free surface with no loose, peeling, chipping, or flaking
paint. Painted surfaces must be free from crumbling, cracking, or falling plaster and must
not have holes in them. Intact surfaces are not damaged in any way.
BB.
Lead- based:
level of lead.
CC.
"Owner": Shall refer to the Owner and its designated, authorized representatives.
DD.
Paint Removal: Means a strategy of abatement that entails stripping lead paint from
surfaces.
EE.
Qualified Abatement Subcontractor: A sub- contractor capable of providing a properly
trained and equipped work force for abatement work. All workers employees to perform
abatement activities shall have successfully completed a minimum of 24 hours of training
in the potential hazards of abating lead based paint. Abatement contractors must
possess the appropriate license or certification from the State or local government.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
Refers to paints, glazes, and other surface coverings containing a toxic
02095 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.06
22 AUGUST 2014
FF.
Removal: Means a strategy of abatement which entails the removal of components, such
as windows, doors, and trim that contain toxic levels of lead such that new components
which are lead free may be installed.
GG.
"Subcontractor": Shall refer to the Abatement Contractor.
HH.
Toxic Level of Lead in Surface Coatings: Is 1.0 milligrams or more per square centimeter
(mg/cm) by XRF methods or 5,000 g/g (0.5%) by laboratory testing, as defined in HUD
Regulation and the Lead- Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act.
II.
Toxicity Characteristic Leachate Procedure (TCLP): Is the EPA required sample
preparation for determining the hazard characteristic of a waste generated at a lead
abatement site.
JJ.
"Wet Wall":
Shall refer to walls that contain plumbing fixtures and/ or pipes, including
both supply and sanitary lines.
SAFETY REGULATIONS: The following are some applicable Federal regulations:
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
29 CFR 1910 General Industry Standards
29 CFR 1910.1025 Lead Standard for General Industry
29 CFR 1910.134 Respiratory Protection
29 CFR 1910.1200 Hazard Communication
29 CFR 1910.245 Specifications for Accident Prevention (Sign and Tags)
29 CFR 1926 Construction Industry Standards
29 CFR 1926.62 Construction Industry Lead Standard
Environmental Protection Agency
40 CFR Part 261 United States Environmental Protection Agency Regulations
Department of Housing and Urban Development
24 CFR Parts 35, 36, 37 HUD Lead- Based Paint Regulations
HUD Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead- Based Paint Hazards in Housing
1.07
CODES AND STANDARDS: All work shall conform to the standards set by applicable federal,
state and local laws, regulations, ordinances, and guidelines in such form in which they exist at
the time of the work on the contract and as may be required by subsequent regulations including
the following:
A.
B.
ASTM - American Society for Testing Materials.
ANSI - American National Standards Institute.
1. ANSI Z288.2- 8 Practices for Respiratory Protection
2. ANSI Z9.2 1979 Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust
Systems.
C. U. L. - Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
1.08
ABATEMENT REGULATIONS AND GUIDELINES: In addition to any detailed requirements of the
Specifications, the Abatement Subcontractor shall, at his own cost and expense, comply with all
laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations of federal, state, regional and local authorities regarding
handling and storing of lead waste material. The Contractor and Subcontractor must also comply
with the provisions of the HUD Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control and Lead- Based Paint
Hazards in Housing
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.09
ABATEMENT SUBCONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY
A.
1.10
22 AUGUST 2014
All regulations by the above and other governing agencies in their most current version
are applicable throughout this project. Where there is a conflict between this Specification
and the cited federal, state or local regulations or guidelines, the more restrictive or
stringent requirements shall prevail. This Section refers to many requirements found in
these references, but in no way is it intended to cite or reiterate all provisions therein or
elsewhere. It is the Abatement Subcontractor responsibility to know, understand, and
abide by all such regulations, guidelines and common practices.
QUALIFICATION CRITERIA: The Owner requests that documentation be provided for all
aspects of the work at the Bid opening detailing the firm qualifications on the following criteria:
A.
License Requirements. Firm(s) shall be qualified to perform abatement operations as
defined by the HUD Guidelines and Local Law and have workers and supervisors who
have successfully completed training courses covering abatement issues. This course
shall cover all topics required by HUD, EPA and Local Law. These topics should include,
but not be limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Toxicity of Lead
How Can I Protect Myself? (Respirators, Personal Protective Equipment and
Decontamination Procedures)
Other Chemical and Safety Hazards
Using Tools
Completing the Project
Role of the Inspector
Lead in Construction and Abatement
Monitoring and Medical Removal
Signs and Labels
Preparing the Work Area
Cleanup: How and Why
Clearance
Worker Responsibilities
B.
All Contractors are also advised that licenses in other trades may be required. The
Subcontractors are responsible for insuring that all licensing requirements for appropriate
trades and procedures are met.
C.
Demonstrated Ability of Workers. Firm(s) must demonstrate that they have (or will have)
a sufficient number of trained abatement workers who have successfully completed
training in accordance with the topics listed above to complete all aspects of work
covered in this Specification.
D.
Previous Experience
1.
Abatement Subcontractor. The Abatement Subcontractor for abatement must
have successfully completed at least three abatement projects involving all
requirements elements of abatement work, including worker protection, medical
monitoring, work area preparation, clean- up and clearance, valued at a minimum
of one hundred thousand dollars ($ 100,000.00) for each project.
2.
Abatement Subcontractors. If a Subcontractor for caustic paste, needle gun and
pre- fabricated metal window wraps or other subtask in the abatement process
will be used, the Subcontractor must be identified by name and contract amount
on the bid form. If the Abatement Subcontractor plans to do this work, the firm
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
name and amount must be entered on the bid form. If the General Contractor
plans to do this work, the firm name must be entered in on the bid form, but the
contract amount must be left blank.
1.11
NOTIFICATIONS / APPROVALS
A.
Provide in proper and timely fashion all necessary notifications to relevant
Federal, State and local authorities and obtain and comply with the provisions of
all permits or applications required by the work specified, as well as make all
required submittals required under those auspices. The Abatement
Subcontractor shall indemnify the Owner, Architect and Consultant from, and pay
for all claims resulting from, failure to adhere to these provisions. The costs for all
permits, applications, and the like, are to be borne by the Abatement
Subcontractor. For each apartment, the Abatement Subcontractor shall notify in
writing the following agencies, five (5) days prior to the date abatement will begin
(in accordance with Local Law) and shall provide evidence of notifications to the
Owner and General Trades Contractor at the preconstruction conference and on
site at all times:
1.
2.
3.
1.12
Certification or Licensing State Agency
Department of Public Health Childhood Lead Poisoning Prevention
Program
Occupants of the Dwelling Unit to be abated and occupants of the
Building to undergo abatement activities, in conjunction with Owner.
FEE’S, PERMITS, AND LICENSES
A.
The Abatement Subcontractor shall pay all licensing fees, royalties, and other costs
necessary for the use of any copyrighted or patented product, design, invention, or
processing the performance of the job specified in this Section. The Abatement
Subcontractor shall be solely responsible for costs, damages or losses resulting from any
infringement of these patent rights or copyrights. The Abatement Subcontractor shall hold
the Owner, Architect and the Consultant harmless from any costs, damages, and losses
resulting from any infringement of these patent rights or copyrights. If the Contract
Specification requests the use of any product, design, invention, or process that requires
a licensing fee or royalty fee for use in the performance of the job, the Abatement
Subcontractor shall be responsible for the fee or royalty and shall disclose the existence
of such rights.
B.
Applications and Permits. The Abatement Subcontractor shall make all applicable and
necessary notifications (in proper and timely fashion) to relevant federal, state, and local
authorities and shall obtain at his expense and comply with the provisions of all permits
or applications required by the work specified, as well as make all required submittals
required under those auspices. The Abatement Subcontractor shall indemnify the Owner,
Architect and Consultant from, and pay for all claims resulting from failure to adhere to
these provisions. The costs for all permits, applications, and the like, are to be assumed
by the Abatement Subcontractor.
C.
The Abatement Subcontractor shall be responsible for securing all necessary permits for
work under this Section, including hauling, removal, and disposal, fire, and materials
usage, or any other permits required to perform the specified work.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.13
COORDINATION AND COOPERATION: The Abatement Subcontractor shall meet with the
Architect, Owner, and Consultant for a Pre- Construction meeting prior to commencing work on
the project. The meeting shall be at the facility of Owner at a mutually convenient time and date to
be determined by the Owner and Consultant. At the meeting, the Abatement Subcontractor shall
be represented by authorized representatives and the field supervisors who shall run the project
on a daily basis, and shall present evidence that all requirements for initiation of the work have
been met. The minimum agenda for the meeting shall be:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Channels of communication;
Construction schedule, including sequence of critical work;
Designation of responsible personnel;
Procedures for safety, security, quality control, housekeeping, and related matters;
Use of premises, facilities and utilities;
Review of "Pre- Job Submittals;" and
Discussion of a detailed Project Specification Work Plan composed of at least the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
safe
11.
1.14
22 AUGUST 2014
A sketch showing the detail, location and layout of the clean area, the dirty area
(Decon System) and the work area.
The sequencing of the work.
The timing and projected completion of the work.
Detailed description of the method to be employed in order to control airborne
and wastewater pollution.
The type of equipment and amount of equipment available to the Abatement
Subcontractor to be used on the project, including HEPA vacuums, etc.
The procedures to contain package and remove the waste from the work area
and the procedures and locations of the disposal of hazardous and nonhazardous waste.
An air-sampling plan that includes:
Air sampling training and strategy, sampling locations, projected number of
samples; and frequency, methodology, and duration of sampling.
The type of respirators to be used, protective equipment to be used, and a
respirator program, if applicable.
A safety precautions plan may include special precautions taken by the
Abatement Sub or Subcontractors in performing their respective tasks, safety
equipment to be worn by employees, frequency of safety meetings, and all other
relevant functions to be performed by the abatement Contractors to ensure a
workplace.
Any other data that enhances this work plan. Innovative ideas and/ or
technologies are encouraged.
DOCUMENTATION / SUBMITTALS
A.
Pre-Abatement/ Job. The Abatement Subcontractor shall provide the following Pre-Job
Submittals at the Pre-Construction Conference for the acceptance of the Owner:
1.
2.
3.
Copies of all notifications, permits, applications, licenses, and like documents
required by federal, state, or local regulations obtained or submitted in proper
fashion.
Copies of medical records, including lead blood level monitoring data and a
notarized statement by the examining medical doctor that such examinations
took place, and when, for each employee to be used on the project.
Copies of Contractor certificates, licenses, and copies of each supervisor license
and worker certificates
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 7
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
B.
22 AUGUST 2014
Record of successful respirator fit testing performed by a qualified individual
within the previous six months, for each employee to be used on this project with
the employee name and social security number with each record;
Proposed respiratory protection program for employees throughout all phases of
the job, including make, model and NIOSH approval numbers of respirators to be
used.
A detailed Project Specification Work Plan as described in Section 3.1.1.
Written description, for the Owner review and acceptance, of all proposed
procedures, methods, or equipment to be utilized that differ from the Contract
Specifications, including manufacturers specifications on any equipment not
specified for use by this Section; in all instances, the Subcontractor must comply
with all applicable federal, state and local regulations.
Proposed electrical safeguards to be implemented by qualified Electrical
Subcontractor, including but not limited to location of transformers, GFCI outlets,
lighting, and power panels necessary to safely perform the job, including a
description of electrical hazards safety plan for common practices in the work
area.
Proposed worker orientation plan which at a minimum includes a description of
lead hazards and abatement methodologies, a review of worker protection
requirements, and the outline of safety procedures.
Chain- of- Command of responsibility at work site including supervisors, foreman,
and competent person, their names, resumes and certificates of training.
List of all supervisors and workers intended to be assigned to the project.
Proposed Emergency Plan and route of egress from work areas in case of fire or
injury, including the name and phone number of nearest medical assistance
center. This shall be conspicuously posted at the work site.
The name and address of Abatement Subcontractor blood lead testing lab,
OSHA- CDC listing, and Certification in the state where work site is located.
The name and address of Abatement Subcontractor personal air monitoring and
waste disposal lead testing laboratory(ies) including certification(s) of
accreditation for lead in the EPA National Lead Laboratory Accreditation
Program, listing of relevant experience in air and debris lead analysis, and
presentation of a documented Quality Assurance and Quality Control Program.
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) on all materials and chemicals to be used
on the project.
Name, address, and ID number of the hazardous waste hauler, waste transfer
route, and proposed disposal site.
Name, address, and ID number of the proposed construction debris site.
Proposed heating system to be employed.
During Job. The Abatement Subcontractor is required to submit to the Owner and
Consultant, a weekly status report including:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Number of buildings started
Number of buildings completed awaiting test results
Number of buildings failing clearance
Number of buildings passing clearance
Results from personal air samples
Results from TCLP testing
Results from other testing
Quantity of materials used during the abatement process. (Tyvek suits, poly,
chemical, etc.)
Any other relevant data as requested by the Owner.
Medical, license, and Respirator Fit Test 24 hours in advance of any new
employees starting on the project.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 8
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
C.
Post- abatement. The Abatement Subcontractor is required to submit to the Owner the
following at a Post- Construction conference:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.15
22 AUGUST 2014
Copies of manifests and receipts acknowledging disposal of all hazardous and
non- hazardous waste material from the project showing delivery date, quantity,
and appropriate signature of landfill authorized representative.
A notarized copy of the entry- exit logbook.
All personal monitoring results.
All TCLP test results.
PERSONAL PROTECTION
Respiratory Protection/ Protective Clothing
A.
Prior to commencing all work, all workers shall be instructed in all aspects of personnel
protection, work procedures, emergency evacuation procedures and use of equipment
including procedures unique to this project.
B.
Respiratory protection shall meet the requirements of OSHA as presented in 29 CFR
1910.134 titled "Respiratory Protection" and 29 CFR 1926.62 titled "Lead in
Construction." The protection factors shown in 29 CFR 1926.62 shall be used for this
project.
C.
Abatement Subcontractor shall provide appropriate respiratory protection equipment for
each worker and ensure usage during potential lead exposure.
D.
Abatement Subcontractor shall select respirators from among those jointly approved as
being acceptable for protection by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA)
and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the
provisions of 30 CFR Part 11.
C.
Abatement Subcontractor shall have adequate supply of HEPA filter elements or other
necessary filter elements and spare parts on site for respirators in use.
D.
Respiratory Protection Requirements
1.
The Qualified Abatement Subcontractor shall provide respirators and all
necessary maintenance materials at no cost to the employees. Employees shall
wear the following respirators at all times while abatement work is underway or
while present in the work area.
(a)
(b)
(c)
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
For use while sanding, scraping or stripping with a heat gun, the
minimum required respirator shall be the half- mask, air- purifying
respirator equipped with HEPA filters or a powered, air- purifying
respirator with high efficiency filters or the half mask supplied- air
respirator operated in the positive- pressure mode, if required under local
law.
For use with caustics or in replacement, the minimum required respirator
shall be the half-mask, air- purifying respirator equipped with high
efficiency filters. Whenever a chemical preparation is used in conjunction
with a mechanical or powered technique, the use of an additional
combination cartridge, appropriate to the exposure, shall be used unless
a supplied- air respirator is used.
For use during removal or demolition of components with surfaces
covered with lead- based paint, the minimum required respirator shall be
02095 - 9
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
the half- mask, air purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency
filters.
1.16
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A.
Work/ Scheduling Requirements:
1.
B.
Job Sequences
1.
The Abatement Subcontractor shall extend full cooperation to Owner in all
matters involving the use of Owner facilities. At no time shall the Abatement
Subcontractor cause or allow to be caused conditions which may cause risk or
hazard to the general public or conditions that might impair safe use of the
facility. The use of the facility electricity, water or like utilities by the
Abatement Subcontractor shall be coordinated through the Owner.
2.
The Abatement Subcontractor shall submit a time- line schedule, not date
specific, to Owner and Consultant for integration into the overall project
schedule. Coordinate the work of this section with that of all other trades.
Phasing and scheduling of this project will be at the discretion of the Owner and
Consultant and shall not proceed in any area without the express consent of the
Owner and Consultant. The Abatement Subcontractor shall be available within
24 hours notice for additional work or rework if after acceptance of the work it
is found that full abatement or clearance was not achieved from the initial work
effort as determined by the Owner and Consultant.
It shall be understood by the Abatement Subcontractor that this project is being
done on a building- by- building basis and delays between each building should
be anticipated since the General Contractor must complete installation of the
new electrical service conduit prior to starting a new building.
The proposed time line for the work in this Section, as noted above, shall show
the time involved from start to finish of abatement operations, including
preparation, removal, clean- up, and tear- down portions of the job.
A final written schedule shall be prepared for approval by the Owner and the
Consultant in accordance with the requirements of General Conditions Section
00700.
3.
4.
C.
Work shall be carried out in sequential phases. Inspection and approval of
each phase by the Consultant shall be sought and gained before proceeding to
the next phase and in accordance with the schedule agreed upon by Owner
at the Pre- Construction meeting as amended. As a Contract requirement, any
reasonable delay caused by this requirement will not constitute a basis for claim
against the Owner or Consultant.
Working Hours: The work in this Section shall be carried on under the usual
construction conditions, in conjunction with all other work at the site. The Abatement
Subcontractor shall cooperate with the Owner, Consultant, General Contractor, and subcontractors and equipment suppliers working on the site, coordinate the work with them
and proceed in a manner so as not to delay the progress of the project.
1.
The Abatement Subcontractor shall coordinate the work with the progress of the
work of other trades so that the work shall be completed as soon as conditions
permit. Any overtime hours worked or additional costs incurred due to lack of or
improper coordination with General Contractor or other trades of the General
Contractor by the Abatement Subcontractor shall be assumed by the Abatement
Subcontractor without any additional cost to the Owner.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 10
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
2.
22 AUGUST 2014
Any costs associated with repeated cleaning due to a failure to achieve
clearance shall be borne by the Abatement Subcontractor without any additional
cost to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
2.02
SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS AND/ OR METHODS
A.
Any substitution in materials or methods to those specified shall be approved by the
Consultant and Owner prior to use. Any requests for substitution shall be provided in
writing to the Consultant and the Owner. The request shall clearly state the rationale for
the substitution.
B.
Submit to the Consultant and the Owner product data and samples of all materials to be
considered as an alternate.
C.
Product data shall consist of manufacturer catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams,
schedules, performance charts, illustrations, material safety data sheets (MSDS) and
other standard descriptive data. Submittal data shall be clearly marked to identify
pertinent materials, products or models and show performance characteristics and
capacities. Samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate the
functional characteristics of the product or material with integrally related parts and
attachment devices.
D.
No work shall begin which requires submittal for approval until the consultant has
"approved" or "approved as noted" the submittal.
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: The work of this Section, without limiting the generality thereof,
includes the furnishing of labor, materials, tools, equipment, services and incidentals necessary to
complete all Lead Based Paint Abatement in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.
These Plans and Specifications are intended to describe, and provide for a finished and complete
piece of work; work, which is described by any portion of these documents, shall be complete in
every detail and in accordance with established trade practice, notwithstanding whether or not
every item or detail necessarily involved is particularly mentioned.
A.
Approvals and Inspections. All temporary facilities, work procedures, equipment,
materials, services, and agreements must strictly adhere to and meet this Section along
with EPA, OSHA, NIOSH, HUD regulations recommendations, and guidelines, as well as
any other federal state, and local regulations. Where there exists an overlap of these
regulations and guidelines, the most stringent one applies. All work performed by the
Abatement Subcontractor is further subject to approval of the Owner, and/ or Consultant.
B.
Materials
1.
2.
3.
4.
Deliver all materials in the original packages, containers, or bundles bearing the
name of the manufacturer and the brand name and product technical description.
Damaged or deteriorating materials shall not be used and shall be removed from
the premises.
Polyethylene sheet in a roll size to minimize the frequency of joints shall be
delivered to job site with factory label indicating 6 mil.
Polyethylene disposable bags shall be six (6) mil with pre- printed label. Tie
wraps for bags shall be plastic, five (5) inches long (minimum), pointed and
looped to secure filled plastic bags.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 11
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
2.03
22 AUGUST 2014
Tape or adhesive spray will be capable of sealing joints in adjacent polyethylene
sheets and for attachment of polyethylene sheet to finished or unfinished
surfaces of dissimilar materials and capable of adhering under both dry and wet
conditions, including use of amended water.
Impermeable containers are to be used to receive and retain any lead containing
or contaminated materials until disposal at an acceptable disposal site. (The
containers shall be labeled in accordance with EPA and DOT standards.
HEPA filtered exhaust systems shall be used during any dust generating
abatement operations.
All caustics shall be properly labeled and containerized in leak- tight containers.
Machine Sanding Equipment - Sanders shall be of the dual action, rotary action,
orbital or straight-line system type, fitted with a high efficiency particulate air
(HEPA) dust pick- up system. Air compressors utilized to operate this
equipment shall be designed to continuously provide 90 to 110 p. s. i. or as
recommended by the manufacturer.
Heat Blower Gun Equipment - Electrically operated, heat- blower gun shall be
a flameless electrical paint softener type. Heat- blower shall have electronically
controlled temperature settings to allow usage below a temperature of 1,100
degrees Fahrenheit. Heat- blower shall be DI type (non- grounded) 120 V, AC
application. Heat- blower shall be equipped with various nozzles to cover all
common applications (cone, fan, glass protector, spoon reflector, etc.).
Chemical Stripping Removers - Chemical removers shall contain no methylene
chloride products. Chemical removers shall be compatible with, and not harmful
to the substrate that they are applied to. Chemical removers used on masonry
surfaces shall contain anti- stain formulation that inhibits discoloration of stone,
granite, brick and other masonry construction. Chemical removers used on
interior surfaces shall not raise or discolor the surface being abated.
Chemical Stripping Agent Neutralizer - Chemical stripping agent neutralizers
may be used on exterior surfaces only. Neutralizers shall be compatible with and
not harmful to the substrate that they are applied to. Neutralizers shall be
compatible with the stripping agent that has been applied to the surface
substrate.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
A.
Provide suitable tools for all abatement operations.
B.
The Abatement Subcontractor shall have available sufficient inventory or dated purchase
orders for materials necessary for the job including protective clothing, respirators, filter
cartridges, polyethylene sheeting of proper size and thickness, tape, and air filters.
C.
The Abatement Subcontractor shall have available power cables or sources such as
generators (where required).
D.
Vacuum units, of suitable size and capacities for project, shall have HEPA filter(s)
capable of trapping and retaining at least 99.97% of all monodispersed particles of 0.3
micrometers in diameter.
E.
The Abatement Subcontractor will have reserve units so that the station system will
operate continuously.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 12
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01
LOCATION AND WORK STATEMENT: The site for abatement and locations of the effected
buildings are described in the summary of work. The Abatement Subcontractor shall
retain full
ownership of all lead waste and construction waste generated during abatement
procedures
outlined in this specification.
3.02
WORK AREA SET UP
GENERAL
A.
SITE SAFETY: The Abatement Subcontractor is responsible for all safety at the work
site. This includes, but is not limited to electrical safety, mechanical (tool) safety, fire
safety, and personnel protective safety. Safety requirements are, for the most part,
common sense and sound business practice; however, the Abatement Subcontractor is
advised that federal, state and local regulations exist which govern safety on the work
site. Therefore, in addition to the following, the Abatement Subcontractor is responsible
for adhering to the most stringent requirements in affect by any of the following entities or
these Specifications.
1. A primary concern in this type of work is to ensure that adequate exits exist in the
event of an emergency and conversely, that adequate entrances exist for emergency
personnel. The nature of this work requires sealing entrances and the extensive use of
six- mil polyethylene sheeting; however, the Abatement Subcontractor should never
permanently seal (i.e., nail, bolt, hard cover) any potential escape exits and should take
extra care to clearly identify potential exits and inform the workers.
2. Contractor must be familiar with and comply with the Fire Watch Requirements of the
Owner and the local fire authority. (Refer to Special Conditions Section 00099)
B.
SITE SAFETY PLAN: Prior to the initiation of the abatement work, the following tasks
must be completed by the Contractor: The Abatement Subcontractor shall establish a
work site safety plan which includes a set of emergency procedures and shall post them
in a conspicuous place at the work site. The safety plan should include provisions for the
following:
1)
2)
3)
4)
Evacuation of injured workers
Emergency and fire exit routes from all work areas, including local telephone
numbers for fire and medical emergency personnel
Copies of applicable insurance certificates
Employee work logs
The Abatement Subcontractor is responsible for training all workers in safety procedures.
At a minimum, one employee on site shall be trained and certified in basic first aid by the
American Red Cross or equivalent. A general first aid kit may be maintained in the
containment for treating minor medical problems.
C.
ACCESS TO WORK AREAS
1
The Owner will provide specific access as required during the project to the
Abatement Subcontractor and personnel assigned to the project. The Abatement
Subcontractor will be responsible for the security of each building or portion
thereof involved in the abatement project. It will also be the Abatement
Subcontractor responsibility to allow only authorized personnel as defined below
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 13
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
2.
3.
4.
22 AUGUST 2014
in Section 3.5 into the work area, and to secure all assigned entrances and exits
at the end of the workday so as to prevent unauthorized entry.
The Abatement Subcontractor shall maintain a bound log book in which any
person entering or leaving the lead abatement work area must sign and enter the
dates and times of entry and departure.
Use of waste containers on- site shall be controlled under the following
requirements:
(a)
Location of waste containers on- site shall be coordinated with the
Owner and Consultant.
(b)
The waste containers shall be solid enclosed containers, lined with two
layers of six- mil polyethylene sheeting and locked and secured at all
times
(c)
The Abatement Subcontractor shall comply with all federal, state and
local regulations and ordinances regarding lead waste storage.
The Abatement Subcontractor, supervisor will not allow anyone access to the
dwelling unless they have successfully passed an approved training program.
3.03
OCCUPANT PROTECTION: During the course of the abatement project, the protection of the
building occupants and their belongings shall be the responsibility of both the Abatement
Subcontractor and the occupants. Relocations of occupants and the use of engineering controls
shall be employed throughout the entire project.
3.04
OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES: The Owner shall be responsible for all aspects addressing the
relocation of tenants during daily construction activities of the abatement project. This shall
include, but not be limited to, the following:
A.
3.05
3.06
Provision of supplementary living quarters for tenant displaced during daily construction
activities.
TENANT RESPONSIBILITIES: The tenants shall be responsible for providing an unobstructed
work place for the Abatement Subcontractor prior to vacating the unit during daily construction
activities. The tenant responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
A.
Removal of all paintings, pictures, plaques, draperies, shelves, and otherwise applied
items from outside wall surfaces within the apartment.
B.
Removal of all furniture from around the perimeter of the outside walls to a location in the
center of the room no closer than four (4) feet from the work area walls. If the room is too
small to accomplish this, the furniture must be removed from the room.
C.
If the tenants are not capable of moving large items, the Owner shall be notified fortyeight (48) hours in advance, and shall supply a work crew to do so.
ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: The Abatement Subcontractor shall be
responsible for establishing and maintaining all engineering controls referenced herein and as
required to prevent dispersal of lead contamination from the work area. While this is the prime
responsibility of the Abatement Subcontractor, additional responsibility will include, but not be
limited to, the following:
A.
Provide notifications and posting as required by these specifications.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 14
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.07
22 AUGUST 2014
B.
Protect tenant personal possessions as specified in these specifications including, but not
limited to, furniture and boxed items located in the center of work area rooms.
C.
The Abatement Subcontractor shall be responsible for and bear all costs resulting from
damage caused to the tenant possessions during the abatement work.
PROTECTIVE PROCEDURES
A.
Personal Air monitoring: Both personal air and area (ambient) air sampling will occur
periodically throughout the project. The Abatement Subcontractor is advised of the
following sampling:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Consultant will perform clean area air monitoring sampling and analysis for all
phases of the work in this Section. This sampling will include personal air
monitoring of Abatement Subcontractor employees and ambient air sampling
within the work area.
Air samples may also be collected by the Consultant outside critical barriers of
the work area in the clean room, and in areas adjacent to the clean room.
The Consultant will also collect wipe samples both within the abatement area and
outside.
Any adjustment, tampering, and/ or deliberate interference with Consultant air
monitoring equipment by the Abatement Subcontractor personnel will not be
tolerated. Furthermore, the Abatement Subcontractor may be held liable for
prosecution under applicable laws and regulations for attempting to falsify test
results.
Worker Protection Requirements:
1.
Biological Monitoring. All workers must have baseline and post- abatement blood
lead level measurements determined by the whole blood lead method, utilizing
the Vena- Puncture technique with results provided to the Owner and Consultant.
This screening shall be performed every two months for the first six (6) months,
and every six months thereafter if blood lead levels do not increase by more than
10 g/dl. In addition, the Abatement Subcontractor shall have a medical
examination performed on each employee. This medical examination must be
performed before workers begin lead contaminated work area and at the
termination of an employee employment or yearly, whichever comes first. A
worker shall be removed from the job whenever three blood-sampling tests
average more than 25 g/dl or if a single test exceeds 30 g/dl. A formal
investigation shall occur whenever a worker blood lead level rises more than 10
g/dl over the baseline level. The Abatement Subcontractor shall be responsible
for medical surveillance and record keeping, as defined in the OSHA Lead in
Construction Standard (29 CFR 1926.62) and Local Law.
2.
Training Requirements: All workers and supervisors shall have successfully
completed a course provided by a licensed training provider meeting all
requirements of EPA and Local Law. Supervisors shall be licensed by the
responsible Local State Agency responsible. The Abatement Subcontractor will
adhere to the requirements of OSHA regulations CFR 1910.1200 and 1926.62.
3.
Supervision: The Abatement Subcontractor shall provide one site supervisor
whose responsibilities include coordination, safety, security and execution of all
phases of the lead removal project. The supervisor shall not be used as a lead
removal worker, and shall be assigned full time to the project. The supervisor
shall be fully qualified in all aspects of lead abatement practices and procedures,
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 15
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
and have a three- day training course provided by a certified training provider
and approved by the responsible Local State Agency within the previous year
prior to commencement of lead- related work.
4.
Respirators and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
a.
Personal protection in the form of disposable coveralls and NIOSH and
MSHA approved respirators, is required for all workers, supervisors, and
authorized visitors entering the work area during the abatement and
cleaning operations. A half- face negative pressure respirator is required
until air-monitoring data proves otherwise. Authorized visitors (i. e.,
federal, state, and local inspectors) must provide a current health and
medical report certifying them as approved to wear half- face respirators,
and must wear PAPRs until air monitoring data permits the use of half
face respirators.
b.
Each worker shall be supplied with a minimum of two (2) complete
disposable suits every day. Removal workers shall not be limited to two
(2) suits, and the Abatement Subcontractor will be required to supply
additional suits as is necessary. In addition to disposable suits for the
workers, the Abatement Subcontractor shall also supply suits for the
Consultant and other personnel who are authorized to inspect the
worksite. Contractor must consider this cost in the bid. Disposable suits,
such as TYVEK suits, and other personal protective equipment (PPE)
must be donned prior to entering work area. A clean area will be
provided for workers to put on suits and other personal protective
equipment and to store their street clothes.
Suits will be worn inside the work area after the area passes preabatement inspection and shall remain in use until the area passes final
clearance inspection. Lightweight nylon clothes may be worn under the
suit, but these clothes must be changed before leaving the work area
and should be laundered separately.
c.
Work clothes shall consist of moisture repellent, disposable full- body
suits, head covers, gloves with cuffs extending outside the sleeves of the
protective suit, boot or shoe covers, a face shield and eye protection.
Hard hats shall be worn. In addition, when caustic paste is used as an
abatement agent, full- body suits and gloves impervious to caustics,
glove extenders, face shields and boot or shoe covers are required.
d.
Eye protection to personnel engaged in lead operations shall be
furnished when the use of a full-face respirator is not required.
f.
Goggles with side shields will be worn when working with a material that
may splash or fragment, or if protective eye wear is specified on the
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for that product.
g.
Additional respiratory protection by supplemental filters, such as organic
vapor cartridges, may be needed when handling some coating products.
Consult the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and obtain the proper
filters as necessary.
h.
The Abatement Subcontractor shall provide portable eyewash stations
inside all work areas where caustic paste is to be used.
The stations should be capable of providing a flow of water for at least
five minutes. The Abatement Subcontractor shall provide another station
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 16
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
capable of providing a flow of water for at least fifteen minutes in the
clean area. Squeeze bottles are not sufficient eyewash stations.
i.
The Abatement Subcontractor shall supply workers and supervisory
personnel with NIOSH and MSHA approved respirators and HEPA filters.
Respiratory protection shall be implemented for all work performed by
the Abatement Subcontractor under this Section. The respirators shall be
sanitized and maintained according to the manufacturer specifications.
Disposable respirators shall not be considered acceptable under any
circumstances. The Abatement Subcontractor will maintain on- site a
sufficient supply of HEPA filters to allow workers and supervisory
personnel to change contaminated filters per manufacturer
recommendations or when breathing resistance is encountered. The
Abatement Subcontractor is solely responsible for means and methods
used and for compliance with applicable regulations:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Half- mask, negative pressure, air purifying respirators equipped
with high efficiency filters for airborne lead dust levels not in
excess of 0.5 g/m3 (10 times the Permissible Exposure Limit)
shall be used during component removal and enclosure
abatement methods, with the exception of surface preparation
for enclosures.
Full- face Powered Air Purifying Respirators (PAPRs) with high
efficiency filters for airborne dust levels not in excess of 2.5
g/m3 (50 time the Permissible Exposure Limit) will be required
during all abatement demolition methods and encapsulation
surface preparation methods and as required by OSHA 1926.62.
Pressure demand, full face, supplied air respirators are required
when airborne lead dust concentrations are expected to meet or
exceed 50 g/m3 (1000 times the Permissible Exposure Limit).
Respirators will not be removed until the worker enters the
washing area of the decontamination chamber.
j.
Respirators shall be individually assigned to removal workers for their
exclusive use. All respiratory protection shall be provided to workers in
accordance with the approved respiratory protection program, which
includes all items in OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134 (B), (D), (E), & (F), and the
OSHA lead standard 29 CFR 1926.62. A copy of this program shall be
kept at the worksite, and shall be posted in the clean area.
k.
Workers must perform negative and positive pressure fit checks each
time a respirator is put on, whenever the respirator design so permits.
l.
Powered air purifying respirators (PAPR) shall be tested for adequate
flow as specified by the manufacturer.
m.
Workers shall be given a qualitative fit test in accordance with
procedures detailed in OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1025, Appendix D,
Qualitative Fit Test Protocols, for all respirators to be used on this
abatement project. An appropriately administered quantitative fit test may
be substituted for the qualitative fit test.
n.
If a question exists as to the proper selection of respirators, the
Contractor may consult the OSHA Lead in Construction Standard (29
CFR 1926.62).
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 17
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
5.
22 AUGUST 2014
o.
Upon leaving the active work area, cartridges must be removed, and
respirators cleaned in a disinfectant solution and clean water rinsed.
p.
Clean respirators should be stored in plastic bags when not in use.
q.
The Abatement Subcontractor shall inspect respirators daily for broken,
missing, or damaged parts.
r.
The Abatement Subcontractor shall provide personal sampling to check
personal exposure levels. Samples shall be taken for the duration of the
work shift or for eight hours, whichever is less. Personal samples need
not be taken every day but must be taken in accordance with 29 CFR
1926.62. Sampling will determine eight- hour Time- Weighted Average
exposures (TWA). Results shall be provided to the Owner and
Consultants within 48 hours of the sampling.
s.
Abatement Subcontractor shall comply with all OSHA, state, or other
applicable requirements of worker medical examinations for approval to
wear respiratory protection, and shall submit document of such approval
to the Owner.
Exposure Conditions: If air-monitoring data, gathered by the Abatement
Subcontractor or Consultant shows that worker exposure to airborne lead
exceeds 50 g/m3, the following conditions apply:
a.
Clothing. Street clothes cannot be worn into containment. Workers must
wear nylon shorts, TYVEK shorts, or nothing under disposable suit.
b.
Showers. Showers must be provided. Shower water must pass through
at least a 5.0 micron filter before returning to the public waste system.
(1)
All workers must shower upon leaving the work area.
(2)
A five- stage decontamination unit must be constructed of sixmil polyethylene sheeting and consisting of a dirty room, airlock, shower,
airlock, and clean room.
A.
Personal Air Sampling
1.
General. The Abatement Subcontractor is required to perform the personal air
sampling activities during all lead paint abatement work. The results of such
sampling shall be posted, provided to individual workers, and submitted to Owner
and Consultant as described herein.
2.
Sampling. Samples shall be taken for the duration of the work shift or for eight
hours, whichever is less. Personal samples need not be taken every day after the
first day if working conditions remain unchanged, but must be taken every time
there is a change in the removal operation, either in terms of the location or the
type of work. Sampling will be used to determine eight- hour Time- Weighted
Averages (TWA). The Abatement Subcontractor is responsible for personal
sampling as outlined in OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1926.62. This sampling will
determine the degree of respirator protection required, subject to the regulations.
3.
Sampling Results. Air sampling results shall be transmitted to the Owner and
individual workers in written form no more than forty-eight (48) hours after the
completion of a sampling cycle. The reporting document shall list each sample
result, sampling time and date, personnel monitored and their social security
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 18
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
numbers, flow rate, sample duration, sample yield, cassette size, and analysts
name and company, and shall include an interpretation of the results. Air sample
analysis results will be reported in micrograms of lead per cubic meter of air (g/
m3).
3.07
4.
Testing Laboratory. The Abatement Subcontractor testing lab shall be certified
for lead air sample by the American Industrial Hygiene Association. Abatement
Subcontractor shall submit for the Owner and Consultant review and acceptance
the name and address of the laboratory, certification(s) of accreditation for heavy
metal analysis, and a listing of relevant experience in air lead analysis, and
presentation of a documented Quality Assurance and Quality Control program.
5.
Air Monitoring Frequency. The air monitoring frequency for Abatement
Subcontractor operations will be established in accordance with the requirements
set forth in 29 CFR 1926.62.
WORKER HYGIENE PRACTICES: In order to avoid possible exposure to dangerous levels of
lead and to prevent possible contamination of areas outside the demarcated work area, work
shall follow the general guidelines listed below:
A.
Work Area Entry: At no time shall a worker or other authorized personnel entering the
work area go further than the Clean Area without proper respiratory protection and
protective clothing.
B.
Work Area Departure: The worker shall remove all gross contamination, debris and dust
from the disposable suit by completely HEPA vacuuming them before leaving work area.
C.
Personal Protective Equipment: All persons leaving the work area must remove their
personal protective equipment (except respirators) before leaving the containment. Suits
shall be removed "inside out" to minimize the dispersal of lead dust.
D.
Wash Facilities: All workers must wash upon leaving the work area. Wash facilities will be
provided by the abatement Subcontractor. This wash facility will consist of; at least, warm
running potable water, soap, and towels. All wastewater must be contained and disposed
of in accordance with this Specification.
E.
Equipment: All equipment used by the workers inside the work area shall be either left in
the work area or thoroughly decontaminated before being removed from the area. Extra
work clothing (in addition to the disposable suits supplied by the Abatement
Subcontractor) shall be left in the clean area until the completion of work in that area.
The clean area shall be cleaned of all visible debris and disposable materials daily.
F.
Prohibited Activities: Under no circumstances shall workers or supervisory personnel eat,
drink, smoke, chew gum, or chew tobacco or remove their respirators in the work area.
To do so shall be grounds for the Owner and/ or Consultant to STOP all removal
operations. Only in the case of life threatening emergency shall workers or supervisory
personnel be allowed to remove their protective respirators while in the work area. In this
situation, respirators are to be removed for as short a duration as possible.
G.
Footwear: As with additional clothing, all work footwear shall be left inside the
decontamination area until the completion of the job and then shall be HEPA vacuumed
and wiped or discarded as contaminated waste.
H.
Shock Hazards: The Abatement Subcontractor is responsible for using safe procedures
to avoid electrical hazards. Power will be shut off and checked before work begins when
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 19
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
a hazard exists. All extension cords and power tools used within the work area shall be
attached to Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI).
3.08
CONTROL OVER ABATEMENT WORK: All work procedures shall be continuously controlled
and monitored by the Contractor to assure that the building will not be further contaminated. The
following controls shall be instituted on each working day:
A.
Start Up: Prior to work on any given day, the Contractor designated project supervisor
will discuss the day work schedule with his work force to evaluate job tasks with respect
to safety procedures and requirements specified to prevent contamination of the other
parts of the building or the employees. This includes a visual survey of the work area and
the decontamination enclosure systems.
B.
Access: The Contractor shall maintain control of and be responsible for access to all
work areas to ensure the following requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.09
Non- authorized personnel are prohibited from entering the area at all times of
day and night.
All authorized personnel entering the work area shall be familiar with the worker
protection procedures contained in this specification and shall be equipped with
properly fitted respirators and protective clothing;
All personnel who are exiting from the decontamination enclosure system shall
be properly decontaminated.
Lead waste, which is taken out of the work area, must be properly handled in
accordance with these specifications. The surface of any waste containers,
removed from the work area, shall be wiped down with a minimum of a 5%
solution of tri- sodium phosphate or other equivalent cleaning agent prior to
removing it from the work area.
Building components with lead painted surfaces shall be removed from the work
area and placed directly into a labeled and secured disposal container or a
designated storage area.
ABATEMENT PROCEDURES
GENERAL
A.
CLEANING PROCEDURES
1.
End of Day Cleaning. Thirty (30) minutes or more if necessary prior to the end of
each workday, the lead work area must be cleaned of all debris. Under no
circumstances will lead clean- up be permitted when active lead paint abatement
work is proceeding. All abatement activity must cease during the cleanup period.
Such cleaning shall include a thorough HEPA vacuuming of all affected surfaces,
as determined by the Consultant. Additionally, cleaning requires the use of a
solution of five percent tri- sodium phosphate (TSP) or other equally effective
cleaning agent. All waste materials generated during this daily clean- up shall be
disposed of as hazardous waste, unless analytical testing proves otherwise.
2.
Equipment Cleaning. Durable equipment, such as power and hand tools,
generators, and vehicles shall be cleaned at least monthly or prior to removal
from buildings undergoing abatement or the site. All equipment shall be cleaned
by HEPA vacuuming and high- phosphate (tri- sodium phosphate) washing (or
use of an equivalent cleaner).
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 20
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
a.
3.
22 AUGUST 2014
High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) vacuum: The Abatement
Subcontractor will obtain training in the use of the HEPA vacuum from
the manufacturer prior to use and submit evidence of this training to the
Owner and Consultant. The Abatement Subcontractor shall obtain HEPA
vacuum attachments, such as various size brushes, crevice tools, and
angular tools to be used for varied applications and service the HEPA
vacuum routinely to assure proper operation. Caution shall be used any
time the HEPA is opened for filter replacement or debris removal.
Operators shall wear a full set of protective clothing and equipment,
including respirators, when using and emptying the HEPA vacuuming
equipment.
Preliminary Clean- Up. Upon completion of the lead paint abatement and a
satisfactory visual inspection by the Owner/ Consultant in a given work area, a
preliminary clean- up shall be performed by the Abatement Subcontractor. This
clean- up includes removal of any contaminated material, equipment or debris
including polyethylene sheeting from the work area, except for critical barriers.
The polyethylene sheeting shall first be sprayed or misted with water for dust
control, the resulting abatement debris removed, then the sheeting shall be
folded in upon itself. All polyethylene sheeting used for critical barriers shall
remain in place until final clearance testing results have passed the clearance
criteria set forth herein.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
Large Debris. Large debris from demolition (i. e. doors, windows,
baseboards) shall be wrapped in polyethylene sheeting at least six- mil
thick, sealed with heavy duty duct tape, and stored until proper disposal.
Small Debris. Prior to picking up or collecting small debris, the surfaces
of this debris will be sprayed with a fine mist of water. The debris will be
picked up, collected and placed into a single plastic bag, at least six- mils
thick. The bags shall not be overloaded, shall be securely sealed, and
shall be stored in the designated area until disposal. Dry sweeping is not
permitted in the work area; wet sweeping will require approval by the
Consultant.
Sheeting. Removal of surface six- mil polyethylene sheeting shall begin
from upper levels, such as on cabinets, counters or shelves. Removal of
floor polyethylene sheeting shall begin at the corners and folded into the
middle to contain the dust or residue. All collected polyethylene sheeting
shall be placed in six- mil polyethylene bags for proper disposal as
described in this Specification.
HEPA Vacuuming. Once the six- mil polyethylene sheeting is removed
from the work area, cleaning shall begin with a thorough HEPA
vacuuming of all surfaces, starting at the ceilings, proceeding down the
walls and including window, doors and door trim and floor. The floor shall
be vacuumed last, beginning at the farthest corners from the entrance to
the work area. HEPA vacuuming shall again be performed as noted
above, after the following TSP wash.
TSP Wash. Abatement Subcontractor shall next wash or mop the same
surfaces with a tri- sodium phosphate (TSP) detergent solution (five
percent) or other equally effective cleaning agent and allow surfaces to
dry. Then a second HEPA Vacuuming of the surfaces will be performed
by the Abatement Subcontractor, as described above. By the conclusion
of the cleaning phase, all visible dust and debris shall have been
completely removed.
Hygiene, Cleaning Equipment and Supplies. Special attention shall be
given to personal hygiene and the cleaning of supplies and/ or
equipment. All mop heads; sponges and rags shall be replaced or
02095 - 21
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
g.
B.
changed daily, at a minimum. Rags, mop heads or sponges may be
reused if Abatement Subcontractor has them cleaned via a washing
system specially equipped with HEPA filtration.
Detergents. The Abatement Subcontractor shall prepare and use
detergents containing five to ten percent TSP according to the
manufacturer instructions. The manufacturer recommended coverage
will be followed. The wastewater from clean up shall be contained and
disposed of according to all applicable Federal, state, county and local
regulations and guidelines. In no instance shall wastewater be disposed
in storm sewers (e. g., yard inlet or street drain) or sanitary sewers (e. g.,
toilet, sink, or any other household/ residential/ commercial type drain
system) without specific governmental approval.
COMPONENT REMOVAL
1.
Depending on location of the work area, establish an exterior regulated area or
work area containment.
2.
Score paint at edges, corners etc. to reduce chipping of paint. Carefully remove
by wet scraping loose and flaking paint prior to removal of components in
accordance with the following procedure:
a.
b.
c.
C.
22 AUGUST 2014
Fine mist surface with wet wash detergent or water using plant mister or
garden sprayer.
Carefully scrape loose and flaking material.
Clean up paint chips and flakes by wet sweeping or pick up with wet
towels.
3.
Care shall be taken to avoid damage to adjacent areas during the removal of
components.
4.
Carefully remove the lead-based painted components to minimize the
disturbance of LBP and generation of dust.
5.
HEPA vacuum and/or wet wipe to remove all paint chips, debris and dust
generated during the work. Do not allow dust or debris to accumulate.
6.
Components that are removed shall be wrapped, labeled and disposed of in
accordance with applicable regulations.
7.
Install temporary ¾ inch plywood and stud framing openings where entrance
door or windows are removed. Provide temporary lockable doors where egress
is required.
8.
Decontamination for workers using “component removal” procedures will at a
minimum:
a.
HEPA-vacuum contaminated coveralls to remove gross debris prior to
removal.
b.
Wash hands and face with soap to decontaminate
c.
Wash respirator
d.
Wash hands and face prior to leaving the work area
CAUSTIC PAINT REMOVAL – PROCEDURES
1.
General: Caustic paste application and use shall be in accordance with
manufacturer instruction for each product. Prior to beginning the application, all
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 22
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
accumulated dust, dirt, and visible oil and grease shall be removed with a five
percent TSP and water solution or other equally effective cleaning agent. When a
caustic stripping agent is used as the abatement agent, the Abatement
Subcontractor shall provide and ensure the use of the following items:
- Full-body coveralls with hood impervious to caustic substances;
- Gloves impervious to caustic substances;
- Glove extenders;
- Face shield;
- Appropriate boot or shoe covers;
- An eyewash station;
- A suitable and unrestricted wash area in the event of inadvertent exposure.
2.
Paint Removal - A caustic stripping agent may require multiple applications,
depending on a variety of circumstances. When this type of material is used, care
should be taken to avoid drying of the agent. It may become necessary to lightly
mist over area with water to keep it moist. Surfaces that come in contact with the
stripping agents used in this methodology during washing or neutralizing shall be
completely cleaned before the waste dries.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
Each worker, in order to be allowed in the work area, must have received
specific instructions on the procedures to remove material that
inadvertently comes in contact with skin, and eye washing procedures,
together with information on the nature of the danger. This can be
accomplished by general safety meetings that are regularly scheduled
and with a "right- to- know" booklet that is in a location that is known to
all persons and is readily accessible.
In addition to standardized work area preparation, to protect surrounding
areas, polyethylene sheeting shall be placed flush to the surrounding
walls for a firm seal to avoid leakage of waste below the polyethylene
sheeting, and the joint shall be caulked. The Abatement Subcontractor
may place absorbent pads or material below the surface being abated
and/ or place waterproof duct tape on the surface adjacent to that being
abated, to prevent damage to the adjacent wall or floor surface. The
Abatement Subcontractor is responsible for repairing any adjacent
surfaces harmed by the chemical removal process. This includes
contamination of these surfaces by chemical residue.
A dwell time may be a specified by the manufacturer. The Subcontractor
shall run a series of test patches to determine the optimal amount of time
for the chemical to work on a particular component.
Removal of the caustic stripping agent after dwell time shall be
performed by scraping the waste off the substrate onto the paper, using
a metal scraper. Application process shall be repeated if, in the opinion
of the Consultant, complete removal of the paint is not attained. At no
time shall dry scraping be used.
Once removal of paint from the abated surface is complete, clean- up
procedures shall then follow and include wash- down of the surface and
neutralization.
Once the neutralizing process is complete, the surface shall undergo
normal clean- up procedures of HEPA vacuuming, wet wash and
repeated HEPA vacuuming.
All worker protection equipment as specified shall be left within the work
area during all phases of the work. This equipment may be transferred
between work areas using double six (6) mil polyethylene bags to
prevent contamination of clean areas.
All accumulated debris resulting from removal of caustic paste shall be
treated as hazardous and shall be properly stored and disposed of
02095 - 23
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
i.
3.
b.
c.
d.
Spray or hand trowel paste according to manufacturer specifications (no
less than " thick). The caustic stripping agent should be applied with
recommended special spray equipment approved by the manufacturer to
ensure proper application of product, if spray application is used.
(1)
During spray application no more than two workers (one person
applying and one helper) shall be allowed in the work area.
Security of work area is absolutely essential.
Never remove material with personnel below, or in a manner that would
allow caustic to fall on, splatter or contact personnel in the vicinity of the
removal.
-Minimize the fall distance of the paste/ paint.
Work area shall be properly heated so as to meet temperature
requirements outlined in the manufacturer specifications. Heating
procedures shall be subject to the approval of the Consultant and Owner,
and shall be supplied by the G. C.
Abatement Subcontractor shall make certain that during the application,
dwell time and removal of caustic paste, the work area is secured.
Clean Up
a.
b.
c.
5.
5.
according to EPA, DOT, and all other applicable federal, state, and local
regulations.
Any wood flooring contaminated by the absorption of lead caustic shall
be replaced by the Abatement Subcontractor at his/ her expense.
Application and Removal
a.
4.
22 AUGUST 2014
Collect caustic paste cloth with paste/ paint along with remaining residue
and put into six (6) mil polyethylene bags and dispose of in compliance
with all regulations and specifications.
Spray surface lightly with water spray. Then with a nylon scrub brush,
agitate surface to loosen all residue. Thoroughly scrub surface, being
sure to get all crevices, grooves, cracks, etc.
Lightly spray clean water on surface, removing remaining residue. The
use of a wet vacuum to assist in the clean- up is suggested. Make
certain that entire surface is clean of any paint/ paste residue.
Treat residue (paste, paper, water, etc.) as hazardous waste until results
of TCLP tests are available. Disposal will be dependent upon these
results.
Neutralization
a.
b.
c.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
Apply caustic stripping agent neutralizer in accordance with
manufacturer recommendations. Wash neutralizer off with clean water,
per manufacturer recommendations.
Apply second application of caustic stripping agent neutralizer if needed
and allow to dry. After one to three (1- 3) hours, wash neutralizer off with
clean water and allow surface to dry completely.
Abatement Subcontractor should use pH paper to determine if
neutralization is adequate. A dry surface showing a pH of between 6 and
8 after the proper drying out period, is ready to be recoated. A pH over 8
should be treated to another application of neutralizer and left to dry
before retesting. It is most important that the surface properly dry out
before recoating.
02095 - 24
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
D.
MECHANICAL REMOVAL PROCEDURES
1.
E.
22 AUGUST 2014
Equipment used must be approved by the owner or owner’s representative.
a.
Manufacturer product data on equipment must be submitted prior to the
commencement of the work.
b.
Description of removal methods to be used for each substrate to be
abated. (Include manufacturer’s operating instructions)
2.
Depending on the type of equipment used, an exterior regulated area or a
(interior) containment may be required.
3.
Machinery
a.
Portable sander with HEPA vacuum attachment: maintain HEPA
vacuum attachment in operation during sanding operation. Sanding
surface shall be held flat to surface. Conduct sanding operations on flat
surfaces only. Do not allow sanding pad surface to extend beyond
surface being sanded.
b.
Needle Gun with HEPA vacuum attachment: Maintain HEPA vacuum
attachment in operation during removal operations. Select proper
shroud to match the configuration of the surface being treated.
c.
Vacuum Blasting with a HEPA vacuum attachment: Conduct abrasive
removal of exterior surfaces only using machine blasting equipment
mounted with fully contained, coaxially mounted local exhaust hood with
HEPA vacuuming capability and using either recyclable or dry ice (CO2)
abrasive media.
d.
Flameless heat gun: maximum operating temperature of 700 degrees
Fahrenheit. Proper respiratory and worker protection prior to use.
e.
Paint scrapers: Use wet scraping methods only.
f.
Sand paper: Use wet sanding methods only
SURFACE PREPARATION / PAINT FILM STABILIZATION: Depending on extent and
location of work, establish either an exterior regulated area or work area containment.
The following descriptions include preparation of surfaces for enclosures and the
stabilization of lead-based painted surface to be encapsulated or painted.
1.
Surface Preparation
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
Remove loose, flaking and deteriorated paint by wet scraping or wet
sanding.
Remove loose, unsound or deteriorated substrate.
HEPA vacuum and wet wipe to remove all paint chips, debris and dust
generated during the work. Do not allow dust or debris to accumulate.
Label all LBP areas to be enclosed.
Package and dispose of all LBP waste in accordance with section 3.12
Paint Stabilization
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 25
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
a.
Substrate Repairs
(1)
b.
22 AUGUST 2014
Prior to stabilizing lead-based paint, correct substrate surface
defects. Remove loose, and unsound deteriorated surfaces.
Paint Removal
Wet scraping: remove all loose, flaking and deteriorated paint
by wet scraping. Continually mist surface with water during
scraping.
(2)
Wet Sanding: prepare finish surface by wet sanding. Feather
edges lightly. Keep surface wet while sanding.
VISUAL INSPECTIONS: The Abatement Subcontractor shall request a visual inspection by the
Owner or Consultant. If the area does not pass a visual inspection (e. g., no visible dust or
debris), the Abatement Subcontractor shall re-clean the area as outlined in Steps 4, 5, 6, and 7 in
Section 3.9(c).
(1)
3.10
A.
3.11
Post- abatement Visual Inspection: The Consultant shall confirm job completeness by
determining whether all surfaces have been abated according to the approved abatement
plan and project specification. The Consultant will then determine if the building has been
adequately cleaned by examining all surfaces for dust and debris. If dust is found, the
work area should be recleaned, and the damp cloth test repeated.
CLEARANCE SAMPLING
A.
Post- abatement Clearance: When all surfaces have passed visual inspection, wipe
samples as detailed in Section 3.8.4 (1) shall be performed by the Consultant. The
standards for passing a wipe test are outlined in Section 3.8.4 (2). Should laboratory
results indicate that the wipe test clearance level is exceeded, the Abatement
Subcontractor shall re- clean the affected area, at no additional cost to the Owner,
utilizing the methods specified above. Retesting will then be performed to verify
compliance with the mandated levels. Abatement Subcontractor shall pay for all
additional testing and provide, at no additional cost, a recleaning of an effected area and
personal belongings until the clearance level is achieved.
B.
Finish Coatings: Finished coatings including, but not limited to, stains, primer, sealers
and polyurethane coatings, if used, shall only be applied upon approval by the Owner/
Consultant. Any surface requiring painting shall be primed with an approved primer. All
primers or finish coating materials shall have labeling stating, in equal or appropriate
wording, "does not contain lead- based paint greater than 600 parts per million" (0.06%)
and "does not contain mercury." In lieu of label wording, a manufacturer statement to this
effect may be substituted.
C.
Inspection/ Clearance Standards: When clean- up has been completed and all surfaces
have been final cleaned, wipe samples by the Consultant or Industrial Hygienist will be
performed. The following standards must be met for all "clearance" requirements:
1.
Wipe Tests: When only some component types are to be sampled in a specific
area, the Consultant will ensure that the component types to be sampled are
randomly selected. Within an area, the specific components to be sampled shall
be selected at random and the specific sample location on a large component
shall be selected at random.
In order to compare results with applicable federal clearance criteria, the
following methods must be used.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 26
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
a.
b.
c.
22 AUGUST 2014
The sampling location (a specific surface area) must be selected, and
the surface area of that location carefully measured and recorded.
The wipe sampling procedure must ensure that a very high percentage
of the surface dust present on the sample location is captured on the
wipe.
Wipe sample collection criteria for abatement shall be as follows:
D.
Retests: Should laboratory results indicate that the wipe test clearance level is
exceeded, the Abatement Subcontractor shall reclean the affected area, at no additional
cost to the Owner, utilizing the methods specified above. Retesting will then be
performed to verify compliance with the mandated levels. Abatement Subcontractor shall
pay for all additional testing and provide, at no additional cost, a reclining of an affected
area until the clearance level is achieved.
E.
Air Sampling Procedure: Air sampling shall be conducted by the Consultant. Samples
shall be collected and analyzed for total airborne lead. Air sampling will be collected
during, but not limited to, the pre- abatement and post- abatement periods.
F.
1.
Sampling Apparatus. Air Sampling shall be collected utilizing a closed- face, 37
millimeter cassette. A mixed cellulose ester filter with 0.8 micrometer pore size
with a cellulose support pad shall be placed in the cassette. Air sampling pumps
shall be calibrated at 2.0 liters per minute prior to sampling. All pumps shall be
post calibrated.
2.
Analytical Method. The NIOSH 7082 (AAS) procedure shall be used for sample
analysis. A blank filter shall be submitted with each set of samples.
Data Reporting for Lead in Air: Laboratory results for air samples shall be provided in
micrograms of lead per cubic meter of air. Information specific to obtaining the air
samples should be listed on a separate data form for air samples, which would include
the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
G.
Location where sample was taken
Length of time in use
Approximate volume of air sampled
Abatement/ clearance status
Abatement method (e. g., removal vs. enclosure)
Analytical Laboratory Qualifications: Analytical laboratories must be recognized by the
EPA as participating in the National Lead Laboratory Accreditation Program (NLLAP).
The Laboratory must show evidence that it is proficient in lead analysis under the
Environmental Lead Proficiency Analytical Testing Program. If the laboratory is not
currently enrolled in these programs, the laboratory will be required to enroll in the next
round of ELPAT samples. The laboratory must be accredited within a one-year period by
an organization recognized by NLLAP that has signed a Memorandum of Understanding
with EPA. Currently, the American Industrial Hygiene Association (703- 849- 8888) and
the American Association for Laboratory Accreditation (301- 670- 1377) have signed
such memoranda of understanding with EPA.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
1.
All dust, paint, and soil samples shall be analyzed for total lead,
not "bioavailable" lead, as required in the HUD Guidelines for
Evaluation and Control of Lead- Based Paint in Housing.
2.
The following procedure (or equivalent) shall be employed for the
analysis of the wipe samples:
02095 - 27
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
Remove and unfold the wipe from the shipment container. Cut
the wipe into small pieces and place in a 125 ml Phillips beaker.
Quantitatively rinse the shipment container into the Phillips
beaker. Cover the wipe with 10 ml of distilled water. Add 2 ml of
concentrated HNO3 and 2 ml of HC1. Gently heat for 20- 30
minutes under reflux. Cool and transfer both the liquid and the
bulk material left to a 50 ml volumetric flask. If there is too much
bulk material left over, rinse with distilled water and squeeze with
a glass rod. Add distilled water to make up to final volume. Prior
to analysis by AA or ICP, an aliquot is filtered through ashless
filter paper, and then centrifuged at 9K rpm for 20 minutes. The
supernatant liquid is drawn off and analyzed.
H.
Qualifications of Sampling Personnel
All personnel conducting environmental sampling for this project should be certified as a
lead based paint inspector, risk assessor, or inspector technician or equivalent by the
Environmental Protection Agency or the appropriate state agency, or be under the
supervision of such a person. Certified Industrial Hygienists are not required to have
additional certification as a lead- based paint inspector.
3.12
DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL
A.
Caution Note for Contractors:
All materials, whether hazardous or non- hazardous, shall be disposed of in accordance
with all laws and the provisions of this Section and any or all applicable federal, state,
county, or local regulations and guidelines. It shall be the sole responsibility of the
Qualified Abatement Subcontractor to assure compliance with all laws and regulations
relating to this disposal. Until analytical results are available, all waste materials
(including water) shall be segregated and treated as hazardous.
1.
2.
3.
B.
Applicability. Initial TCLP results have been used to classify waste into six
categories. The categories are defined by the substrate type and the amount of
the six toxic metals regulated by RCRA and most commonly found in paint.
Waste Segregation - The Abatement Subcontractor shall be responsible for
segregating waste in accordance with the previously defined six categories.
Separate waste dumpsters shall be used for each of the six categories. Prior to
disposal of each dumpster of waste, a representative sample will be collected by
the on- site inspector, paid for by the abatement Subcontractor and analyzed by
TCLP for the RCRA metals. The result of each TCLP analysis will dictate the
disposal requirement for each dumpster.
Component Classification - The initial TCLP results have been used to establish
the following waste segregation categories: For bidding purposes Categories I
and IV shall be considered construction waste. Categories II, III, V, and VI shall
be considered hazardous waste.
Disposal Requirements. The Abatement Subcontractor shall contact the Regional EPA,
state, local, and all other pertinent authorities to determine lead- based paint debris
disposal requirements. If applicable, the requirements of the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA) must be complied with, as well as any or all other applicable
federal, state, county, or local waste requirements. The Owner/ Consultant will supply
the Abatement Subcontractor with a list of some of the appropriate agencies. During or
after the actual abatement, the Abatement Subcontractor shall not leave any debris in the
yard or near- by property, incinerate debris, dump debris by the road, place debris in any
unauthorized dumpster, or introduce lead contaminated (non- filtered) water into storm
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 28
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
sewers (shall not be poured down yard inlet or street drain) or sanitary sewers (shall not
be flushed down toilet or any other household/ residential/ commercial type drain
system). All wastewater shall be labeled "filtered" (using 5 micron filter) or "non- filtered."
All non- filtered wastewater containers shall be labeled "hazardous waste" and with a
date the Abatement Subcontractor began to collect contaminated water in that container.
C.
EPA ID Numbers. The Abatement Subcontractor shall apply for an EPA identification
number from the appropriate office; if more than 100 kg of hazardous waste will be
generated from the abatement process during any calendar month. If less than 100 kg is
to be generated, the Abatement Subcontractor shall obtain a Small Quantity Generator
RCRA Hazardous Material ID number. The Consultant will assist the chosen Abatement
Subcontractor in contacting the appropriate office to secure the identification number.
The Abatement Subcontractor also has the responsibility to coordinate this action through
the State and secure any additional number as required. The following testing must be
performed by a laboratory properly certified by the State of State. The name of the
laboratory must be supplied to the Owner/ Consultant prior to the initiation of the testing.
D.
TCLP Test. Testing on lead- based paint abatement waste materials by use of the
Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) will be completed and paid by the
Abatement Subcontractor, and results shall be supplied to the Consultant and Owner.
Testing results on most building components have been performed by the Consultant and
are attached to this contract specification.
E.
Testing of Materials. The testing of material shall be performed as obtained to minimize
the storage of "assumed" hazardous material. In absence of written official state
guidance, the Abatement Subcontractor shall take at least one (1) composite sample of
the items listed below for the RCRA eight (8) heavy metals. The Abatement
Subcontractor shall also determine if additional testing for other compounds, such as pH,
flashpoint, etc., are required for disposal at a particular landfill. The following materials
shall be tested to determine whether or not they are hazardous:
1. Waste water.
2. Dust from HEPA filters.
3. Metals that have not been previously tested.
4. Plastic sheets, duct tape, or tape used to cover floors and other services during the
lead- based paint removal.
5. Solvents and caustics used during the stripping process.
6. Liquid waste, such as wash water used to decontaminate wood after solvents have
been used, and liquid waste from exterior (or interior) water blasting.
7. Rags, sponges, mops, scrapers, and other materials used for testing, abatement, and
clean- up.
8. Disposable work clothes and respirator filters cartridges.
9. Any other items contaminated with lead- based paint or items produced as a result of
lead based paint abatement activity, such as the water filters.
F.
Storage Requirements. Any item found to be hazardous, by way of testing, shall be kept
in a secured area or lockable container that is inaccessible to all persons other than
abatement personnel. All hazardous waste shall be labeled "Hazardous Waste - Contains
Lead" and a date that the Abatement Subcontractor began to collect waste in that
container. All hazardous and non- hazardous waste shall be kept in totally and
completely separate containers. Until TCLP testing proves an item to be non- hazardous,
all items shall be considered hazardous and stored in a secured area or lockable
container.
G.
Regulations. The Abatement Subcontractor will be required to comply with the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and/ or any other applicable state, county law,
regulation and/ or guidelines, whichever is most stringent.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 29
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
H.
Waste Transportation. If the Abatement Subcontractor is not a RCRA/ DOT/ EPA certified
Hazardous Waste Transporter, a contract shall be entered into with a certified transporter
to move the waste. The Abatement Subcontractor shall require the certified hazardous
waste transport firm to follow RCRA, DOT, EPA, and any/ all other applicable regulations.
Many transporters are also capable of supplying pertinent information and services
applicable to necessary rules, regulations, and specifications. The certified transporter/
hauler shall submit for Owner/ Consultant approved their qualifications to perform the
work as specified herein. The Abatement Subcontractor shall be responsible for all
actions of the waste hauler as pertaining to waste removal and disposal under this
Section and all EPA, DOT, and other applicable regulations.
I.
The Abatement Subcontractor must supply documents that detail the site(s) to be used
for ultimate waste disposal. Documents from these disposal sites must be supplied by the
Abatement Subcontractor to the Owner/ Consultant from the disposal facilities stating that
hazardous and/ or construction waste will be accepted by these facilities. In addition, the
Abatement Subcontractor must submit documents from these sites proving that they are
licensed/ permitted to accept such waste and will accept the waste proposed by the
Abatement Subcontractor for treatment or ultimate disposal.
J.
Waste Containers. The Abatement Subcontractor will comply with EPA and DOT
regulations for waste containers. The Abatement Subcontractor shall contact the state
and local authorities to determine their criteria for containers. In the case of any conflict in
regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply.
K.
Emergencies. Abatement Subcontractors shall: contact local fire, police, hospitals or
local emergency response teams and inform them of the type of hazardous waste activity
and ask for assistance in the event of an accident; keep and properly maintain a suitable
fire extinguisher(s) on site; have an immediate means of communication with a regulatory
agency in the event of an emergency; keep a list of phone numbers of regulatory
agencies on site, make sure all employees know how to deal with all types of accidents;
make one person who is always on site, when the site is occupied, the emergency
coordinator to ensure that emergency procedures are carried out in the event an
emergency arises; and keep and maintain a "right to know" manual that is in an easily
accessible location and in an area that is known to all employees.
L.
Disposal Packaging. The Abatement Subcontractor shall place lead- based paint
fragments and debris produced as a result of any abatement activity and lead dust in sixmil polyethylene (plastic) bags that are air- tight and puncture- resistant.
1.
2.
Cleaning Materials. The Abatement Subcontractor will place all disposable
cleaning materials such as sponges; mop heads, filters, disposable clothing, and
brooms in six- mil plastic bags. If after testing, those materials are determined to
be hazardous, the bags will be sealed, labeled, and considered hazardous
waste.
Contaminated Debris. In particular, the Abatement Subcontractor shall separate,
label, and containerize the following:
a.
All paint or paint fragments removed by chemical strippers, surface
preparation, or by any abatement methodology;
b.
Grossly contaminated body suits.
c.
HEPA vacuum contents, filters, and respirator cartridges: paint chips or
other abatement debris on plastic should always be HEPA vacuumed
prior to picking up the plastic.
d.
All hazardous wastes or materials should be kept totally separate from
non- hazardous materials.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 30
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.
N.
Polyethylene Sheeting. The Abatement Subcontractor shall clean surfaces and
equipment and containerize large debris. Prior to removing any six (6) mil
polyethylene sheeting, the Abatement Subcontractor shall lightly mist the
sheeting in order to keep dust down and remove and containerize any debris and
fold six (6) mil polyethylene sheeting inward to contain debris and to form tight
bundles to containerize for disposal. The Abatement Subcontractor shall place all
plastic sheeting in six (6) mil thick polyethylene bags and seal.
Removing and Transporting Waste
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.13
22 AUGUST 2014
Vehicles. The Abatement Subcontractor shall ensure that all non- hazardous
waste is transported in covered vehicles to a landfill, or lined landfill if required.
Container Handling. The Abatement Subcontractor shall carefully place the
containers into the truck or dumpster used for disposal. At NO time will debris or
containers be thrown or dropped.
Dust or Debris. If the Abatement Subcontractor subcontracts the removing of the
non- hazardous lead- based paint abatement waste, the Contractor shall ensure
that the company removing the waste material adequately covers all loads so as
to assure that no dust or debris is released.
Liquid Wastes. The Abatement Subcontractor shall contain and properly dispose
of all liquid waste, including lead- contaminated wash water if not filtered and
drained.
Containers. The Abatement Subcontractor shall HEPA vacuum the exterior of all
waste containers prior to removing the waste containers from the work area and
shall wet wipe the containers to ensure that there is no residual contamination.
Containers should then be moved out of the work area into the designated
storage area.
Solvents. The Abatement Subcontractor shall place solvent residues and
residues from strippers in drums made out of materials that cannot be dissolved
or corroded by chemicals. Solvents will be tested by the Abatement
Subcontractor to determine of they are hazardous. Solvents, caustic, and acid
waste must be segregated and not stored in the same containers.
SOIL REMEDIATION PROCEDURES
A.
Soil Sampling Procedure
1.
B.
Pre- abatement Soil Sampling. In order to establish baseline lead- in- soil
conditions on the site prior to the initiation of exterior lead abatement, soil
samples will be collected.
Post- abatement Soil Sampling
1.
Post-abatement soil samples will be collected at the same building where preabatement soils samples were collected.
2.
If pre-abatement soil samples at any of the ten building locations exceed 1,000
g/g, the Contractor may be required to perform soil excavation and removal at
additional cost as specified in Section 3.10.4.
3.
If pre-abatement soil samples are at or below 1,000 g/g, and post-abatement
soil samples exceed 1,000 g/g, the Contractor will be required to perform soil
excavation and removal at no additional cost as specified in Section 3.10.4 under
Section 3.11 Damages.
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 31
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
C
Excavation and Removal of Contaminated Soil
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
D.
22 AUGUST 2014
Careful excavation will begin with equipment, such as an excavator or backhoe.
Work will continue with hand tools as directed by the Consultant. Careful
handling of soil with hand tools shall be employed in order to avoid damaging the
structure and to minimize waste generation.
Excavation to a depth of two (2) inches will take place within the area identified
by the Consultant.
Excavation will be performed with care to protect structures, utilities, sidewalks,
pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by equipment,
contaminated soil, and other hazards created by operations.
Excavated soils will be placed in a pre- designated area on six (6) mil
polyethylene roll sheeting and covered with the same material.
Proper protective measures will be taken to prevent human exposure to
excavated soils. Protective measures shall include installation of construction
fencing around excavated soil and staking or weighting polyethylene sheeting to
prevent wind or precipitation damage.
Careful removal of contaminated soil will begin with equipment, such as an
excavator or pay loader. Work will continue until all contaminated soil is removed
from the area outlined on the site plan to the specified depth.
Appropriate worker protection practices shall be followed as specified in OSHA
Regulations.
Laboratory Testing for Lead in Soil
1.
Pre-abatement and post abatement soil lead analysis will be performed. EPA
protocols for soil sampling will be followed.
END OF SECTION 02095
GENERAL LEAD ABATEMENT
02095 - 32
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REFERENCES
SCOPE: Provide roof access ladders, stairway assembly, pipe railings, and miscellaneous metal
work shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper
installation.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures."
Shop Drawings
Fabrication drawings of steel assemblies
Submit fabrication drawings showing layout(s), connections to structural system, and
anchoring details as specified in AISC S303.
Submit templates, erection and installation drawings indicating thickness, type, grade, class
of metal, and dimensions. Show construction details, reinforcement, anchorage, and
installation with relation to the building construction.
Certificates
Primer certificate for painted surfaces
1.02.3.1 Certificate
Submit a certificate from the manufacturer stating that the primer conforms to requirements of FS TTP-664 where painting is required. Certify that the product has been tested and approved for inclusion
in the Qualified Products List (QPL).
1.03 QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS
Qualify welders in accordance with AWS D1.1 using procedures, materials, and equipment of the type
required for the work.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
Protect from corrosion, deformation, and other types of damage. Store items in an enclosed area free
from contact with soil and weather. Remove and replace damaged items with new items.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
2.01.1 Structural Carbon Steel
ASTM A 36/A 36M.
2.01.2 Structural Tubing
ASTM A 500.
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500-PAGE 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
2.01.3 Steel Pipe
ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B.
2.01.4 Fittings for Steel Pipe
Standard malleable iron fittings ASTM A 47M.
2.01.7 Anchors Bolts
ASTM A 307. Where exposed, shall be of the same material, color, and finish as the metal to which
applied.
2.01.7.1 Expansion Anchors
FS FF-S-325, of group II, type 4, class 1. Provide embeddment required by manufacturer.
2.01.7.2 Lag Screws and Bolts
ANSI B18.2.1, type and grade best suited for the purpose.
2.01.7.3 Toggle Bolts
ANSI B18.2.1.
2.1.7.4 Bolts, Nuts, Studs and Rivets
ASME/ANSI B18.2.2 and ASTM A 687 or ASTM A 307.
2.01.7.5 Powder Driven Fasteners
Follow safety provisions of ANSI A10.3.
2.01.7.6 Screws
ANSI B18.2.1, ANSI B18.6.2, and ANSI B18.6.3.
2.01.7.7 Washers
Provide plain washers to conform to ANSI B18.22.1. Provide beveled washers for American Standard
beams and channels, square or rectangular, tapered in thickness, and smooth. Provide lock washers
to conform to ANSI B18.21.1.
2.01.8 Aluminum Alloy Products
Conform to ASTM B 209 for sheet plate, ASTM B 221 for extrusions and ASTM B 26/B 26M or ASTM
B 108 for castings, as applicable. Provide aluminum extrusions at least 3 mm (1/8-inch) thick and
aluminum plate or sheet at least 1.3 mm (0.050-inch) thick.
2.02 FABRICATION FINISHES
Hot-dip galvanize items specified to be zinc-coated, after fabrication where practicable. Galvanizing:
ASTM A 123, ASTM A 153 or ASTM A 525 Z275 (G-90), as applicable.
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500-PAGE 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
2.02.2 Galvanize
Anchor bolts, grating fasteners, washers, and parts or devices necessary for proper installation, unless
indicated otherwise.
2.02.3 Repair of Zinc-Coated Surfaces
Repair damaged surfaces with galvanizing repair method and paint conforming to ASTM A 780 or by
the application of stick or thick paste material specifically designed for repair of galvanizing, as
approved by owners representative. Clean areas to be repaired and remove the slag from the welds.
Heat surfaces to which stick or paste material is applied, with a torch to a temperature sufficient to melt
the metallics in stick or paste; spread the molten material uniformly over surfaces to be coated and
wipe the excess material off.
2.02.4 Shop Cleaning and Painting
2.02.4.1 Surface Preparation
Blast clean surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP 6. Surfaces that will be exposed in spaces above
ceiling or in attic spaces, crawl spaces, furred spaces, and chases may be cleaned in accordance with
SSPC SP 3 in lieu of being blast cleaned. Wash cleaned surfaces which become contaminated with
rust, dirt, oil, grease, or other contaminants with solvents until thoroughly clean. Steel to be embedded
in concrete shall be free of dirt and grease. Do not paint or galvanize bearing surfaces, including
contact surfaces within friction-type joints, but coat with rust preventative applied in the shop.
2.02.4.2 Pretreatment, Priming and Painting
Apply pretreatment, primer, and paint in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. On
surfaces concealed in the finished construction or not accessible for finish painting, apply an additional
prime coat to a minimum dry film thickness of 0.03 mm (1.0 mil). Tint additional prime coat with a small
amount of tinting pigment.
2.02.5 Nonferrous Metal Surfaces
Protect by plating, anodic, or organic coatings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
Install items at locations indicated, according to manufacturer's instructions.
A.
General:
1.
Set work accurately into position, plumb, level, true, and free from rack.
2.
Anchor firmly into position.
3.
Where field welding is required, comply with AWS recommended procedures of
manual-shielded metal-arc welding for appearance and quality of weld and for
methods to be used in correction welding work.
4.
Grind exposed welds smooth, and touch up shop prime coats.
3.02 ANCHORAGE, FASTENINGS, AND CONNECTIONS
Provide anchorage where necessary for fastening miscellaneous metal items securely in place.
Include for anchorage not otherwise specified or indicated slotted inserts, expansion shields, and
powder-driven fasteners, when approved for concrete; toggle bolts and through bolts for masonry;
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500-PAGE 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
machine and carriage bolts for steel; through bolts, lag bolts, and screws for wood. Do not use wood
plugs in any material. Provide non-ferrous attachments for non-ferrous metal. Make exposed
fastenings of compatible materials, generally matching in color and finish, to which fastenings are
applied. Conceal fastenings where practicable.
3.03 BUILT-IN-WORK
Form for anchorage metal work built-in with concrete or masonry, or provide with suitable anchoring
devices as indicated or as required. Furnish metal work in ample time for securing in place as the
work progresses.
3.04 WELDING
Perform welding, welding inspection, and corrective welding, in accordance with AWS D1.1. Use
continuous welds on all exposed connections. Grind visible welds smooth in the finished installation.
3.05 FINISHES
3.05.1 Dissimilar Materials
Where dissimilar metals are in contact, protect surfaces with a coat conforming to FS TT-P-664 to
prevent galvanic or corrosive action. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete, mortar, masonry,
wood, or absorptive materials subject to wetting, protect with ASTM D 1187, asphalt-base emulsion.
3.05.2 Field Preparation
Remove rust preventive coating just prior to field erection, using a remover approved by the rust
preventive manufacturer. Surfaces, when assembled, shall be free of rust, grease, dirt and other
foreign matter.
3.05.3 Environmental Conditions
Do not clean or paint surface when damp or exposed to foggy or rainy weather, when metallic surface
temperature is less than 5 degrees F above the dew point of the surrounding air, or when surface
temperature is below 45 degrees F or over 95 degrees F, unless approved by NEXCOM.
END OF SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500-PAGE 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 06100 – ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.02
Wood decking.
Wood blocking, cants and nailers.
Wood furring.
Wood sleepers.
Structural sheathing.
Wood fascia.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product.
B.
Include data for wood-preservative and fire-retardant treatment (when applicable) from chemical
treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with
requirements.
C.
Sheathing type and grade for each application.
D.
Lumber grade and species for each application.
E.
Manufacturer’s installation requirements and recommendations, and maintenance instructions.
F.
Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building code in
effect for Project:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.03
Engineered wood products.
Power-driven fasteners.
Powder-actuated fasteners.
Expansion anchors.
Metal framing anchors.
Other hardware
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installation shall be performed only by workers thoroughly skilled and specially trained in the
techniques of wood framed construction.
B.
Conform with the 2010 California Building Code (CBC), based on the 2009 International
Building Code.
C.
Conform with the 2005 National Design Specification (NDS) for Wood Construction and the
Supplement to the 2005 Edition, by the American Forest & Paper Association (AF&PA).
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A.
WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
Lumber: Per DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated.
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Engineered Wood Products: Provide engineered wood products acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that
show compliance with building code in effect for Project.
1.
2.02
A.
WCLIB or WWPA grading agency, approved by the ALSC Board of Review.
Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
Douglas Fir-Larch (DF), unless specifically noted otherwise. (Note that Hem-Firm,
Douglas Fir-Larch-North, Douglas Fir-South, and Pines are NOT allowed for structural
framing.)
Allowable Design Stresses: Provide engineered wood products with allowable design
stresses, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated.
Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational
engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a
qualified independent testing agency.
WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED LUMBER
Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process, shall conform to AWPA Standards. Additionally:
1.
2.
3.
ACQ-treated wood, or approved equal, shall be used except where borate-treated wood
is allowed.
Borate-treated wood may be used for interior dry conditions (such as a sill plate or ledger
on a wall that will be covered and weatherproofed). Borate-treated wood may not be
used where it may come into contact with soil, moisture or liquid water.
Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no
arsenic or chromium.
B.
Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 14 percent.
C.
Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board
of Review.
D.
Application: Treat items indicated on the construction documents, and the following:
1.
2.
3.
2.03
A.
Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar
members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.
Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, and similar concealed members in contact with
masonry or concrete.
Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below-grade exterior masonry
or concrete walls.
FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS
General: Use where indicated on the construction documents.
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
2.04
22 AUGUST 2014
Comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27
(plywood).
Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated.
Use Interior Type A, High Temperature (HT) for enclosed roof framing, framing in attic
spaces, and where indicated.
Use Interior Type A, unless otherwise indicated.
Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
WOOD FASCIA & DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING
A.
Maximum Moisture Content: 19 percent, except where kiln-dried or other moisture content is
indicated.
B.
Lumber grades shall be as indicated on the construction documents, minimum as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
2.05
Wood Fascia No. 2 or better architectural grade pre-primed spruce
1x, 2x and 3x:
No. 2
4x4:
No. 2
4x6 and larger:
No. 1
6x and larger:
No. 1
Wood fascia & exposed framing: Provide material hand-selected for uniformity of appearance
and freedom from characteristics, on exposed surfaces and edges, that would impair finish
appearance, including decay, honeycomb, knot-holes, shake, splits, torn grain, and wane. Use
Species and Grade as indicated above for structural framing of same type. Use No. 2 or better
architectural grade pre-primed spruce for fascia wood.
SHEATHING
A.
Shall be APA rated, conforming to IBC Standard 23-2 or 23-3. Also refer to the drawings.
B.
Minimum thickness is per the drawings.
C.
Panel Index (PI) or “Roof/Floor span rating” is per the drawings, however it shall not be less
than the following when not supported by 1x diagonal sheathing boards or 2 X sheathing
boards.
1.
2.
D.
Where sheathing may be subjected to repeated wetting and redrying or long-term exposure to
weather or similar conditions:
1.
E.
40/20 for floor sheathing.
24/0 for roof sheathing.
“Exterior Plywood” – Grade C-C or Structural 1 C-C with exterior glue, per PS 1-95
standard.
Where sheathing will not be subjected to repeated wetting and redrying or long-term exposure
to weather or similar conditions use minimum Grade C-C Structural 1 with exterior glue or
Structural Oriented Strand Bond (OSB) with exterior glue.
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
F.
2.06
A.
Where “Structural 1” (or “Struct 1” or “ST1”) is required per the plans, use Grade Structural 1
sheathing per either PS 1-95 or PS 2-04
MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other
construction, including the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
2.07
A.
Blocking.
Nailers.
Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs, unless prefabricated metal units are
installed that do not require wood base or curbs (except for blocking between framing).
Cants.
Furring.
For items of dimension lumber size, provide Stud or No. 2 or better grade lumber with 19
percent maximum moisture content; Douglas Fir-Larch; WCLIB or WWPA.
FASTENERS
General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified.
1.
2.
B.
22 AUGUST 2014
For wood fascia or where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact,
pressure-preservative treated, fire-retardant-treated, or in area of high relative humidity,
provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coated galvanized steel or of Type 304 stainless steel.
Nails: provide common wire nails as indicated in the Nailing Schedule (Table 23-II-B-1 of
the 2010 CBC) and per the drawings.
Nails:
1.
2.
3.
4.
ASTM F1667
“Common” refers to common steel wire nails or spikes. “Sinker” refers to steel sinker
nails. “Box” refers to steel box nails.
Lengths of nails shall be sufficient to provide at least 10 diameters embedment into the
main member, except that when attaching sheathing, minimum embedment into main
member shall be 1-5/8” for 10d nails or 1-1/2” for 8d nails.
Conform with the following diameters [per NDS], unless noted otherwise on the drawings:
a.
20d Common:
0.192”
b.
20d Sinker:
0.177”
c.
20d Box:
0.148”
d.
16d Common:
0.162”
e.
16d Sinker:
0.148”
f.
16d Box:
0.135”
g.
10d Common:
0.148”
h.
10d Sinker:
0.120”
i.
10d Box:
0.128”
j.
8d Common:
0.131”
k.
8d Sinker:
0.113”
l.
8d Box:
0.113”
C.
Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272.
D.
Powder-Actuated Fasteners (or “Shot Pins”):
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
E.
2.08
A.
22 AUGUST 2014
Shall be by Hilti Inc., Simpson Strong-Tie Co., or approved equal.
Product and fabrication shall be per the manufacturer’s respective ICC evaluation report:
ESR-1663 for Hilti, ER-4546 for Simpson, or other for approved equal.
Shank diameter shall be 0.145" min., with a min. 3/4” diam. washer, and with adequate
length to provide minimum required embedment.
Shot-Pins are NOT allowed for anchoring of bearing walls or shearwalls.
Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A307 with ASTM A563 hex nuts and flat washers.
Plate washers conforming to ASTM A36 are required where indicated on the drawings.
METAL FRAMING ANCHORS
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
Simpson Strong-Tie Co.
KC Metals Products, Inc.
USP Structural Connectors.
B.
Allowable Design Loads: Simpson Strong-Tie Co. products were used as the basis of design.
Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer and ICC evaluation
report, that meet or exceed those by Simpson Strong-Tie Co. Manufacturer's published values
shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated
by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency.
C.
Galvanized Steel Sheet: Zinc-coated complying with ASTM A653, minimum G60 coating.
D.
Connectors exposed to weather or soil shall have minimum G185 factory galvanized coating or
shall be post hot-dip galvanized or shall be stainless steel
2.09
A.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL
Where steel plates, sections, fabricated connectors or other miscellaneous steel elements are
shown in the drawings or otherwise required in the project, provide as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Conform to requirements of ASTM and fabricate according to AISC and AWS standards.
Special inspection of welding is required.
ASTM A36 or Type 304 Stainless Steel
Steel that is exposed to weather, moisture, or soil must be hot dip galvanized or of
stainless steel.
Bolt holes shall be AISC “standard holes.” Do not oversize or slot.
Finishes are per the Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A.
INSTALLATION
General Requirements:
1.
Fabricate, size, install, connect, fasten, bore, notch, and cut wood and sheathing with
joints true, tight, and well-nailed, screwed or bolted as required; members to have solid
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
bearing without being shimmed, unless noted otherwise. Set horizontal members subject
to bending with the crown up. Install framing plumb, square, true and cut for full bearing.
Splices are not permitted between bearings. Use full lengths unless otherwise specified.
Notching, drilling, splicing, or cutting of any structural member is not permitted without
prior approval. Reinforce or replace wood framing members damaged by erroneous
cutting as directed by the engineer. Whenever necessary to avoid splitting, sub-drill for
nails and screws with the diameter of the hole smaller than that of nails or screws.
Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit.
Perform cutting for other trades under the direction of trade involved. Locate furring,
nailers, blocking, ledgers, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching
other construction.
Do not splice structural members between supports, unless otherwise indicated.
Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as
indicated on the construction documents.
Unless otherwise indicated, comply with 2010 CBC (2009 IBC) details for conventional
wood frame construction.
Conform with the Nailing Schedule (Table 23-II-B-1 of the 2010 CBC) per the drawings.
Sheathing:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
22 AUGUST 2014
Nail as specified on the plans with perimeter nails not closer than ½” from the edges. Do
not overdrive nails through the face grain.
Install with the face grain across supports, end supports staggered and the edges of
sheets centered over supports. Provide minimum 2x thick blocking of the same depth as
the joists or 3x4 flat blocking under all plywood edges, except that full-depth blocking is
required under walls.
Where new sheathing is installed over existing 1x diagonal sheathing, sheets need to be
staggered; attach new sheathing with full length common nails through the 1x diagonal
sheathing into the solid framing and blocking underneath at all edges and at field nailing.
Provide cant strips and saddles where shown or necessary to pitch water to drain.
Sheathing installation shall conform to APA recommendations.
Use of machine nailing is subject to a satisfactory jobsite demonstration and the approval
of the project Owner or Owner’s Representative, Architect, or Structural Engineer. The
approval is subject to continued satisfactory performance. Machine nailing is not allowed
for 5/16” or thinner sheathing. If the nail heads penetrate the outer ply by more than
would be normal for a hand-held hammer, or if minimum allowed edge distances are not
maintained, the performance will be deemed unsatisfactory and machine nailing shall be
discontinued.
Fasteners:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Lag Screws: Install with the base of the head flush with the surface of the connected
member. Bore lead holes approximately ¾ of diameter and same depth as shank (except
when not required by the manufacturer, such as for Simpson SDS Screws). Provide a
standard washer under the head of the lag when bearing upon wood. Install by using a
wrench, not by driving with a hammer. Soap or other lubricant shall be used on the lag
screws or in the lead holes to facilitate insertion and prevent damage to the lag screws.
Bolts: Drill bolt holes 1/32" to 1/16" larger than bolt diameter such that bolts fit tight.
Provide standard washers under the heads and nuts when bearing upon wood. Holdown
bolts shall be torqued tight just prior to covering the wall. The inspector shall verify that
bolts are installed tight.
Powder-Actuated Fasteners (or “Shot Pins”):
May be used for attachment of
miscellaneous furring, framing, and interior non-bearing walls to concrete or masonry.
Install with minimum 1¼” embedment, unless noted otherwise.
Nails shall not be driven closer together than ½ their length nor closer to the edge or end
of lumber than ¼ their length (except for sheathing). The penetration of nails or spikes
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
into pieces receiving the point shall not be less than ½ the nail length, except that 16d
may be used to connect pieces of 2x. Use “common” nails unless noted otherwise.
D.
Metal Framing Anchors:
1.
2.
3.
4.
E.
Install metal framing to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and the applicable
ICC evaluation report.
Provide the type of nails specified by the manufacturer and fully drive nails into all holes
of the connector unless noted otherwise on plans.
Where A35 or LTP4 clips are placed directly against the framing, 1-1/2” long nails are
acceptable (per manuf. specs.); where clips are placed over plywood, use full-length
common nails through plywood into framing (per manuf. specs.).
Use LTP5 connectors in lieu of LTP4 connectors when all nails in the LTP4 can not be
driven into solid wood framing.
Comply with AWPA requirements for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservativetreated lumber.
END OF SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 7
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 07536 - PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Roof surface examination.
B
Materials removal.
C.
Temporary protection.
D.
Field quality control.
E.
Schedules.
1.02
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Quality Control Section.
B.
Carpentry Section.
C.
Section 07536 - Modified Bitumen Roofing.
D.
Section 9910 - Painting
1.03
DESCRIPTION
A.
All Roof Areas: Remove roof membrane, existing perimeter flashings, base flashings,
counterflashings, vent stack flashings, vapor retarder, roof mounted mechanical equipment, and
other items as identified on project drawings and as required for re-roofing operations.
B.
Perform carpentry, curb modifications and wood deck repairs as identified in Carpentry Section.
1.04
QUALIFICATIONS
Materials Removal Firm: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with
minimum three years documented experience.
1.05
SUBMITTALS
Provide plan showing proposed tear off and reroof sequence.
PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING
07536 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.06
22 AUGUST 2014
PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
The prime contractor and all subcontractors shall attend pre-construction conference scheduled
by COR (Contracting Officer’s Representative) and as identified in Section 07552.
1.07
ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Do not remove existing roofing membrane when weather conditions threaten the integrity of
the building contents or intended continued occupancy.
B.
Maintain continuous temporary protection prior to and during installation of new roofing system.
C.
Dispose of all tear off materials in accordance with local, State and Federal regulations.
1.08
SCHEDULING
A.
Schedule work under the provisions of General Requirements Section.
B.
Schedule work to coincide with commencement of installation of new roofing system and
work of other Sections.
C.
Remove only existing roofing membrane materials that can be replaced with new
membrane materials the same day.
D.
Perform all concrete restoration, sawcutting and high pressure water blasting prior to
removal of roofing membrane.
1.09
COORDINATION
Coordinate roofing work with affected mechanical and electrical trades.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS
Temporary Protection: Sheet polyethylene or fiber reinforced plastic tarpaulins; provide
adequate weights to retain sheeting in position.
PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING
07536 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION
Verify that existing roof surface is clean and ready for work of this section.
3.02
MATERIALS REMOVAL
A.
Remove metal counter flashings to permit access to top edge of base flashings.
B.
Remove roofing membrane and materials, perimeter and base flashings, vent flashings,
flashings around roof penetrations. Remove and reinstall mechanical equipment to facilitate
reroofing. Remove all miscellaneous wires (telephone, cable or television) from roof surface.
C.
Remove vapor retarder, sheathing paper, and/or underlayment.
D.
Repair existing wood and concrete deck surfaces to provide smooth working surface to
receive new roof system.
E.
Modify existing curbs as required to provide 8" minimum clearance above finished roof
surface. All new curbs shall meet 8" clearance above roof surface.
F.
Install wood nailers around perimeter of roof decks, at all roof penetrations, high roof ridge,
as shown on project drawings and at all other locations as required by roof membrane
manufacturer.
G.
Prior to installing the roofing material, remove from deck all debris, nails, sharp
objects, dirt, moisture, petro chemical materials or projections which could in any way
damage the insulation and roofing system. Clean sweep roof, remove refuse and
dispose of it off-site.
3.03
TEMPORARY PROTECTION
A.
Provide temporary protective sheeting over uncovered deck surfaces.
B.
Turn sheeting up and over curbing. Retain sheeting in position with weights or temporary
fasteners.
C.
Provide for surface drainage from sheeting to existing drainage facilities.
D.
Do not permit traffic over unprotected or repaired deck surface.
E.
Provide tarpaulin protection of building contents from silting inside of building. Cover any
equipment or materials that could be in direct line of dripping of water or silt from roofing
operations above (i.e. reglet cut).
PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING
07536 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.04
22 AUGUST 2014
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Field inspection will be performed under provisions of General Requirements Section. Deck
inspection will identify the exact condition of existing roof deck and any repair requirements.
Areas repaired will be dimensionally identified on as-built plans.
B.
Contractor shall notify the COR 48 hours in advance of roofing material removal for
individual roof sections, (high roof and/or low roof etc.), as the work progresses, to arrange
for roof deck inspections. Inspections of the existing roof decks will be performed jointly by
the Contractor, COR, and the Construction Inspector.
C.
Examination: Following material removal, the roof decking will be examined for defects
such as portions of old membrane remaining, excessive surface roughness, rust
conditions, structurally unsound materials, and any other adverse condition that will effect
execution of the work, quality, and warranty of the new roof membranes. Verify all flues
will extend 24 inches above finished roof surface.
D.
Any new roofing materials placed prior to the inspection as identified in Items 3.04 B and
C above, will be completely removed at the Contractor's expense. All such materials
removed, shall not be reused in the work without the express written approval of the
Inspector.
3.05
SCHEDULES
Salvageable Items. Any items to be salvaged from buildings shall be designated by COR.
COR will instruct contractor where salvageable items will be stored on site.
END OF SECTION 07536
PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING
07536 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 07552 - SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
SUMMARY OF WORK
Contractor to supply the necessary labor, materials and equipment to provide a Class B,
"Cool Roof" roofing system at the roof area as specified herein. Work shall include, but is
not limited to, the following:
1. Remove and dispose of existing roofing system. Repair approximately 10% or
approximately 3,300 S.F. of damaged wood deck as directed by Contracting Officer’s
Representative (COR). Actual quantities may vary and payment shall be made for the
actual square feet of repaired deck, based on square foot costs submitted in the bid.
2. Install a new 2-ply SBS modified bitumen roof system with mineral surfaced cap sheet,
torch applied, over 1/4 inch dens-deck board (primed with asphalt primer), adhesive
fastened over 11/2 inch polyisocyanurate insulation or as indicated at tapered
insulation, mechanically fastened over new 3/8” plywood deck over the existing tongue
and groove roof, plywood or 1X sheathed deck. New roofing membrane shall then be
coated with a 2 part acrylic coating (32 Mil. DFT min.) conforming to "Cool Roof"
program. 20 year No Dollar Limit (NDL) warranty shall cover complete assembly,
including insulation, insulation adherent, and roofing. Coating materials shall have 7
year minimum warranty.
Install roofing without insulation over lower canopy overhang tops over primed dens
deck over new3/8” plywood over existing 1 x T&G decking.
3. Install SBS modified base flashing systems. Install new vent flues, vent flashings and
type "B" vent caps as required for code compliance. Vent caps shall be installed at
height required by latest edition of California Mechanical Code (CMC). Contractor
shall modify/install vents, ducts and equipment curbs to maintain a minimum 8" curb
height above finished roof surface. Install tapered insulation crickets at all roof curbs
& walls at roofing edges.
4. Contractor shall modify or install all utilities and ducting as required to perform work
described in this section and on project drawings.
1.02
PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION
A.
Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry.
B.
Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.
1.03
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry.
B.
Section 07565 - Preparation for Re-Roofing.
C.
Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: New reglet and flashing.
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.04
22 AUGUST 2014
REFERENCES
A.
ASTM C165 - Test Method for Measuring Compressive Properties of Thermal
Insulations.
B.
ASTM C177 - Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of
the Guarded Hot Plate.
C.
ASTM C203 - Test Methods for Breaking Load and Flexural Properties of BlockType Thermal Insulation.
D.
ASTM D1622 - Density, Overall.
E.
ASTM D41 - Asphalt Primer.
F.
ASTM D4586 Type 1 - SBS Asphalt Roof Cement (Asbestos Free).
G.
ASTM D5147-91 - Testing Modified Bituminous Sheet Material.
H.
FM (Factory Mutual) - Roof Assembly Classifications.
I.
NRCA (National Roofing Contractors Association) - Roofing and Waterproofing
Manual.
J.
UL (Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.) - Fire Hazard Classifications.
K.
California Building Code, 2001 Edition.
L.
ASTM Standard ASTM D-6162: Standard Specification for SBS Modified Bituminous Sheet
Materials Using a Combination of Polyester and Glass Fiber Reinforcements.
M. ASTM Standard for Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep
Roofing Underlayment
1.05
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit product data for all materials used in the work for this project under provisions
of General Requirements Section.
B.
Shop Drawings: Indicate setting plan for densdeck board and polyisocyanurate
insulation, mechanical fastener and aehesive type and layout, joint and termination
detail conditions, conditions of interface with vents and other materials, curb
modification details, flashing details and deck repair.
C.
Product Data: Provide data indicating membrane and bitumen materials, base flashing
materials, fastener or adhesive materials, polyisocyanurate insulation, protective covering
and decking. Submit one 6" x 6" sample of roof SBS cap sheet, SBS interply,
polyisocyanurate insulation, densdeck and SBS base flashing materials to Architect. Submit
one (1) of each type of mechanical fastener to Architect.
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
D.
Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Install roofing materials in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions. See item 3.06 E-2 below.
E.
Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that Products meet or exceed all ASTM, UL, FM and
government requirements specified in Items 1.04 and 1.08.
F.
Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit under provisions of General Requirements Section.
Indicate procedures to be followed.
G.
Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit copy of proposed warranty in accordance with
Paragraph 1.13.
1.06
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Maintain copies of each document on site, in accordance with General
Requirements Section.
B.
Perform Work in accordance with NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual, SMACNA
Sheet Metal Fabrication Manual, manufacturer's instructions, the drawings and
specifications contained herein. Where the cited references contain more than one detail
for a specific purpose, the most stringent condition shall govern.
C.
Roof Coating Manufacturer's representative and COR (Contracting Officer’s
Representative) shall jointly inspect the finished coating system to resolve any deficiency
issues prior to project close out.
1.07
A.
QUALIFICATIONS
Contractor/Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with
minimum five years documented experience and two years documented experience with
specified materials. Contractor/Applicator shall provide a certificate issued by the roofing
system manufacturer stating that the contractor/applicator has successfully installed a
minimum of 500 squares of the proposed manufacturer's system and that the same 500
squares are currently under warranty issued by the roofing system manufacturer.
Certification shall be presented with the contractor's bid package. Failure to provide this
certification at the time of the bid opening may be grounds for bid rejection.
1. Manufacturer shall meet with designated COR representatives prior to the start of the job
to inspect the site and clarify any questions that might arise. Provide a work-in-progress
inspection at beginning of work, 50%, and at completion of the work. Promptly conduct a
final inspection, to certify that materials installed comply in all respects with the
requirements of this specification; and were installed in strict accordance with
manufacturer's current requirements for the specified system.
B
1 08
A.
Manufacturer Qualification: Roofing manufacturer shall own and operate their own
manufacturing facility for SBS Modified Bitumen roofing membrane. Roofing membranes
supplied under a private label agreement are not acceptable. Roofing manufacturer shall
submit a letter from their CPA firm confirming compliance with this requirement.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
Manufacturer shall submit proof of the following tests and agency requirements:
1. UL: Class B Fire Hazard Classification. Material shall pass this test without the use
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
of a mineral surface covering.
2. FM: Roof Insulation Assembly Classification, wind uplift requirement of I90, in
accordance with FM Construction Bulletin 1-28.
1.09
PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A.
Convene one week prior to commencing work of this section.
B.
Review requirements for preparation and installation procedures, coordinating and
scheduling required with related work and conditions which could possibly interfere
with successful performance of the work.
C.
Require Manufacturer's Technical Representative to participate in the conference.
1.10
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver, store, protect and handle products in accordance with provisions of
General Requirements Section.
B.
Roofing material shall be delivered to job-site in new, dry manufacturers original
unopened containers with seals and labels intact, clearly showing catalog number,
product description approved inspection agency label, where and by whom manufactured
and in quantities sufficient to assure continuous work.
C.
Store rolled goods on end on pallet supports. Do not double stack membrane.
Maintain aisle space between stacks to facilitate fire suppression. Discard any
flattened roll goods.
D.
Do not overload structure with building materials. Do not store materials on finished roof
membrane.
E.
Protect insulation from direct exposure to sunlight and moisture.
F.
Assure that materials are kept clean, and away from excessive heat, cold and moisture; do
not remove labels or tear off protective covering until ready for application and inspected by
ECI representative; store in an enclosed area where temperature is above 50 degrees and
below 90 degrees Fahrenheit, securely tied with rope. Material shall not be stored directly on
the ground or any improved surface.
1.11
ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Do not apply roofing membrane during unsuitable weather when ambient temperature is
below 50 degrees F.
B.
Maintain roofing felts above 40 degrees F. for 24 hours prior to application.
C.
Do not apply roofing membrane to damp or frozen deck surface or when precipitation is
present (rain, mist, dew, frost and or snow).
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
D.
1.12
22 AUGUST 2014
Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than
can be weatherproofed the same day.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate the work of this section with installation of associated counter flashings
installed by other sections as the work proceeds.
B.
Work shall not begin until other trade work required ahead of membrane application is
completed.
1.13
WARRANTY
A.
Provide fiver year applicators performance warranty, which shall cover poor workmanship
and defective materials and repair or replacement of same at no cost to the Government.
Blistering and buckling shall be covered by this warranty. All such deficiencies identified by
owner or manufacturer even if they have not resulted in leaks shall be fixed at contractors
expense. Contractor’s warranty shall cover all peeling, flaking and cracking in the coating
too.
B.
Provide 20 year manufacturers Non-prorated, No Dollar Limit (NDL), No Penal Sum (NPS)
warranty. Warranty shall cover leaks due to defective material and poor workmanship, and
damage to roofing system resulting from failure of roof membrane system to provide a
water tight system. Manufacturer’s Maintenance Agreement: Manufacturer shall inspect
the building every three-years for duration of the warranty period. The purpose of the
inspection is to prepare a report on the condition of the roof and any areas, which has not
been maintained. A comprehensive report should be prepared (digital and printed format),
describing the condition of the roof. The report should alert the owners to any areas that
require maintenance. Manufacturer shall make repairs identified in the report and by the
owner. All these repairs shall be done at no charge to the owner, even if they have not
resulted in leaks. The following are some of the example of the areas, which needs to be
repaired on the roof by the manufacturer through out the warranty period: Granule loss,
loose flashing, dried out mastic or caulking, blisters, loose flashing, mud cracking. Any
damage to roofing membrane due to natural disasters including but not limited to
earthquake and hail damage are excluded from maintenance agreement and will be paid
by owner.
C.
Warranty shall be submitted under provisions of General Requirements Section.
D.
Coating Manufacturer: Coating manufacturer shall issue a 7-year warranty against
peeling, flaking and cracking. The same company supplying and warranting the
roofing membrane shall supply and issue the coating warranty too.
1.14
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Contractor shall comply with all building and safety codes and shall report any non
compliance of these specifications or manufactured installation procedures to roof
manufacturer's representative prior to beginning work.
B.
Safety standards set forth by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) shall be maintained and followed by the Contractor, Sub Contractor(s) and
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
work crews at all times.
C.
Contractor shall comply with the California Fire Code, 2001 Edition. There shall be at
least four fire extinguishers of a minimum 20 BC classification, located within the work
area.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A.
MEMBRANE MATERIAL
Manufacturers - Dual reinforced (polyester and fiberglass) membrane materials
installed (Torched) over Dens-Deck board over insulation:
1. MB Technology I2T-FGFT160CWH
2. Other approved system manufacturers are: Garl and. Alternate systems must be
approved by the Military Department. The assembly (base and cap) shall weigh a
minimum weight of 230 lbs. / sq. and a minimum thickness of 288 mils.
B
Roofing Membrane System: SBS base, SBS interply, SBS mineral surface cap sheet,
edge and base flashings shall be produced by the same manufacturer. All components
shall be SBS Modified meeting the following characteristics:
1. SBS modified base shall be applied where there is no insulation over deck
and system is being applied direct over wood or lightweight concrete.
Membrane shall meet requirements of ASTM D 4601-91, Type II approved
membranes are as follows:
MBTechnology
Modifier:
Weight
Tensile @ Room Temp
layflat SBS LF40
SBS Modified
Minimum of 40 lbs/ 100 square feet
44 lbs/ in
2. SBS Torch Interply Sheet: M.B. Technology FT160CSA.
a. Thickness: 140 mils min. + 10%
b. Average Weight: 114 lbs/sq min.
c. Reinforcement: Dual Reinforced.
d. Comply with ASTM D6162 Type I-S
3. SBS Mineral Surfaced Cap & Flashing Sheet: M.B. Technology FGFT160CWH.
a. Thickness: 170 mils min. + 10%
b. Reinforcement: Dual Reinforced.
c. Average Weight: 116 lbs/sq min.
d. Top Surface: Mineral Granules.
e. Comply with ASTM D6162 Type I-G
4. SBS Backer Sheet For Flashing Construction: M.B. Technology
SA65S
a. Thickness: 65 mils min. + 10%
b. Reinforcement: Fiberglass .
c. Average Weight: 32 lbs/sq min.
d. Top Surface: Smooth .
e. Comply with ASTM D 1970
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
f.
C.
22 AUGUST 2014
Application self adhesive
Roof Coating: Roofing Material Manufacturer's recommended coating that offers 7
year minimum warranty.
1. Manufacturers: Complying with California "coolroof" criteria. Materials shall be labeled
and EPA/DOE Energy Star Product. CO24 Base and Top by MBTechnology, Pyramic
By Garland or Approved Equal.
2. Primer: #220AF emulsion roof coating or approved equal conforming to ASTM D-1227
Type II, Class 1; SS-R-1781 (except asbestos free) and MIL-R-3472A (except asbestos
free).
3. Finish Coating: #501 elasto-brite co-polymer elastomeric emulsion exterior protective
coating or approved equal.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
2.02
Color: White
Solid by Weight: 59%
Solids by Volume: 50%
Hardness Shore A: 70
Elongation: 300%
Tensile Strength: 350 psi
Permeability: 1.5
BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
A.
Asphalt Primer: ASTM D41.
B.
Modified Asphalt Roof Cement: ASTM D4586 (Type I Asbestos Free) - Elastomeric
mastic. Acceptable manufacturers - Gibson Homan, Pro's Choice 1010 or approved
equal.
2.03 INSULATION / DENS-DECK
A.
Manufacturers:
1. Apache
2. Firestone
3. Manville
4. Georgia Pacific
B. Polyisocyanurate Insulation - Uniform 1-1/2" thickness. Insulation is authorized as per
following characteristics:
1. Insulation shall be ASTM D1622, ASTM D1621, ASTM E84, ASTM E96, ASTM C209 and
ASTM D2126.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Thickness 1.5 inch or tapered
Density 2.0 lb/cu ft
Size 24 x 48 inches min.
Compressive Strength 20 psi minimum per ASTM D1621
Flame Spread 25 or less
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 7
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
f.
22 AUGUST 2014
Smoke Developed 55-215
C. Dens-Deck
Gypsum board is authorized as per following characteristics:
1. Gypsum Board shall be ASTM E84 and ASTM E136.
a.
b.
c.
2.04
Thickness 1/2 inch primed
Density 52.8 lb/cu ft
Size 48 x 96 inches min.
CANTS
Perlite Cant and Tapered Edge Strips: ASTM C 728-91, Asphalt impregnated perlite.
Cants shall be preformed to 45 degree angle with a 4" vertical leg, and 4" horizontal leg,
unless noted otherwise.
2.05
ACCESSORIES
A.
Metal discs: Shall be flat discs or caps of zinc coated sheet metal not lighter than 28 gauge
and not less than 1-3/8 inches in diameter. Discs shall be formed to prevent dishing. Bell or
cup-shaped caps are not acceptable. Minimum withdraw resistance of nails or fasteners
shall be as required to obtain a Factory Mutual I90 wind uplift rating.
B.
Plumbing Vents and Penetration Flashing: Shall meet or exceed ASTM-B29, 4 lb. sheet
lead.
C.
Base Flashing Nails: Nails shall-be of galvanized steel, except that hard copper nails
shall be used with copper: aluminum or stainless steel nails shall be used with stainless
steel. Nails and fasteners shall be flush driven through flat metal discs of not less than 13/8 inch diameter. Metal discs may be omitted when one piece composite nails or
fasteners with heads not less than one inch diameter are used. Unless other wise
specified, minimum withdraw resistance of nails or approved fasteners shall be 40
pounds each in the specific decks, when driven.
D.
Caulking Sealant: ASTM C-920, shall consist of a single component, high
performance, elastomeric sealant. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. Flexible Seal by AC Products, Inc., Placentia, CA.
2. Sonolastic NP 1 by Sonneborn Building Products, Minneapolis, MN.
3. Other products must be approved in writing by the Project Inspector prior to
application.
E.
Parapet Wrap or Stucco Flashing: W.R. Grace, Bituthene or equal as approved by
roofing system manufacturer.
F.
Adhesive to fasten the insulation and protection board shall be Olybond 500 by
OMG.
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 8
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
G.
22 AUGUST 2014
Traffic Pad: Shall be manufactured with recycled tire with a minimum thickness of 1/2" and
supplied by same company issuing the roofing warranty. Approved walk pads are
MBTechnology's WT-3x4 or approved equal. Use Chemlink M1 adhesive or equal to adhere the
walk pad to roof surfacing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION
A.
Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work.
B.
Verify deck is supported and secured.
C.
Verify deck is clean and smooth, flat, free of depressions, waves, or projections, properly
sloped towards gutters and ready for installation of roof system. If depressions are
discovered, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to add roofing interplies, as
required, to provide proper drainage.
D.
Verify deck surfaces are dry and free of debris.
E.
Confirm dry deck with moisture meter at 19% moisture maximum.
F.
Verify adjacent concrete roof members do not vary more than 1/4 inch in height. Verify
grout keys are filled flush.
G.
Verify adjacent decks do not vary more than 1/4". Add taper board to adjust variances and
provide for smooth deck transition.
H.
Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, conduit, sleeves, ducts, vents and flues through roof
deck are solidly set, modified as required and new cant strips, pressure treated wood
nailers and reglets are in place.
I.
Verify that wood deck has been repaired in accordance with Carpentry
Section.
J.
Verify that roof decking has been inspected in accordance with Section 07565.
3.02
WORKMANSHIP
A. All roofing work shall be accomplished with a foreman and laborers who are thoroughly
skilled in the application of specified materials; with all workmanship done in such a
manner as to fulfill the requirements of the drawings and specifications.
B
Any specific directions furnished by manufacturer, in writing, on company letterhead, and as
published in the manufacturer's manual for built-up roofing systems, regarding the
application of roofing materials shall be faithfully followed.
C. All deviations from the manufacturer's published instructions shall be secured in writing on
company letterhead from the manufacturer's representative prior to beginning work.
D. The Contractor shall supervise installation of and be responsible for, seeing that roof
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 9
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
mechanical and electrical equipment, and other work is properly set and roof membrane is
not damaged; make roof and flashing repairs as necessary; advise Government Inspector,
General Contractor, and/or Contracting Officer's Representative in writing of all potential
leaks as may be caused by other trades.
E. The Contractor shall maintain a competent foreman, English speaking, to continuously
supervise the work, with authority to discard unsuitable materials and remove unsatisfactory
workmen from the project.
3.03
A.
3.04
A.
3.05
ASPHALT HANDLING, HEATING AND APPLICATION
Cutting or alterations of primer and sealants will not be permitted.
PREPARATION FOR POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION
APPLICATION
Verify wood deck is clean and ready to accept prior to fastening insulation.
INSULATION AND DENS-DECK APPLICATION
A. Lay insulation boards with edges in moderate contact without forcing. Cut board to fit
neatly to perimeter blocking and around penetrations through roof.
B. Dens-deck shall be secured to insulation with spray foam adhesive (Insta-Stik).
C. Polyisocyanurate insulation in contact with wood decks shall be mechanically fastened
with one layer of 1/2 inch dens-deck roofing board adhered over the insulation with foam
adhesive (INSTA-STIK). Densdeck and insulation shall have all joints staggered. Foam
adhesive, fasteners and fastening pattern shall be submitted for review and must meet FM
I-90. A minimum of 1 fastener per 2 square feet shall be used for fastening of the
insulation board in field (or more as required by manufacturers to obtain necessary FM
Approval). Number of fasteners shall be increased to 24 per board ( 4’x8’) for parameters
and 32 per board (4’x8’) for perimeters. Polyisocyanurate insulation shall be applied in
adhesive over concrete deck, rate of application shall be 1.7-2 squares/ gallon or as
required to obtain the necessary FM approval. The adhesive shall be applied in strict
compliance with OMG’s specification manual and requirement.
D. Do not apply more dens-deck and insulation than can be covered with membrane in
same day.
3.06
SBS INTERPLY MEMBRANE
A.
Install only as much roofing material as can be completed and covered in accordance with
the requirements of this specification and the roofing manufacturer's requirements in one
(1) day.
B.
Do not allow traffic, stacked roofing materials or any equipment on completed roofing
surfaces without adequate protective walkpads or minimum 1/2 inch plywood.
C.
Prior to applying any membrane, the Contractor and his Foreman shall review these
specifications and the manufacturer's technical manual with the Manufacturer's Technical
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 10
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
Representative to make certain that all aspects of the membrane system application are
understood. Certify this requirement to the COR in writing.
D.
Application of membrane system shall proceed in strict accordance with
specifications, detailed drawings and manufacturer's technical manual.
E.
Smooth Surfaced Interply - Torch Application:
1. Torch weld SBS FT160CSA interply membrane to asphalt primed dens-deck roofing
board in half width starter strips along the roof edge with subsequent course applied in
full width rolls. Torchweld allowing 3.5 inch side laps and 6 inch on end laps. End laps
shall be staggered with a minimum spacing of 36 inches. Apply to produce a 1/8 inch to
1/4 inch outflow of bitumen at all seams. Areas with less than 1/8 inch outflow will be
checked with a trowel, heat applied between laps and properly sealed.
2. Turn sheet up a minimum of 2" above cants at all vertical surfaces.
3. Apply membrane smooth, free from air pockets, fishmouths, wrinkles, or tears.
Ensure full bond of membrane to substrate.
4. Insure that all fishmouths are cut and objects causing separation between plies are
removed. Do not attempt to walk down fishmouths. Patch areas if the cut is made after
the interply has set up.
5. All membranes shall be cut to conform to the nailer spacing. Nail the end lap across the
width of the sheet, with the first nail spaced 3/4" from the leading edge of the sheet, and
the remaining nails spaced approximately 8.5" o.c. The nails shall be staggered across
the width of the nailer to reduce the risk of the sheet tearing along the nail line. Nails must
have an integral 1" diameter cap. Where capped nails are not used, fasteners must be
driven through caps having a 1" diameter.
F. SBS Reinforcing Strip Application (Base Flashings)
G.
1.
The SBS reinforcing strip shall be cut into manageable lengths prior to application.
Lay the material but on the roof and allow it to relax and flatten.
2.
Torchweld SBS 160 mil reinforcing strip to modified interply and primed vertical
surfaces. Reinforcing strip shall extend from 4 inches above the cant to 4 inches onto
field membrane.
3.
Course shall be laid with a minimum of 4" end lap.
4.
Bitumen runout at side laps shall extend 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch onto interply
surface, beyond salvage edge.
Mineral Surfaced Cap Sheet Application Torch Applied
1. The mineral surfaced SBS cap sheet shall be cut into manageable lengths prior to
application. Lay the material out on the roof and allow it to totally relax and flatten.
2. The mineral surfaced membrane shall be applied via torching. The first layer at edges
shall be full width. To begin, first preheat the salvage edge of the previously laid
membrane. When torching the roll itself, use a steady torching technique, keeping the
torch moving to bring the entire surface to the proper temperature prior to bonding.
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 11
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
3. Allow laps to relax as long as possible before fusing. Side laps shall be interply heat
fused prior to interply fusing of the end lap of the same sheet. Pressure shall be
applied on the top of the lap to ensure solid contact. All laps shall be fused before
leaving job for the day.
4. Bitumen runout at side laps shall extend 1/8" to 1/4" onto mineral surface, beyond
salvage edge and covered with mineral granules as recommended by material
manufacturer.
5. End laps of cap membrane shall be staggered a minimum of 36".
6. Extend mineral surfaced cap membrane a minimum of 4" above all cants. Fuse
membrane to face of cant and underlying SBS reinforcement interply. Apply torch to
underside of cap membrane only and press into place.
7. Apply membrane smooth, free from air pockets, fishmouths, wrinkles, or tears.
Ensure full bond of membrane to substrate.
8. Install two plies membrane and bitumen glaze coat for cut-off at end of day's
operation. Glaze cut off plies exposed at end of working day. Remove cut-off before
resuming roofing.
9. Insure that all fishmouths are cut and objects causing separation between plies are
removed. Do not attempt to Walk down fishmouths. Patch areas if the cut is made
after the interply mopping has set up.
10. Seal edges and ends permanently waterproof.
H.
If moisture penetrates roofing membrane at any location, all wet material will be
replaced by contractor at no expense to the Government.
I.
All Finished work of others which is damaged in the execution of work under this section
shall be replaced or restored to the original condition by Contractor at the Contractor's
expense.
J.
Install walkpads after roof surface is coated. Coat walkpads, set joints 6" maximum and 2"
minimum distance apart to allow proper roof drainage. Install walk pads at locations as
detailed in project drawings.
3.07
FLASHINGS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Install required cant strips before applying base sheet, field membrane and flashings.
B. Coordinate installation of roof drains and related flashings with roofing and deck repair
operations.
C. Base flashings shall be composed of 1 layer of self adhesive membrane applied over
clean surface followed by 1 layer SBS mineral surfaced cap sheet over 1 layer 160 mil
SBS interply membrane reinforcing strip as shown on project drawings.
D. Install base flashings at all roof wall junctures, projections and curb per manufacturers
requirements. Special care shall be taken to generously preheat the surface to which the
flashing is being applied prior to heating the bottom of flashing membranes.
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 12
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
E. When flashing is installed over a porous surface, apply a coating of asphalt primer at a
minimum rate of 1/2 to 3/4 gal. per 100 S.F. of area and allow to completely dry.
F. All metal flanges to be stripped in with 160 Mil. SBS interply sheet and mineral surfaced cap
membrane shall be coated (both sides) with asphalt primer and allowed to dry thoroughly, 24
hours minimum.
G.
Mineral surfaced flashing membrane shall be unrolled and cut to desired width and
maximum length of 10 feet.
H.
The flashing must not remain open at the end of the work day.
I.
The contractor and construction inspector shall thoroughly inspect the completed flashing
system at the end of each day's work.
J.
Mechanically fasten top edge of base flashings with approved fasteners per roofing
manufacturer's specifications and project drawing details.
K.
The Contractor shall insure that a uniform slope is provided at all roof areas so that water
will drain and will not pond at building perimeter. If, upon flood testing, water does pond at
any location on this roof area, the roofing shall be removed, resloped and repaired at the
Contractor's expense.
L.
Install 4 lb. lead sleeves on all vent pipe/conduit roof penetrations. Flanges shall extend a
minimum of 6 inches in all directions on top of the new interply membrane, and be stripped
into the roof membrane with SBS base flashings. The top of the sleeve shall be cut even
with the top of the vent and shall have preformed sleeve cap installed. Pipes and conduit
shall have a draw-band seal and rain diverter utilized if the vent pipe extension is too high.
Installation procedures shall comply with NRCA, or SMACNA standard details and
specifications.
M.
Install roofing system manufacturer's approved parapet wrap material over wood
nailer and top of base flashings. Wrap shall extend 1-1/2" minimum below
wood/concrete juncture.
3.08
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of General Requirements Section,
and manufacturers requirements.
B. All mineral surfaced cap membrane shall be carefully inspected for construction damage and
imperfect heat fusion. Any holes or tears shall be patched with the appropriate mineral
surfaced cap membrane. The patch must extend a minimum of 411 in all directions from the
edges of the tear or puncture.
C. All mineral cap membrane edges exposed at waste stacks, vent stacks and other
similar assemblies shall be caulked with a smooth continuous bead of approved
sealant.
D. Where free water is discovered between the plies, the affected area shall be removed and rebuilt
in dry conditions. Where insulation is found to be wet, the insulation, and 12 inch perimeter, shall
be removed and new built-up roofing and insulation shall be installed at no additional cost to the
Government.
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 13
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
E. Deficiencies identified during final inspection shall be corrected within five (5) working days,
and will be re-inspected at Final Inspection.
F. All heat weld assembly installations shall be inspected prior to leaving the site to assure
that no smoldering or combustible materials are ignited through the night or in the
absence of contractor’s workmen.
G. Require site attendance of roofing and insulation material manufacturers as required
by progress scheduling during installation of the Work. Notification to all concerned
parties must be received not less than 48 hours prior to required attendance.
3.09
CLEANING
A. Remove bituminous markings from finished surfaces.
B. Repair, replace and repaint any items or finishes defaced or disfigured by work under
this contract.
C. In areas where finished surfaces are soiled by bitumen or any other source of soiling
caused by work of this section, consult bitumen manufacturer for cleaning advice and
conform to their documented instructions.
3.10
DEBRIS DISPOSAL
A.
Contractor shall make his own arrangements for disposal of debris or other waste material
away from job site at his own expense, and assume total responsibility for proper disposal
of all materials in accordance with local, State and Federal regulations.
B.
Debris from project will be removed daily, and at no time allowed to block any thoroughfare.
Premises shall be cleaned to satisfaction of the COR.
3.11
PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
Where traffic must continue over finished roof membrane, protect surfaces with temporary
walk pads or 1/2" plywood sheeting per manufacturer's requirements.
3.12
COATING APPLICATION:
A.
Power wash surface (use pressure of 800 to 1200 psi). Scrub areas with build-up of dirt, grease,
and other foreign matter with solution of tri-sodium phosphate (TSP) and water rinse thoroughly.
New granulated cap sheet shall be allowed to weather for a minimum of 30 days after installation
or as required by either SBS roofing manufacturer or coating manufacturer. Surface must be dry.
B.
Surface and air temperatures must be a minimum of 60°F and rising. DO NOT apply if heavy dew
or rain is expected within 24-48 hours. Apply on a clear, sunny day in morning hours with a 3/4"
nap exterior paint roller or professional airless sprayer. First, apply one coat over all seams and
joints. Allow to cure to one hour or until dry, then apply two (2) uniform coats over entire surface,
avoiding excessive rolling. Two full coats are needed for all applications. Apply second coat
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 14
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
perpendicular to first coat back rolling where necessary. Allow an additional 1-2 coat where
standing water exists
3.13 WALKWAYS
3.14
A.
Construct walkways prior to the application of coating by adhering it with approved
adhesive. Install walkways per architectural drawing. If no drawings are provided then
install walkway around the perimeter of all rooftop equipment, at all door and stair
landings and pathway between both.
B.
Walkway sections shall be no longer than 3'x4' with a 2" inches minimum gap between
each section to allow for drainage.
FIRE WATCH
Fire watch shall be provided continuously during and for at least 2 hour following torch
application. At least two 2-1/2 gallon containers of water and two 4A60BC extinguishers shall be
available during the fire watch. When work is interrupted, or at the end of a section of roofing,
and at end of each day's work, areas which had been subjected to torch applications shall be
surveyed with an infra-red sensing device. Hot spots shall be cooled and re-surveyed. If a hot
spot persists, the roof shall be cut open and any smoldering shall be extinguished before the
foreman leaves the site.
END 0F SECTION 07552
SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS ROOFING
07552 - 15
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
SUMMARY
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.02
Manufactured reglets and counterflashing.
Formed roof drainage sheet metal fabrications.
Formed low-slope roof sheet metal fabrications.
Formed wall sheet metal fabrications.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Shop Drawings: Show installation layouts of sheet metal flashing and trim, including plans,
elevations, expansion-joint locations, and keyed details. Distinguish between shop- and fieldassembled work.
1.
Include details for forming, joining, supporting, and securing sheet metal flashing and
trim, including pattern of seams, termination points, fixed points, expansion joints,
expansion-joint covers, edge conditions, special conditions, and connections to adjoining
work.
C.
Samples: For each exposed product and for each finish specified.
D.
Maintenance data.
E.
Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.03
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual" unless more stringent requirements are specified or shown on Drawings.
B.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.04
A.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of
factory-applied finishes within 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
07620 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
SHEET METALS
A.
General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying
a strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.
B.
Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Restricted flatness steel sheet, metallic coated by the hot-dip
process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating
designation; structural quality.
Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating
designation, Grade 40 (Class AZM150 coating designation, Grade 275); structural
quality.
Surface: Mill phosphatized for field.
Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:
a.
b.
c.
5.
C.
2.02
Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less
than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat.
Three-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less
than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat.
Siliconized Polyester: Epoxy primer and silicone-modified, polyester-enamel
topcoat.
Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
Copper Sheet (where noted): ASTM B370, H00 or H01 temper, 16oz.
UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
A.
Polyethylene Sheet: 6-mil- (0.15-mm-) thick polyethylene sheet complying with ASTM D 4397.
B.
Felt: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felt, nonperforated.
C.
Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 to 40 mils (0.76 to 1.0 mm) thick,
consisting of slip-resisting polyethylene-film top surface laminated to layer of butyl or SBSmodified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when
recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
1.
2.
D.
2.03
A.
Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F (116 deg C).
Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F (29
deg C).
Slip Sheet: Building paper, 3-lb/100 sq. ft. (0.16-kg/sq. m) minimum, rosin sized.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings,
separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
07620 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
flashing and trim installation and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or
manufactured item unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and
bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by
manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item.
1.
General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head.
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or
factory-applied coating.
Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for
metal being fastened.
Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching
internal gutter width.
Fasteners for Copper Sheet: Copper, hardware bronze or Series 300 stainless steel.
Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel.
Fasteners for Stainless-Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel.
Fasteners for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet:
Hot-dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329 or
Series 300 stainless steel.
Solder:
1.
2.
3.
For Copper: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead.
For Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60, with an acid flux of type recommended by
stainless-steel sheet manufacturer.
For Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50
percent lead or Grade Sn60, 60 percent tin and 40 percent lead.
D.
Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant
tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining
tape 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide and 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick.
E.
Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polymer sealant; low modulus; of type, grade,
class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain
watertight.
F.
Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant;
polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited
movement.
G.
Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compound,
recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints.
H.
Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.
2.04
A.
REGLETS
Reglets: Units of type, material, and profile indicated, formed to provide secure interlocking of
separate reglet and counterflashing pieces, and compatible with flashing indicated with factorymitered and -welded corners and junctions with interlocking counterflashing on exterior face, of
same metal as reglet.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
07620 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.
2.
2.05
A.
22 AUGUST 2014
Material: As noted. Galvanized steel, 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick or copper, 16 0z.,
ASTM B370, H00 or H01 temper.
Finish: With manufacturer's standard coating.
FABRICATION, GENERAL
General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in
SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, geometry,
metal thickness, and other characteristics of item indicated. Fabricate items at the shop to
greatest extent possible.
1.
2.
3.
Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication.
Form sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool
marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form
hems.
Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not
allowed on faces exposed to view.
B.
Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric
sealant.
C.
Expansion Provisions: Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used, form expansion
joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with butyl
sealant concealed within joints.
D.
Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or
from compatible, noncorrosive metal.
E.
Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form
seams, and solder.
F.
Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with
elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use.
G.
Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal
with epoxy seam sealer.
2.06
ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
A.
Hanging Gutters: Fabricate to cross section indicated, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes,
and other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-) long sections.
Furnish flat-stock gutter spacers and gutter brackets fabricated from same metal as gutters, of
size recommended by SMACNA but not less than twice the gutter thickness. Fabricate
expansion joints, expansion-joint covers, gutter bead reinforcing bars, and gutter accessories
from same metal as gutters.
B.
Downspouts: Fabricate rectangular downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with
metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors.
1.
2.
Hanger Style: Concealed.
Fabricate from the following materials:
a.
Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
07620 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
C.
Scuppers: Fabricate scuppers of dimensions required with closure flange trim to exterior, 4inch- (100-mm-) wide wall flanges to interior, and base extending 4 inches (100 mm) beyond
cant or tapered strip into field of roof. Fabricate from the following materials:
1.
2.07
A.
Roof-Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop) and Fascia Cap: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-)
long, but not exceeding 10-foot- (3-m-) long, sections. Furnish with 6-inch- (150-mm-) wide,
joint cover plates. Fabricate from the following materials:
A.
Stainless Steel: 0.016 inch (0.40 mm) thick.
WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
Through-Wall Flashing: Fabricate continuous flashings in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-) long,
but not exceeding 12-foot- (3.6-m-) long, sections, under copings, at shelf angles, and where
indicated. Fabricate discontinuous lintel, sill, and similar flashings to extend 6 inches (150 mm)
beyond each side of wall openings. Form with 2-inch- (50-mm-) high, end dams where flashing
is discontinuous. Fabricate from the following materials:
1.
B.
Lead as indicated in Roofing Specification Section 07536.
Roof-Drain Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials:
1.
2.08
Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick.
Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials:
1.
F.
Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch (0.71 mm) thick.
Counterflashing and Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following materials:
1.
E.
Galvanized Steel: 0.040 inch (1.02 mm) thick.
Base Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials:
1.
D.
Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch (0.71 mm) thick.
Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-) long, but not exceeding 10-foot- (3-m-)
long, sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous
cleats to support edge of external leg and interior leg. Miter corners, seal, and solder or weld
watertight. Fabricate from the following materials:
1.
C.
Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch (0.71 mm) thick.
LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
1.
B.
22 AUGUST 2014
Stainless Steel: 0.016 inch (0.40 mm) thick.
Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Fabricate head, sill, jamb, and similar flashings to
extend 4 inches (100 mm) beyond wall openings. Form head and sill flashing with 2-inch- (50mm-) high, end dams. Fabricate from the following materials:
1.
Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
07620 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION
A.
Polyethylene Sheet: Install polyethylene sheet with adhesive for anchorage. Apply in shingle
fashion to shed water, with lapped and taped joints of not less than 2 inches (50 mm).
B.
Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment with adhesive for temporary anchorage. Apply in
shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches (50 mm).
C.
Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free.
Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer
rather than nails for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to
shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches (150 mm) staggered 24 inches (600 mm)
between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches (90 mm). Roll laps with roller.
Cover underlayment within 14 days.
3.02
A.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in
place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement so that completed sheet metal
flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. Use fasteners,
solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items
as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B.
Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates,
protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other
permanent separation as recommended by SMACNA.
1.
2.
C.
Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform,
neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant.
Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight
performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating
sheet metal.
Space cleats not more than 12 inches (300 mm) apart. Anchor each cleat with two
fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners.
Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and
tool marks.
Install sealant tape where indicated.
Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.
Coat back side of sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing
and trim will contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction.
Underlayment: Where installing metal flashing directly on cementitious or wood
substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet or install a
course of polyethylene sheet.
Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space
movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (600
mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not
be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1
inch (25 mm) deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
07620 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
D.
Fastener Sizes: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate wood sheathing not less than 1-1/4
inches (32 mm) for nails and not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) for wood screws metal decking not
less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance.
E.
Seal joints as shown and as required for watertight construction.
F.
Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre-tin
edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), except reduce pre-tinning
where pre-tinned surface would show in completed Work.
1.
2.
3.
4.
G.
3.03
Do not solder metallic-coated steel sheet.
Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into
joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces.
Stainless-Steel Soldering: Tin edges of uncoated sheets using solder recommended for
stainless steel and acid flux. Promptly remove acid flux residue from metal after tinning
and soldering. Comply with solder manufacturer's recommended methods for cleaning
and neutralization.
Copper Soldering: Tin edges of uncoated copper sheets using solder for copper.
Rivets: Rivet joints in uncoated aluminum where indicated and where necessary for strength.
ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A.
General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system
according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof
perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage system.
B.
Hanging Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered joints or with lapped joints sealed with
sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Attach gutters at eave or fascia to firmly anchored
gutter brackets or straps spaced not more than 36 inches (900 mm) apart. Provide end
closures and seal watertight with sealant. Slope to downspouts.
1.
C.
Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated, but not exceeding, 50 feet
(15.24 m) apart. Install expansion-joint caps.
Built-in Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered or lapped joints sealed with sealant.
Provide for thermal expansion. Slope to downspouts. Provide end closures and seal watertight
with sealant.
1.
2.
Install felt underlayment layer in built-in gutter trough and extend to drip edge at eaves
and under felt underlayment on roof sheathing. Lap sides a minimum of 2 inches (50
mm) over underlying course. Lap ends a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm). Stagger end
laps between succeeding courses at least 72 inches (1830 mm). Fasten with roofing
nails. Install slip sheet over felt underlayment.
Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated, but not exceeding, 50 feet
(15.24 m) apart. Install expansion-joint caps.
D.
Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) telescoping joints. Provide hangers with
fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls. Locate hangers at top and bottom
and at approximately 60 inches (1500 mm) o.c. in between.
E.
Splash Pans: Install where downspouts discharge on low-slope roofs. Set in adhesive material
compatible with the roofing.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
07620 - 7
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
F.
3.04
22 AUGUST 2014
Scuppers: Install scuppers where indicated through parapet. Continuously support scupper,
set to correct elevation, and seal flanges to interior wall face, over cants or tapered edge strips,
and under roofing membrane.
ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION
A.
General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, sheet
metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as
indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and
weather resistant.
B.
Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations
in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and as indicated. Interlock bottom edge of
roof edge flashing with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at staggered 3-inch (75-mm)
centers.
C.
Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in
SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and as indicated.
1.
2.
Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at
24-inch (600-mm) centers.
Anchor interior leg of coping with washers and screw fasteners through slotted holes at
24-inch (600-mm) centers.
D.
Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar with top
edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) over base
flashing. Install stainless-steel draw band and tighten.
E.
Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing.
Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend
counterflashing 4 inches (100 mm) over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of
4 inches (100 mm) and bed with sealant.
F.
Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation
of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Seal with elastomeric or butyl sealant and clamp
flashing to pipes that penetrate roof.
3.05
WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION
A.
General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture
according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of wall
flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers.
B.
Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Install continuous head, sill, jamb, and similar
flashings to extend 4 inches (100 mm) beyond wall openings.
3.06
A.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and
weathering.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
07620 - 8
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
B.
Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants.
C.
Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim
are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions.
END OF SECTION 07620
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
07620 - 9
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 07720 - ROOF ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
B.
1.02
Roof curbs.
Equipment supports.
Related Work: Section 07721 Roof Hatches.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of roof accessory indicated.
B.
Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for roof accessories.
C.
Samples: For each type of exposed factory-applied finish required and for each type of roof
accessory indicated, prepared on Samples of size to adequately show color.
1.03
A.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Sheet Metal Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" details for
fabrication of units, including flanges and cap flashing to coordinate with type of roofing
indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers
listed in other Part 2 articles.
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers listed in other Part 2 articles.
2.02
METAL MATERIALS
A.
Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coated and mill phosphatized for
field painting.
B.
Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, AZ50 (AZM150) coated.
C.
Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Steel sheet metallic coated by hot-dip process and
prepainted by coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.
ROOF ACCESSORIES
07720 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.
2.
3.
D.
Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coated.
Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50
(Class AZM150) coated.
Exposed Finishes: Manufacturer's standard 2-coat, thermocured system consisting of
specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less
than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight.
Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), alloy and temper recommended by
manufacturer for type of use and finish. Coil-coat finish as follows:
1.
Factory-Prime Coating: Where painting after installation is indicated, provide
pretreatment and white or light-colored, factory-applied, baked-on epoxy primer coat; with
a minimum dry film thickness of 0.2 mil (0.005 mm).
2.
Baked-Enamel Finish: Organic Coating: Thermosetting, modified-acrylic enamel
primer/topcoat system complying with AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film
thickness of 1.5 mils (0.04 mm), medium gloss.
a.
E.
2.03
A.
22 AUGUST 2014
Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s standard colors.
Stainless-Steel Shapes or Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304 or Type 316,
No. 2D finish.
ROOF CURBS
Roof Curbs: Provide metal roof curbs, internally reinforced and capable of supporting
superimposed live and dead loads, including equipment loads and other construction to be
supported on roof curbs. Fabricate with welded or sealed mechanical corner joints, with
stepped integral metal cant raised the thickness of roof insulation and integral formed mounting
flange at perimeter bottom. Coordinate dimensions with rough-in information or Shop Drawings
of equipment to be supported.
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Colony Custom Curbs.
Commodity Products Company, Inc.
Conn-Fab Sales, Inc.
Curbs Plus Inc.
Custom Curb, Inc.
LM Curbs.
Loren Cook Company.
Metallic Products Corporation.
Pate Company (The).
Roof Products & Systems Corporation.
Roof Products, Inc.
Thaler Metal Industries Ltd.
ThyCurb; Div. of Thybar Corporation.
Uni-Curb, Inc.
Vent Products Company, Inc.
Load Requirements: Verify load requirements.
Material: Galvanized steel sheet, 0.052 inch (1.32 mm) min. thick.
Material: Aluminum sheet, 0.090 inch (2.28 mm) min. thick.
Material: Stainless-steel sheet, 0.078 inch (1.98 mm) min. thick.
ROOF ACCESSORIES
07720 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
a.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
2.04
A.
22 AUGUST 2014
Finish: Prime painted or Baked enamel.
Liner: Same material as curb, of manufacturer's standard thickness and finish.
Factory install wood nailers at tops of curbs.
On ribbed or fluted metal roofs, form flange at perimeter bottom to conform to roof profile.
Factory insulate curbs with 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) thick, cellulosic or glass-fiber board
insulation.
Curb height may be determined by adding thickness of roof insulation and minimum base
flashing height recommended by roofing membrane manufacturer. Fabricate units to
minimum height of 12 inches (300 mm), unless otherwise indicated.
Sloping Roofs: Where slope of roof deck exceeds 1:48, fabricate curb units with water
diverter or cricket and with height tapered to match slope to level tops of units.
EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
Equipment Supports: Provide metal equipment supports, internally reinforced and capable of
supporting superimposed live and dead loads, including equipment loads and other construction
to be supported. Fabricate with welded or sealed mechanical corner joints, stepped integral
metal cant raised the thickness of roof insulation and integral formed mounting flange at
perimeter bottom. Coordinate dimensions with rough-in information or Shop Drawings of
equipment to be supported.
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
2.
3.
Verify Load Requirements:
Material: Galvanized steel sheet, 0.052 inch (1.32 mm).
a.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Colony Custom Curbs.
Commodity Products Company, Inc.
Conn-Fab Sales, Inc.
Curbs Plus Inc.
Custom Curb, Inc.
LM Curbs.
Loren Cook Company.
Metallic Products Corporation.
Pate Company (The).
Roof Products & Systems Corporation.
Roof Products, Inc.
Thaler Metal Industries Ltd.
ThyCurb; Div. of Thybar Corporation.
Uni-Curb, Inc.
Vent Products Company, Inc.
Finish: Prime painted or Baked.
Factory-install continuous wood nailers 3-1/2 inches (90 mm) wide at tops of equipment
supports.
Metal Counterflashing: Manufacturer's standard removable counterflashing, fabricated of
same metal and finish as equipment support.
On ribbed or fluted metal roofs, form flange at perimeter bottom to conform to roof profile.
Fabricate units to minimum height of 12 inches (300 mm), unless otherwise indicated.
Sloping Roofs: Where slope of roof deck exceeds 1:48, fabricate curb units with water
diverter or cricket and with height tapered to match slope to level tops of units.
ROOF ACCESSORIES
07720 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION
A.
General: Install roof accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions. Anchor roof
accessories securely in place and capable of resisting forces specified. Use fasteners,
separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for completing roof accessory
installation. Install roof accessories to resist exposure to weather without failing, rattling,
leaking, and fastener disengagement.
B.
Install roof accessories to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance.
C.
Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates,
protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other
permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer.
1.
2.
3.
Coat concealed side of uncoated aluminum roof accessories with bituminous coating
where in contact with wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction.
Underlayment: Where installing exposed-to-view components of roof accessories directly
on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a
slip sheet, or install a course of polyethylene underlayment.
Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required by roof accessory
manufacturers for waterproof performance.
D.
Install roof accessories level, plumb, true to line and elevation, and without warping, jogs in
alignment, excessive oil canning, buckling, or tool marks.
E.
Seal joints with elastomeric or butyl sealant as required by manufacturer of roof accessories.
END OF SECTION 07720
ROOF ACCESSORIES
07720 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REFERENCES
The latest edition of publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
ASTM C 834
Latex Sealants
ASTM C 920
Elastomeric Joint Sealants
1.02 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, "Submittals."
Product Data
Sealants
Primers
Bond breakers
Backstops
Data for the sealants shall include shelf life, recommended cleaning solvents, and colors for selection.
1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
The ambient temperature shall be within the limits of 40 and 100 degrees F when sealant is applied.
1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
Deliver materials to the job site in unopened manufacturers' external shipping containers, with
brand names, date of manufacture, color, and material designation clearly marked thereon. Elastomeric sealant containers shall be labeled to identify type, class, grade, and use. Carefully handle
and store materials to prevent inclusion of foreign materials or subjection to sustained temperatures exceeding 100 degrees F or less than 0 degrees F.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SEALANTS
Provide sealant that has been tested and found suitable for the substrates to which it will be applied.
A. Interior Sealant
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
ASTM C 920, Type S or M, Grade NS, Class 12.5, Use NT. Location(s) and color(s) of sealant
shall be as follows:
LOCATION
COLOR
1. Small voids between walls or partitions and
adjacent lockers, casework, shelving,
door frames, built-in or surface-mounted
equipment and fixtures, and similar items.
Match adjacent
surface color
2. Perimeter of frames at doors, windows,
and access panels which adjoin exposed
interior concrete and masonry surfaces.
Match adjacent
surface color
3. Joints of interior masonry walls and
partitions which adjoin columns, pilasters,
concrete walls, and exterior walls unless
otherwise detailed.
Match adjacent
surface color
4. Interior locations, not otherwise indicated
Match adjacent
or specified, where small voids exist between surface color
materials specified to be painted.
5. Behind escutcheon plates at valve pipe
penetrations.
Match adjacent
surface color
B. Exterior Sealant
For joints in vertical surfaces, provide ASTM C 920, Type S or M, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.
For joints in horizontal surfaces, provide ASTM C 920, Type S or M, Grade P, Class 25, Use T.
Location(s) and color(s) of sealant shall be as follows:
LOCATION
COLOR
1. Joints and recesses formed where frames
and subsills of windows, doors, louvers,
and vents adjoin masonry, concrete, or
metal frames. Use sealant at both exterior
and interior surfaces of exterior wall
penetrations.
Match adjacent
surface color
2. Joints between new and existing exterior
masonry walls.
Match adjacent
surface color
3. Masonry joints where shelf angles occur.
Match adjacent
surface color
4. Expansion and control joints.
Match adjacent
surface color
5. Interior face of expansion joints in
Match adjacent
exterior concrete or masonry walls where
surface color
metal expansion joint covers are not required.
6. Voids where items pass through exterior
JOINT SEALANTS
Match adjacent
07920 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
walls.
22 AUGUST 2014
surface color
7. Metal reglets, where flashing is inserted
into masonry joints, and where flashing is
penetrated by coping dowels.
Match adjacent
surface color
8. Metal-to-metal joints where sealant is
indicated or specified.
Match adjacent
surface color
9. Joints between ends of gravel stops, fascias,
Match adjacent
copings, and adjacent walls.
surface color
C. Floor Joint Sealant
ASTM C 920, Type S or M, Grade P, Class 25, Use T. Location(s) and color(s) of sealant shall be
as follows:
LOCATION
COLOR
1. Seats of metal thresholds for
exterior doors.
Match adjacent
surface color
2. Control and expansion joints in floors,
slabs, and walkways.
Match adjacent
surface color
2.02 PRIMERS
Provide a nonstaining, quick-drying type and consistency recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the particular application.
2.03 BOND BREAKERS
Provide the type and consistency recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the particular application.
2.04 BACKSTOPS
Provide glass fiber roving or neoprene, butyl, polyurethane, or polyethylene foams free from oil or
other staining elements as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Backstop material shall be
compatible with sealant. Do not use oakum and other types of absorptive materials as backstops.
2.05 CLEANING SOLVENTS
Provide type(s) recommended by the sealant manufacturer except for aluminum and bronze surfaces that will be in contact with sealant.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION
Surfaces shall be clean, dry to the touch, and free from dirt frost, moisture, grease, oil, wax, lacquer, paint, or other foreign matter that would tend to destroy or impair adhesion. When resealing
an existing joint, remove existing calk or sealant prior to applying new sealant.
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
A. Steel Surfaces
Remove loose mill scale by sandblasting or, if sandblasting is impractical or would damage finish
work, scraping and wire brushing. Remove protective coatings by sandblasting or using a residue-free solvent.
B. Aluminum or Bronze Surfaces
Remove temporary protective coatings from surfaces that will be in contact with sealant. When
masking tape is used as a protective coating, remove tape and any residual adhesive just prior to
sealant application. For removing protective coatings and final cleaning, use nonstaining solvents
recommended by the manufacturer of the item(s) containing aluminum or bronze surfaces.
3.02 SEALANT PREPARATION
Do not add liquids, solvents, or powders to the sealant. Mix multicomponent elastomeric sealants
in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Joint Width-To-Depth Ratios
1. Acceptable Ratios:
JOINT WIDTH
JOINT DEPTH
For metal, glass, or other
nonporous surfaces:
Minimum
1/4 inch (minimum)
over 1/4 inch
1/4 inch
1/2 of
width
1/4 inch
Equal to
width
1/4 inch (minimum)
Over 1/4 inch to 1/2 inch
1/4 inch
1/4 inch
width
1/4 inch
Equal to
Over 1/2 inch to 2 inches
Over 2 inches
1/2 inch
5/8 inch
(As recommended by sealant
manufacturer)
Maximum
For wood, concrete, or
masonry:
-0.33>b. Unacceptable Ratios: Where joints of acceptable width-to-depth ratios have
not been provided, clean out joints to acceptable depths and grind or cut to acceptable
widths without damage to the adjoining work. Grinding shall not be required on metal
surfaces.
B. Backstops
Install backstops dry and free of tears or holes. Tightly pack the back or bottom of joint cavities
with backstop material to provide a joint of the depth specified. Install backstops in the following
locations:
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
1. Where indicated.
2. Where backstop is not indicated but joint cavities exceed the acceptable maximum depths
specified in paragraph entitled, "Joint Width-to-Depth Ratios."
C. Primer
Immediately prior to application of the sealant, clean out loose particles from joints. Where recommended by sealant manufacturer, apply primer to joints in concrete masonry units, wood, and
other porous surfaces in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions. Do not apply primer
to exposed finish surfaces.
D. Bond Breaker
Provide bond breakers to the back or bottom of joint cavities, as recommended by the sealant
manufacturer for each type of joint and sealant used, to prevent sealant from adhering to these
surfaces. Carefully apply the bond breaker to avoid contamination of adjoining surfaces or breaking bond with surfaces other than those covered by the bond breaker.
E. Sealants
Provide a sealant compatible with the material(s) to which it is applied. Do not use a sealant that
has exceeded shelf life or has jelled and can not be discharged in a continuous flow from the gun.
Apply the sealant in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions with a gun having a nozzle
that fits the joint width. Force sealant into joints to fill the joints solidly without air pockets. Tool
sealant after application to ensure adhesion. Sealant shall be uniformly smooth and free of wrinkles. Upon completion of sealant application, roughen partially filled or unfilled joints, apply sealant, and tool smooth as specified.
3.04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Protection
Protect areas adjacent to joints from sealant smears. Masking tape may be used for this purpose
if removed 5 to 10 minutes after the joint is filled.
B. Final Cleaning
Upon completion of sealant application, remove remaining smears and stains and leave the work
in a clean and neat condition.
1. Stucco and Other Porous Surfaces: Immediately scrape off fresh sealant that has been
smeared on stucco and rub clean with a solvent as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Allow excess sealant to cure for 24 hour then remove by wire brushing or sanding.
2. Metal and Other Non-Porous Surfaces: Remove excess sealant with a solvent-moistened
cloth.
END OF SECTION 07920
JOINT SEALANTS
07920 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 08515 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1. All materials, equipment and labor necessary for the installation of aluminum windows, with
factory glazing, anchors, brackets and attachments, in accordance with drawings and as
specified herein.
2. Configurations Including:
A. Picture Window,
With nailing flange for new construction. Milgard Window Co.
Series 710 picture window
B. Hopper Window,
With nailing flange for new construction. Fleetwood Window Co.
250c “Westwood” series
1.02 REFERENCES
A.
Windows shall comply with the requirements of AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2-97 (American
Architectural Manufacturer's Association).
B.
Units to meet performance standards for:
1.
ASTM E 283 - Test method for inspection rate of air leakage through exterior windows,
curtain walls, and doors under specified pressure differences across the specimen.
2.
ASTM E 330 - Test method for structural performance of exterior windows, and doors
by uniform static air pressure difference.
3.
ASTM E 547 - Test method for water penetration of exterior windows, curtain walls, and
doors by cyclic static air pressure difference.
1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Testing standards for air infiltration, water penetration and structural performance:
AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2-97 for type of window unit indicated.
B.
Air infiltration: Maximum 0.30 CFM per square foot at inward test pressure of 1.57, ASTM E
283.
C.
Water penetration: No water penetration at inward test pressure of 3.75 psf, ASTM E 547.
D.
Structural performance: No glass breakage, damage to hardware, permanent deformation at
positive and negative test pressure of 37.5 psf, ASTM E 330.
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08515 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A.
Product data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, technical support data, installation
and maintenance recommendations and standard details for each type of unit required,
including finishing methods, hardware and accessories.
B.
Product drawings: For each type of window specified, submit standard assembly and details for
stucco. Include perimeter flashing details.
C.
Color samples: Submit samples of each required aluminum finish.
D.
Certification: Provide certification by a recognized, independent testing laboratory certifying that
each required type of window complies with performance requirement indicated.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.
Comply with manufacturer's instructions for protection of units from damage.
B.
Deliver in manufacturer's protective packaging.
1.06 QUALIFICATIONS
A.
Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing of extruded aluminum with a minimum
10 years documented experience.
1.07 WARRANTY
A.
Commercial
1.
Provide manufacturer's standard warranty which agrees to repair or replace units that
fail in workmanship for a period of ten years from the original date of purchase.
2.
Warranty includes coverage of materials and labor in full by the manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A.
Subject to compliance of materials and requirements listed.
B.
Milgard extruded aluminum fixed windows.
C.
Fleetwood extruded aluminum hopper windows.
2.02 MATERIALS
A.
Aluminum: Comply with requirements of AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2-97, 6063-T5 temper for
strength, corrosion resistance and application of required finish. Finish shall be manufacturer’s
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08515 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
standard dark bronze commercial anodized unless noted otherwise.
B.
Extrusion frame members are to be minimum 0.060 in thickness for structural wall.
2.03 GLASS AND GLAZING:
Provide the manufacturer's standard sealed insulating glazing material that complies with ASTM
E 774-88 Class A and is at least 3/4"overall in thickness.
A.
Factory glazed except where field glazing is required due to large window unit dimensions.
B.
Spacer Bar: PPG Intercept(tm) warm-edge stainless steel spacer.
C.
Glazing Stops: Provide screw-applied or snap on glazing stops (beads), coordinated with glass
selection and glazing system indicated.
2.04 HARDWARE:
Provide the manufacturer's standard hardware fabricated from a corrosive resistant material and
of sufficient strength to perform its intended function. Provide manufacturer’s standard flat screen
and locking spring latch at operable windows. For application of exposed hardware, use fasteners
that match the finish of the hardware being fastened. All locking hardware must have certified
forced entry resistance performance per CMBSO 1-79, CAWM 300/301.
2.05 ACCESSORIES
A.
Weatherstripping: All operating sash members shall be double weatherstripped with either fin
seal, silicone treated polypropylene or dual durometer vinyl bulb seal.
B.
Fasteners: Provide aluminum, non-magnetic steel, epoxy adhesive, or other materials
warranted by the manufacturer to be non-corrosive and compatible with window members, trim,
hardware, anchors and other components of window units. Where fasteners screw-anchor into
aluminum frame members less than 0.125" thick, reinforce the interior with aluminum to receive
screw threads, or provide standard, non-corrosive, pressed-in, splined grommet nuts.
D.
Anchors, Clips and Window Accessories: Fabricate anchors, clips and window accessories of
aluminum or non-magnet stainless steel. Anchors, clips and window accessories fabricated of
hot-dip zinc coated steel or iron may be used for concealed work.
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08515 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
2.06 FABRICATION
A.
Fabricate frames allowing for minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of
assembly, yet enabling installation.
B.
Corners shall be precisely mitered with rigid, mechanically fastened joints. All joints shall be
sealed.
C.
Provide drainage holes with moisture pattern to exterior.
D.
Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Provide anchorage items.
E.
Provide integral weather stop flange to perimeter of unit.
F.
Assemble insect screens to fully integrate with window frame. Frames to be manufactured of
cambered aluminum and reinforced with rigid plastic corner keys. Screen mesh to fit taut and
secure in frame. Screens shall be extruded aluminum for strength and durability.
G.
Factory glaze except where field glazing is required due to window unit dimensions.
2.07 FINISHES
A.
Dark Bronze Anodized Exterior Finish: Provide fabricator's standard shop finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A.
Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this
section.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for installation of window units,
hardware, operators, accessories and other window components. Comply with AAMA 2410-03
Standard Practice for installation of windows with a flush fin over an existing window frame.
B.
Windows shall be factory sized to fit in each framed opening, whether new or created by
removing an existing window. Windows will be 1/2"smaller than the framed (rough) opening to
allow 1/4"clearance on all sides (tolerance 1/16") for standard wood siding applications.
C.
Windows shall be fabricated to rough opening size with 1/2"deductions automatically made, so
that no additional calculations will be required.
D.
Opening panels must be closed and locked during installation. Windows must be installed
level, plumb and square with 1/4"clearance on all sides with weep holes at the bottom in a
weather tight manner.
E.
Headers must not be nailed. Nail through fin into framing along sides and base. At the head,
nails may be placed 1/2"above fin and bent down over fin to allow for header deflection.
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08515 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
F.
Adjust operating sash and hardware to provide tight fit at contact points and weatherstripping.
Lubricate hardware and moving parts.
G.
Seal frames at corners the full length of the seam where mounting flanges meet.
3.03 CLEANING
A.
Clean interior and exterior glass surfaces promptly after installation. Take care to avoid damage
to protective coatings and finishes.
B.
Clean all exterior aluminum surfaces.
C.
Do not use petroleum distillants to clean windows.
END OF SECTION 08515
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
08515 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 09220 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
1.02
Nonstructural framing and furring.
Exterior portland cement plasterwork (stucco) on metal lath and solid- plaster bases.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Samples: For each type of factory-prepared colored and textured finish coat indicated; 12 by 12
inches (305 by 305 mm), and prepared on rigid backing.
C.
Manufacturer’s printed instructions for application of finish coats, base primer, fiberglass mesh,
base coat, leveling coat, lath, and perimeter flashing at all openings or patched openings.
1.03
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For portland cement plaster assemblies with fireresistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly
indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Mockups: Before plastering, install mockups of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m) in surface area to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1.
2.
3.
1.04
Install mockups for each type of finish indicated.
For interior plasterwork, simulate finished lighting conditions for review of mockups.
Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Comply with ASTM C 926 requirements.
B.
Exterior Plasterwork: Apply plaster when ambient temperature is greater than 40 deg F (4.4
deg C).
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
09220 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A.
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1.
2.
2.02
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
NONSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS, GENERAL
A.
Components, General: Comply with ASTM C 1063. For steel sheet components not included
in ASTM C 1063, comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Cold-Rolled Channels: Base metal thickness of 0.0538 inch (1.37 mm) with
ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180), hot-dip galvanized zinc coating.
C.
Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, not less than 0.0475-inch (1.21mm) diameter, unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Wire Hangers: 0.162-inch- (4.12-mm-) diameter wire.
2.03
A.
METAL LATH
Expanded-Metal Lath: ASTM C 847 with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180), hot-dip galvanized
zinc coating.
1.
Diamond-Mesh Lath: Self-furring.
a.
B.
Wire-Fabric Lath:
1.
Welded-Wire Lath: ASTM C 933; self-furring.
a.
2.
Weight: 1.4 lb/sq. yd. (0.8 kg/sq. m).
Woven-Wire Lath: ASTM C 1032; self-furring, with stiffener wire backing.
a.
C.
Weight: 3.4 lb/sq. yd. (1.8 kg/sq. m).
Weight: 1.1 lb/sq. yd. (0.6 kg/sq. m). Type: 1 1/2”, #17.
Paper Backing: FS UU-B-790, Type I Grade D, Style 2 vapor-permeable paper.
1.
Provide paper-backed lath unless otherwise indicated.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
09220 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
2.04
22 AUGUST 2014
ACCESSORIES
A.
General: Comply with ASTM C 1063 and coordinate depth of trim and accessories with
thicknesses and number of plaster coats required.
B.
Zinc and Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Accessories:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Foundation Weep Screed: Fabricated from hot-dip galvanized steel sheet,
ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180) zinc coating.
Cornerite: Fabricated from metal lath with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180), hot-dip
galvanized zinc coating.
External-Corner Reinforcement: Fabricated from metal lath with ASTM A 653/A 653M,
G60 (Z180), hot-dip galvanized zinc coating.
Cornerbeads: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel.
a.
5.
6.
7.
8.
C.
Casing Beads: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; square-edged
style; with expanded flanges.
Control Joints: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; one-piece-type,
folded pair of unperforated screeds in M-shaped configuration; with perforated flanges
and removable protective tape on plaster face of control joint.
Expansion Joints: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; folded pair of
unperforated screeds in M-shaped configuration; with expanded flanges.
Two-Piece Expansion Joints: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel;
formed to produce slip-joint and square-edged reveal that is adjustable from 1/4-to-5/8inch (6.34-to-16-mm) wide; with perforated flanges.
Plastic Trim: Fabricated from high-impact PVC.
1.
Cornerbeads: With perforated flanges.
a.
2.
3.
4.
Small-nose Bull-nose style; use unless otherwise indicated.
Casing Beads: With perforated flanges in depth required to suit plaster bases indicated
and flange length required to suit applications indicated.
a.
2.05
Small-nose style; use unless otherwise indicated.
Square-edge style; use unless otherwise indicated.
Control Joints: One-piece-type, folded pair of unperforated screeds in M-shaped
configuration; with perforated flanges and removable protective tape on plaster face of
control joint.
Expansion Joints: Two-piece type, formed to produce slip-joint and square-edged 1/2inch- (13-mm-) wide reveal; with perforated concealed flanges.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A.
Water for Mixing: Potable and free of substances capable of affecting plaster set or of
damaging plaster, lath, or accessories.
B.
Fiber for Base Coat: Alkaline-resistant glass or polypropylene fibers, 1/2 inch (13 mm) long,
free of contaminants, manufactured for use in portland cement plaster.
C.
Bonding Compound: ASTM C 932.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
09220 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
D.
Steel Drill Screws: For metal-to-metal fastening, ASTM C 1002 or ASTM C 954, as required by
thickness of metal being fastened; with pan head that is suitable for application; in lengths
required to achieve penetration through joined materials of not fewer than three exposed
threads.
E.
Fasteners for Attaching Metal Lath to Substrates: Complying with ASTM C 1063.
F.
Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing),
produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag
wool, or rock wool.
1.
G.
Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls:
1.
2.
2.06
A.
Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly.
Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), unperforated.
Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener
penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch (3.1 mm) thick, in width to suit steel stud
size.
PLASTER MATERIALS
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I.
1.
Color for Finish Coats: To match color and finish on Hangar 1. Contact Steve Taylor @
Omega Products for color match, product information and submittal assistance, ph. (714)
240-5756, email: [email protected]
B.
Colorants for Job-Mixed Finish-Coats: Colorfast mineral pigments that produce finish plaster
color to match Architect's sample.
C.
Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S; or ASTM C 207, Type S.
D.
Sand Aggregate: ASTM C 897.
1.
E.
As required for Omega products Malibu 20 finish.
Acrylic-Based Finish Coating System: Factory-mixed acrylic-emulsion coating systems,
formulated with colorfast mineral pigments and fine aggregates; for use over portland cement
plaster base coats. Include manufacturer's recommended primers and sealing topcoats for
acrylic-based finishes. System shall be applied in such a manner as to provide a uniform finish
result on both existing and new installed plaster applications.
1.
System Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.07
A.
Skim/ Leveling Coat: OMEGA Products StyroGlue DryBond polymer modified.
Fiberglass Mesh: OMEGA 4.5 oz. Reinforcing Mesh.
Base Primer: OMEGA Products AkroFlex base primer.
Acrylic Finish: OMEGA Products AkroFlex Malibu 20.
PLASTER MIXES
General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for applications indicated.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
09220 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.
B.
22 AUGUST 2014
Fiber Content: Add fiber to base-coat mixes after ingredients have mixed at least two
minutes. Comply with fiber manufacturer's written instructions for fiber quantities in
mixes, but do not exceed 1 lb of fiber/cu. yd. (0.6 kg of fiber/cu. m) of cementitious
materials. Reduce aggregate quantities accordingly to maintain workability.
Portland Cement Base-Coat Mixes:
1.
Over Metal Lath: Scratch and brown coats for three-coat plasterwork as follows:
a.
b.
Scratch Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part portland cement and 0 to 3/4
parts lime. Use 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material (sum
of separate volumes of each component material).
Brown Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part portland cement and 0 to 3/4
parts lime. Use 3 to 5 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material (sum of
separate volumes of each component material).
C.
Portland Cement Job-Mixed Finish-Coat Mixes: For cementitious materials, mix 1 part portland
cement and 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime. Use 1-1/2 to 3 parts aggregate per part of cementitious
material (sum of separate volumes of each component material).
D.
Factory-Prepared Finish-Coat Mixes: For acrylic-based finish coatings, comply with
manufacturer's written instructions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
PREPARATION
A.
Protect adjacent work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration, and other harmful effects
caused by plastering.
B.
Remove all dust, dirt, residues or loose materials that will cause the inadequate and proper
bonding of the new stucco system. (Power was)
C.
Repair inconsistencies in the existing stucco assembly that are larger than 3/8” depth or wider
than 2” to 3” with a modified cement base.
D.
Prepare solid-plaster bases that are smooth or that do not have the suction capability required
to bond with plaster according to ASTM C 926.
3.02
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Sound Attenuation Blankets: Where required, install blankets before installing lath unless
blankets are readily installed after lath has been installed on one side.
B.
Acoustical Sealant: Where required, seal joints between edges of plasterwork and abutting
construction with acoustical sealant.
3.03
A.
INSTALLING NONSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL
General: Comply with requirements in ASTM C 1063 for applications indicated.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
09220 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.
22 AUGUST 2014
Comply with ASTM C 754 for installation of items not addressed in ASTM C 1063.
B.
Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in plaster assemblies to
support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or
similar construction.
C.
Isolate steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural
movement.
D.
Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with steel framing or furring members.
Frame both sides of joints independently.
E.
Soffits: Unless otherwise detailed on Drawings, install furred or suspended soffits to comply
with requirements for ceiling installation; install framed soffits to comply with requirements for
partition installation.
3.04
A.
INSTALLING METAL LATH
Expanded-Metal Lath: Install according to ASTM C 1063.
1.
2.
3.05
Partition Framing and Vertical Furring: Install flat diamond-mesh or flat rib welded-wire
lath.
Flat-Ceiling and Horizontal Framing: Install flat diamond-mesh or flat rib woven-wire lath.
INSTALLING ACCESSORIES
A.
Install according to ASTM C 1063 and at locations indicated on Drawings.
B.
Reinforcement for External Corners:
1.
2.
C.
Install lath-type external-corner reinforcement at exterior locations.
Install cornerbead at interior and exterior locations.
Control Joints: Install control joints in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect:
1.
As required to delineate plasterwork into areas (panels) of the following maximum sizes:
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.06
A.
Vertical Surfaces: 144 sq. ft. (13.4 sq. m).
Horizontal and other Nonvertical Surfaces: 100 sq. ft. (9.3 sq. m).
At distances between control joints of not greater than 18 feet (5.5 m) o.c.
As required to delineate plasterwork into areas (panels) with length-to-width ratios of not
greater than 2-1/2:1.
Where control joints occur in surface of construction directly behind plaster.
Where plasterwork areas change dimensions, to delineate rectangular-shaped areas
(panels) and to relieve the stress that occurs at the corner formed by the dimension
change.
PLASTER APPLICATION
General: Comply with ASTM C 926.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
09220 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
B.
Bonding Compound: Apply on plaster bases.
C.
Architectural Foam Panels: Apply on plaster basis per finish coating manufacturer’s written
instructions.
D.
Plaster Finish Coats: Apply to provide float finish to match Architect's sample.
E.
Acrylic-Based Finish Coatings: Apply coating system, including primers, finish coats, and
sealing topcoats, according to manufacturer's written instructions. Contact Steve Taylor @
Omega Products International, Inc. for application related inquires ph. (714) 240-5756.
3.07
A.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
Cut, patch, replace, and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work and to restore
cracks, dents, and imperfections. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, crazing
(check cracking), dry outs, efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects and where bond to
substrate has failed.
END OF SECTION 09220
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
09220 - 7
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 09910 - PAINTING
PARTS 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY:
A.
Section Includes: Painting and finishing of all interior and exterior items and surfaces, unless otherwise
indicated or listed under exclusions below:
1. Paint all exposed surfaces, except as otherwise indicated, whether or not colors are designated.
2. Include field painting of exposed exterior and interior plumbing, mechanical and electrical work,
except as indicated below.
3. Paint exterior stucco where indicated on Drawings.
B.
Work Included:
1. The intent and requirements of this section is that all work, items and surfaces which are normally
painted and finished in a building of this type and quality, shall be so included in this contract,
whether or not said work, item or surface is specifically called out and included in the schedules and
notes on the drawings, or is, or is not, specifically mentioned in these specifications.
C.
The following general categories of work and items that are included under other sections, shall not be a
part of this section:
1. Shop prime painting of structural and miscellaneous iron or steel.
2. Shop prime painting of hollow metal work.
2. Shop finished work and items.
D.
1.02
The Room Finish Schedules and notes indicated on the drawings, indicate the location of interior room
surfaces to be painted or finished. The schedule and note indications are general and do not
necessarily define the detail requirements. Include all detailed refinements and further instructions as
may be given for the required complete finishing of all spaces and rooms.
SUBMITTALS:
A.
Product Data: Submit complete manufacturer's descriptive literature and specifications in accordance
with the provisions of submittal Section.
1. Materials List: Submit complete lists of materials proposed for use, giving the manufacturer's name,
catalog number, and catalog cut for each item when applicable. When required, provide a list of
paint and coating materials proposed for use, which equates such materials with the design-basis
products specified.
B.
Samples: In accordance with provisions of submittal Section, submit, on 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch
hardboard, samples of each color, gloss, texture and material selected by the Architect from standard
colors available for the coatings required.
1. For natural and stained finishes, provide sample on each type and quality of wood used on the
project.
C.
PAINTING
Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit the manufacturer's current recommended methods of installation,
including relevant limitations, safety and environmental cautions, application rates, and composition
analysis.
09910 –1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.03
22 AUGUST 2014
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable codes and regulations of governmental agencies
having jurisdiction including those having jurisdiction over airborne emissions and industrial waste
disposal. Where those requirements conflict with this Specification, comply with the more stringent
provisions.
Regulatory changes may affect the formulation, availability, or use of specified coatings. Confirm
availability of coatings to be used prior to job going out to bid and before start of painting project.
1. Comply with the current applicable regulations of the California Air Resources Board (CARB) and the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
B.
1.04
Field Sample: When and as directed by the Architect, apply one complete coating system for each
color, gloss and texture required. When approved, the sample panel areas will be deemed incorporated
into the Work and will serve as the standards by which the subsequent Work of this Section will be
judged.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A.
Storage and Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during,
and after installation.
B. Deliver materials to job site in new, original, and unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and
trade name. Store where directed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
1.05
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A.
Do not apply exterior materials during fog, rain or mist, or when inclement weather is expected within
the dry time specified by the manufacturer. No exterior or interior painting shall be done until the
surfaces are thoroughly dry and cured. Do not apply paint when temperature is below 50 o F. Avoid
painting surfaces when exposed to direct sunlight.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS:
A.
2.02
Manufacturer's catalog names and number of paint types in this Section herein are based on products
of Dunn-Edwards Corporation and is the standard of quality against which the Architect will judge
equivalency. The quantity of titanium dioxide, the use of clays, aluminum silicate, talc and the purity of
acrylic materials are a few of the criteria which will be used by the Architect in determining equivalency
of materials.
MATERIALS:
A.
Paints: Provide Ready-Mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Pigments shall be fully ground
maintaining soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to complete
homogeneous mixture. Paints shall have good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of
drying or curing free of streaks and sags.
B.
Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, solvents, and other materials not specified but required to
achieve required finishes shall be of high quality and approved by manufacturer.
C.
Colors shall be selected from color chip samples provided by manufacturer of paint system approved for
use. Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage.
PAINTING
09910 –2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
2.03
22 AUGUST 2014
MIXES:
A.
Mix, prepare, and store painting and finishing materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION:
A.
Examine surfaces to be painted before beginning painting work. Work of other trades that has been left
or installed in a condition not suitable to receive paint, stain, other specified finish shall be repaired or
corrected by the applicable trade before painting. Painting of defective or unsuitable surface implies
acceptance of the surfaces.
B. Beware of a condition known as "critical lighting". This condition causes shadows that accentuate even
the slightest surface variations. A pigmented sealer will provide tooth for succeeding decorative coating,
but "does not" equalize smoothness or surface texture. Any corrective action to drywall must be done by
the drywall contractor prior to decorating.
3.02
PROTECTION:
A.
Protect previously installed work and materials, which may be affected by Work of this Section.
1. Protect prefinished surfaces, lawns, shrubbery and adjacent surfaces against paint and damage.
2. Furnish sufficient drop cloths, shields, and protective equipment to prevent spray or splatter from
fouling surfaces not being painted.
3. Protect surfaces, equipment, and fixtures from damage resulting from use of fixed, movable and
hanging scaffolding, planking, and staging.
B.
3.03
Provide WET PAINT signs, barricades, and other devices required to protect newly finished surfaces.
Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work after completion
of painting operations.
PREPARATION:
A.
Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with coating manufacturer’s
instructions for each substrate condition.
B.
Concrete and masonry surfaces shall be dry, clean, and free of dirt, efflorescence, encrustation, and
other foreign matter. Glazed surfaces on concrete shall be roughened or etched to uniform texture.
C.
Ferrous metal shall be cleaned of oil, grease, and foreign matter with solvent. Prime within 3 hours
after preparation.
D.
Sand and scrape metal to remove loose primer and rust.
E.
Galvanized metal shall be chemically or solvent cleaned and then retreated with an etching-type
solution if recommended by the finish manufacturer. Cleaned and retreated galvanized metal shall be
primed the same day that cleaning has been performed.
F.
Remove dust, grit and foreign matter from wood surfaces. Sand surfaces and dust clean. Spot coat
knots, pitch streaks, and sappy section with pigmented stain sealer when surfaces are to be painted.
Fill nail holes, cracks and other defects after priming and spot prime repairs when fully cured.
PAINTING
09910 –3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.04
22 AUGUST 2014
G.
Remove hardware and accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in
place and not-to-be-finish painted, or provide surface-applied protection. Reinstall removed items upon
completion of work in each area.
H.
Existing surfaces to be recoated shall be thoroughly cleaned and deglossed by sanding or other means
prior to painting. Patched and bare areas shall be spot primed with same primer as specified for new
work.
I.
Thoroughly backpaint all surfaces of exterior and interior finish lumber and millwork, including doors and
window frames, trim, cabinetwork, etc., which will be concealed after installation. Backpaint items to be
painted or enameled with the priming coat. Use a clear sealer for backpriming where transparent finish
is required.
J.
Bar and covered pipes, ducts, hangers, exposed steel and ironwork, and primed metal surfaces of
equipment installed under mechanical and electrical work shall be cleaned prior to priming.
K.
Preparation of other surfaces shall be performed following specific recommendations of the coatings
manufacturer.
L.
Bond breakers and curing agents must be removed and the surface cleaned before primers, sealers or
finish paints can be applied.
M.
All drywall surfaces must be completely dry and dust free before painting. Skim coated drywall must be
sealed with an alkyd based sealer or a waterborne sealer recommended by the paint manufacturer for
this surface. Use the appropriate light or medium tack masking tape.
APPLICATION:
A.
Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's submittals, as approved.
Use applicators and techniques best suited for the material and surfaces to which applied.
1. The number of coats specified is the minimum that shall be applied. Apply additional coats when
undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final paint coat, until paint film is of uniform
finish, color and appearance.
2. All undercoats shall be tinted slightly to approximate the color of the finish coat.
B.
Apply each material at not less than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate:
1. Provide a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils for each required coat.
3.05
C.
Apply prime coat to surface which is required to be painted or finished.
D.
Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and edges same as exterior faces, after fitting.
E.
Sand lightly and dust clean between succeeding coats.
CLEANING, TOUCH-UP AND REFINISHING:
A.
Carefully remove all spattering, spots and blemishes caused by work under this section from surfaces
throughout the project.
B.
Upon completion of painting work remove all rubbish, paint cans, and accumulated materials resulting
from work in each space or room. All areas shall be left in a clean, orderly condition.
C. Runs, sags, misses, holidays, stains and other defects in the painted surfaces, including inadequate
coverage and mil thickness shall be satisfactorily touched up, or refinished, or repainted as necessary.
PAINTING
09910 –4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.06
FINISH SCHEDULE
A.
Apply the following finishes to the surfaces specified and/or as on the finish schedule on the Drawings.
Apply all materials in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions on properly prepared surfaces and
foundation coats. All intermediate undercoats must be tinted to approximate the final color.
1.
B.
22 AUGUST 2014
Architect will issue a color schedule prior to start of painting to designate the various
colors and locations required for the work.
Exterior Systems:
1.
Stucco & Plaster
Flat – 100% Acrylic
Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, water based, Dunn-Edwards, Eff-Stop Select ESSL00, MPI #3.
Second: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10,
(Gloss Level 1), MPI #10.
Third: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10, (Gloss
Level 1), MPI #10.
2.
Concrete
Flat – 100% Acrylic
Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, water based, Dunn-Edwards, Eff-Stop Select ESSL00, MPI #3.
Second: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10,
(Gloss Level 1), MPI #10.
Third: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10, (Gloss
Level 1), MPI #10.
3.
Ferrous Metal
a.
Flat – Alkyd/Acrylic
Prime Coat: Alkyd emulsion, anti-corrosive for metal, Dunn-Edwards Bloc-Rust Primer BRPR001, MPI #107.
Second: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10,
(Gloss Level 1), MPI #10.
Third: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10, (Gloss
Level 1), MPI #10.
b.
Semi-Gloss – Alkyd/Acrylic
Prime Coat: Alkyd emulsion, anti-corrosive for metal, Dunn-Edwards Bloc-Rust Primer BRPR001, MPI #107.
PAINTING
09910 –5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
Second: Latex, exterior semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL50 100% acrylic, (Gloss
Level 5), MPI #11.
Third: Latex, exterior semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL50 100% acrylic, (Gloss
Level 5), MPI #11.
c.
Gloss – Alkyd/Acrylic
Prime Coat: Alkyd emulsion, anti-corrosive for metal, Dunn-Edwards Bloc-Rust Primer BRPR001, MPI #107.
Second: Latex, exterior gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL60 100% acrylic, (Gloss
Level 6), MPI #119
Third:
Latex, exterior gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL60 100% acrylic, (Gloss
Level 6), MPI #119.
d.
Gloss - Alkyd
Prime Coat: Alkyd emulsion, anti-corrosive for metal, Dunn-Edwards Bloc-Rust Primer BRPR001, MPI #107.
Second: Alkyd, quick dry, gloss, Dunn-Edwards Syn-Lustro 10V Series (Gloss Level 7), MPI #96.
Third: Alkyd, quick dry, gloss, Dunn-Edwards Syn-Lustro 10V Series (Gloss Level 7), MPI #96.
*Available in quarts only in SCAQMD
e. Matte, Industrial High Performance – Organic Zinc/Epoxy/Polyurethane
Primer: CARBOZINC 11 VOC
Second Coat: Two-Part Epoxy Coating
CARBOGUARD 890VOC
Third Coat: Polyurethane CARBOTHANE 133MC
f.
Matte, Industrial High Performance – Epoxy
Primer/Epoxy/Polyurethane
First Coat: CARBOGUARD 890 VOC
Second Coat: CARBOGUARD 890 VOC
Third: Polyurethane CARBOTHANE 133 MC
g.
High Gloss, Industrial High Performance – Organic
Zinc/Epoxy/Urethane
First Coat: CARBOZINC 11 VOC
Second Coat: CARBOGUARD 890 VOC
Third Coat:
Polyurethane CARBOTHANE 134 MC
h.
High Gloss, Industrial High Performance – Epoxy
Primer/Epoxy/Urethane
First Coat
Second Coat
Third Coat
PAINTING
CARBOGUARD 890 VOC
CARBOGUARD 890 VOC
Polyurethane CARBOTHANE 134 MC
09910 –6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
4.
22 AUGUST 2014
Galvanized Metal
a.
Flat – Alkyd/Acrylic
Pretreatment Supreme Chemical Metal Etch
Prime Coat: Alkyd, anti-corrosive for metal, Dunn-Edwards Galv-Alum Primer GAPR00, MPI #79.
Second: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10,
(Gloss Level 1), MPI #10.
Third: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10, (Gloss
Level 1), MPI #10.
b.
Semi-Gloss – Alkyd/Acrylic
Pretreatment:
Supreme Chemical Metal Etch
Prime Coat: Alkyd, anti-corrosive for metal, Dunn-Edwards
Galv-Alum Primer GAPR00, MPI #79
Second: Latex, exterior semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL50 100% acrylic, (Gloss
Level 5), MPI #11.
Third: Latex, exterior semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL50 100% acrylic, (Gloss
Level 5), MPI #11.
c.
Gloss – Alkyd/Acrylic
Pretreatment
Supreme Chemical Metal Etch
Prime Coat: Alkyd, anti-corrosive for metal, Dunn-Edwards Galv-Alum Primer GAPR00, MPI #79.
Second: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10,
(Gloss Level 1), MPI #10.
Third: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10, (Gloss
Level 1), MPI #10.
d.
Gloss – Alkyd
Pretreatment
Supreme Chemical Metal Etch
Prime Coat: Alkyd, anti-corrosive for metal, Dunn-Edwards Galv-Alum Primer GAPR00, MPI #79.
Second: Alkyd, quick dry, gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Syn-Lustro 10 Series (Gloss Level 7), MPI #96.
Third: Alkyd, quick dry, gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Syn-Lustro 10 Series (Gloss Level 7), MPI #96.
*Available in quarts only in SCAQMD
e.
Matte, Industrial High Performance – Epoxy Primer/Acrylic
First Coat
Second Coat
f.
High Gloss, Industrial High Performance – Epoxy Primer/Urethane
First Coat
Second Coat
PAINTING
CARBOGUARD 890 VOC
CARBOTHANE 134 MC Polyurethane
CARBOGUARD 890 VOC
CARBOTHANE 134 MC Polyurethane
09910 –7
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
5.
22 AUGUST 2014
Wood – Paint Finish
a.
Semi-Gloss – Acrylic
Prime Coat: 100% acrylic for exterior wood, Dunn-Edwards EZ-Prime Premium EZPR00, MPI #6.
Second:
Premium architectural coating, exterior, water based, semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards
Spartashield SSHL50, (Gloss Level 5), MPI #163.
Third: Premium architectural coating, exterior, water based, semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield
SSHL50, (Gloss Level 5), MPI #163.
b.
Gloss – Alkyd
Prime Coat: 100% acrylic for exterior wood, Dunn-Edwards EZ-Prime Premium EZPR00, MPI #6.
Second: Alkyd, quick dry, gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Syn-Lustro 10 Series (Gloss Level 7), MPI #96.
Third: Alkyd, quick dry, gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Syn-Lustro 10 Series (Gloss Level 7), MPI #96.
Alkyd Gloss Enamel (10 Series)*
*Available in quarts only in SCAQMD
c.
Gloss – Acrylic
Prime Coat: 100% acrylic for exterior wood, Dunn-Edwards EZ-Prime Premium EZPR00, MPI #6.
Second: Latex, exterior semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL50, (Gloss Level 5), MPI #11.
Third: Latex, exterior semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL50, (Gloss Level 5), MPI #11.
6.
Wood – Stain Finish – Opaque:
First: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10, (Gloss
Level 1), MPI #10.
Second: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10,
(Gloss Level 1), MPI #10.
7.
Wood – Stain Finish – Semi-Transparent:
One Coat: OKON Weather Pro Tinted (WPT-3)
C.
Interior Systems:
1.
Gypsum Board
a.
Flat - Acrylic
Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, Dunn-Edwards,
Second: Latex, interior, flat, Dunn-Edwards, Spartawall
SWLL10 (Gloss Level 1), MPI #53.
Third: Latex, interior, flat, Dunn-Edwards, Spartawall
SWLL10 (Gloss Level 1), MPI #53.
b.
PAINTING
Vinylastic Select VNSL00, MPI #50.
Low Sheen – Acrylic
09910 –8
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, Dunn-Edwards, Vinylastic Select VNSL00, MPI #50.
Second: Latex, interior, low sheen, Dunn-Edwards,
Spartawall SWLL40 (Gloss Level 4), MPI #43.
Third: Topcoat: Latex, interior, low sheen, Dunn-Edwards,
Spartawall SWLL40 (Gloss Level 4), MPI #43.
c.
Eggshell – Acrylic
Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, Dunn-Edwards, Vinylastic Select VNSL00, MPI #50.
Second: Latex, interior, eggshell, Dunn-Edwards,
Spartawall SWLL30 (Gloss Level 3), MPI #52.
Third Coat Topcoat: Latex, interior, eggshell, Dunn-Edwards,
Spartawall SWLL30 (Gloss
Level 3), MPI #52.
e.
Semi-Gloss - Acrylic
Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, Dunn-Edwards, Vinylastic Select VNSL00, MPI #50.
Second: Latex, interior, semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Spartawall SWLL50 (Gloss Level 5), MPI #54.
Third: Latex, interior, semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Spartawall
SWLL50 (Gloss Level 5), MPI #54
.
g.
Gloss – Acrylic
Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, Dunn-Edwards, Vinylastic Select VNSL00, MPI #50.
Second: Latex, interior, gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Spartashield SSHL60 (Gloss Level 6), MPI #114.
Third: Latex, interior, gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Spartashield SSHL60 (Gloss Level 6), MPI #114.
h.
Gloss – Alkyd
Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, Dunn-Edwards, Vinylastic Select VNSL00, MPI #50.
Alkyd, interior, gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Aristowall AWLL60.
Alkyd, interior, gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Aristowall AWLL60
i.
Gloss– Industrial High Performance – Waterborne
Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, Dunn-Edwards, Vinylastic Select VNSL00, MPI #50.
Second Coat
MONOPOLE MONOCHEM 200
Third Coat
MONOPOLE MONOCHEM 200
j.
2.
High Gloss – Industrial High Performance –
Waterborne Epoxy/Urethane
First Coat
MONOPOLE MONOCHEM 21
Second Coat
PERMASHIELD 100
Concrete & Plaster:
a.
PAINTING
Flat – Acrylic Copolymer
09910 –9
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, water based, Dunn-Edwards, Eff-Stop Select
ESSL00, MPI #3.Second: 100% acrylic /interior exterior flat coating, water based, DunnEdwards Spartashield SSHL10, (Gloss Level 1), MPI #10.
Third: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10, (Gloss
Level 1), MPI #10.
b.
Low Sheen – Acrylic Copolymer
Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, water based, Dunn-Edwards, Eff-Stop Select ESSL00, MPI #3.
Second: Latex, exterior, low sheen, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL40 100% acrylic,
(Gloss Level 4), MPI #15
Third: Latex, exterior, low sheen, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL40 100%
acrylic, (Gloss Level 4), MPI #15.
Eggshell – 100% Acrylic
c.
Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, water based, Dunn-Edwards, Eff-Stop Select ESSL00, MPI #3.
Second: Latex, exterior eggshell, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL30 100% acrylic, (Gloss Level
3).
Third: Latex, exterior eggshell, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL30 100% acrylic, (Gloss Level 3).
e.
Semi-Gloss – 100% Acrylic
Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, water based, Dunn-Edwards, Eff-Stop Select ESSL00, MPI #3.
Second: Latex, exterior semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL50, (Gloss Level 5), MPI #11.
Third: Latex, exterior semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL50, (Gloss Level 5), MPI #11.
Semi-Gloss – Alkyd
f.
Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, water based, Dunn-Edwards, Eff-Stop Select ESSL00, MPI #3.
Second: Dunn Edwards semi-gloss, Aristowall AWLL50
Third: Dunn Edwards semi-gloss, Aristowall AWLL50
G. Gloss – 100% Acrylic
Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, water based, Dunn-Edwards,
Eff-Stop Select ESSL00, MPI #3.
Second:
Latex, exterior gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL60 100% acrylic (Gloss
Level 6), MPI #119.
Third:
Latex, exterior gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL60 100% acrylic (Gloss
Level 6), MPI #119.
h.
Gloss – Alkyd
Prime Coat:
Primer, alkali resistant, water based, DunnESSL00, MPI #3.
Edwards, Eff-Stop Select
Second:Alkyd, interior, Gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Aristowall AWLL60
Third: Alkyd, interior, Gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Aristowall AWLL60
i.
ii.
PAINTING
Gloss – Industrial High Performance –
Waterborne Epoxy
09910 –10
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
First Coat- Monochem 21 Primer
Second Coat Monochem 200 2 part Epoxy Coating
Third Coat: Monochem 200
j.
High Gloss- Industrial High Performance - Epoxy/Urethane
First Coat
Second Coat
Third Coat
3.
Monochem 21 primer
PERMASHIELD 100
PERMASHIELD 100
Ferrous Metal
a .Flat – Acrylic Copolymer
Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive, for metal, Dunn-Edwards, Bloc-Rust Premium BRPR00-1
Series, MPI #79.
Second: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10,
(Gloss Level 1), MPI #10.
Third: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10, (Gloss
Level 1), MPI #10.
b.
Low Sheen – Alkyd/Acrylic Copolymer
Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive, for metal, Dunn-Edwards, Bloc-Rust Premium BRPR00-1
Series, MPI #79.
Second: Latex, exterior, low sheen, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL40 100% acrylic, (Gloss
Level 4), MPI #15.
Third: Latex, exterior, low sheen, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL40 100% acrylic, (Gloss
Level 4), MPI #15.
c.
Eggshell – Alkyd/100% Acrylic
Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive, for metal, Dunn-Edwards, Bloc-Rust Premium BRPR00-1
Series, MPI #79.
First: Latex, exterior, eggshell, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL30 100% acrylic, (Gloss Level 3).
Second: Latex, exterior, eggshell, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL30 100% acrylic, (Gloss Level
3).
e.
Semi-Gloss – Alkyd/100% Acrylic
Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive, for metal, Dunn-Edwards, Bloc-Rust Premium BRPR00-1
Series, MPI #79.
Second: Latex, exterior semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL50 100% acrylic, (Gloss
Level 5), MPI #11.
Third: Latex, exterior semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL50 100% acrylic, (Gloss
Level 5), MPI #11.
f.
PAINTING
Semi-Gloss – Alkyd
09910 –11
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive, for metal, Dunn-Edwards, Bloc-Rust Premium BRPR00-1
Series, MPI #79.
Second: Alkyd, interior, semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Aristowall AWLL50.
Third: interior, semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Aristowall AWLL50
g.
Gloss – Alkyd/100% Acrylic
Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive, for metal, Dunn-Edwards, Bloc-Rust Premium BRPR00-1
Series, MPI #79.
Second: Latex, exterior gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL60 100% acrylic (Gloss
Level 6), MPI #119.
Third: Latex, exterior gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL60 100% acrylic (Gloss
Level 6), MPI #119.
h.
Gloss – Alkyd
Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive, for metal, Dunn-Edwards, Bloc-Rust Premium BRPR00-1
Series, MPI #79.
Second: Alkyd, interior, semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Aristowall
AWLL60.
Third: Alkyd, interior, semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Aristowall
AWLL60
i.
Gloss – Industrial High Performance - Waterborne Epoxy
First Coat- Monochem 21 Primer
Second Coat Monochem 200 2 part Epoxy Coating
Third Coat: Monochem 200
j.
4.
High Gloss – Industrial High Performance - Epoxy/Urethane
First Coat: Monochem 21 primer
Second Coat: PERMASHIELD 100
Third Coat: PERMASHIELD 100
Wood – Paint Finish
a.
Flat – Acrylic Copolymer
Prime Coat: Primer, latex, for interior wood, Dunn-Edwards, Inter-Kote W6325.
Second: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10,
(Gloss Level 1), MPI #10.
Third: 100% acrylic exterior flat coating, water based, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL10, (Gloss
Level 1), MPI #10.
PAINTING
09910 –12
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
b.
22 AUGUST 2014
Low Sheen – Alkyd/Acrylic Copolymer
Prime Coat: Primer, latex, for interior wood, Dunn-Edwards, Inter-Kote W6325.
Second: Latex, exterior, low sheen, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL40 100% acrylic, (Gloss
Level 4), MPI #15.
Third: Latex, exterior, low sheen, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL40 100% acrylic, (Gloss
Level 4), MPI
c.
Eggshell – Alkyd/100% Acrylic
Prime Coat: Primer, latex, for interior wood, Dunn-Edwards, Inter-Kote W6325.
Second: Latex, exterior, eggshell, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL30 100% acrylic,
(Gloss Level 3).
Third: Latex, exterior, eggshell, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL30 100% acrylic,
(Gloss Level 3).
d.
Semi-Gloss – 100% Acrylic
Prime Coat: Primer, latex, for interior wood, Dunn-Edwards, Inter-Kote W6325.
Second: Latex, exterior semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL50, (Gloss Level 5), MPI #11.
Third: Latex, exterior semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL50, (Gloss Level 5), MPI #11.
e.
Gloss – 100% Acrylic
Prime Coat: Primer, latex, for interior wood, Dunn-Edwards, Inter-Kote W6325.
First: Latex, exterior gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield
SSHL60 100% acrylic,
(Gloss Level 6), MPI #119.
Second:
Latex, exterior gloss, Dunn-Edwards Spartashield SSHL60 100% acrylic, (Gloss
Level 6), MPI #119.
h. Semi-Gloss Alkyd
PrimeCoat: Primer, latex, for interior wood, Dunn-Edwards, Inter-Kote W6325.
Second: Alkyd, interior, semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Aristowall AWLL50.
Third: Alkyd, interior, semi-gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Aristowall AWLL50
h.
Gloss – Alkyd
PrimeCoat: Primer, latex, for interior wood, Dunn-Edwards, Inter-Kote W6325.
Second: Alkyd, interior, gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Aristowall AWLL60.
Third: Alkyd, interior, gloss, Dunn-Edwards, Aristowall AWLL60
PAINTING
09910 –13
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
B.
22 AUGUST 2014
Woodwork, Stained
Lacquer System:
1st Coat Zenith W/B Wiping Stain*
2nd Coat: 275 VOC WW Sanding Sealer Valpro NAS 2750
3rd & 4th Coat: 275 VOC W/W Lacquer Semi Gloss Valpro NAF 2756
* Stain must be completely dry before applying top coats. Wipe clean white cloth over stain. If there is no stain
transfer, top coat can be applied.
Polyurethane System:
1st Coat: Zenith W/B Wiping Stain*
2nd, 3rd, and 4th Coat Deft W/B Polyurethane Satin, Semi Gloss or Gloss
* Stain must be completely dry before applying top coats. Wipe clean white cloth over stain. If there is no stain
transfer, top coat can be applied.
* Dunn-Edwards does not recommend VINYLASTIC, Interior Pigmented Sealer (W 101) on drywall where "Prep
Coat", "First Coat", or other skim coat type materials have been applied. For enamel finishes, use WALLTONE, Flat
Wall Finish (W 420) for the first coat. For flat finishes, use two coats of the flat finish material only.
**Yellowing of white and off-white alkyd enamels may occur because of government regulatory limits on solvent
content. Substitution of latex enamels would avoid this problem, but may not provide comparable performance.
END OF SECTION 09910
PAINTING
09910 –14
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 15010 - MECHANICAL, GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
1.02
1.03
1.04
DESCRIPTION
A.
The Sections of Division 15 shall be governed by all applicable provisions of the
Contract Documents including but not limited to general provisions of the contract
including conditions of the contract and Division 1 - General Requirements. These
sections comprise the mechanical work to be performed by the Mechanical Contractor.
The Mechanical Contractor shall furnish, install and connect all materials, equipment,
apparatus, mechanical systems and incidentals required for complete and working
installation. He shall supply all necessary labor, equipment, tools, insurance, taxes,
services; and he shall assume full responsibility for all obligations associated with
completion of mechanical work as provided by the Contract Documents.
B.
The omission of an expressed reference to any parts necessary for or reasonably
incidental to a complete installation shall not be construed as releasing the Contractor
from furnishing such parts.
C.
By the act of submitting a bid, the contractor represents that his bid is based solely upon
the materials and equipment described in the bid documents (including addenda, if any)
and that he contemplates no substitutions.
STANDARDS, REGULATIONS AND CODES
A.
The work under the Mechanical Sections shall comply with the edition of the applicable
standards, regulations and codes currently in force of all State and local authorities
having jurisdiction.
B.
Include all items of labor and material required to comply with such standards and codes
in accordance with the specification. Where quantities, sizes, or other requirements
indicated on the drawings or herein specified are in excess of the standard or code
requirements, the specifications and/or drawings shall govern.
C.
Contractor shall comply with rules and regulations of public utilities and municipal
departments affected by connections of services.
PERMITS, LICENSES, AND FEES
A.
The Mechanical Contractor shall be licensed to perform mechanical work in the
municipality in which the project is located.
B.
Submit all required applications to authorities having jurisdiction; obtain and pay for all
necessary permits, licenses, fees, tap charges, inspections, and certificates of
compliance or approval issued by such authorities; and submit copies to the Owner's
Authorized Representative.
INDUSTRY STANDARDS, REGULATIONS, AND CODES
A.
All products and types of construction shall meet or exceed the applicable standards of
manufacture, testing, performance, and installation according to the requirements of the
latest edition of the applicable standards, regulations and codes of the following:
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
15010 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
AABC
ADC
ANSI
ARI
ASHRAE
ASME
ASTM
AWWA
IBR
MSS
NEC
NEMA
NFPA
OSHA
PDI
SMACNA
SBC
UL
1.05
22 AUGUST 2014
American Air Balance Council
Air Diffusion Council
American National Standards Institute
Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning
Engineers
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
American Society for Testing and Materials
American Water Works Association
Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers Local and State Building
Codes
Manufacturers Standardization Society
National Electric Code
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
National Fire Protection Association
Occupational Safety and Health Act
Plumbing Drainage Institute
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
Standard Building Code
Underwriter's Laboratories
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
A.
Terms.
Contractor - The particular sub-contractor who is directly responsible for the work
specified herein.
Shall - Action that is required without option or qualification.
May - Action that is desirable or is at the Contractors choice or option.
Should - Recommendation for the Contractor to follow as an aid in performing the
required work.
Provide - Contractor shall furnish and install specified item(s).
Furnish - Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining specified items.
Install - Contractor shall be responsible for all labor and construction equipment
necessary to set in place, connect, calibrate and/or test the specified items furnished by
himself or others.
B.
1.06
Any items within these specifications which are in contradiction of the above definitions
shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Architect/Engineer for clarification.
LOCAL CONDITIONS
A.
The Contractor shall carefully examine the local conditions and existing installations,
shall determine subsurface soil conditions as to what difficulties may be encountered in
trenching and backfill, and shall thoroughly familiarize himself with all existing conditions
which may affect his work.
B.
He shall examine the Architectural, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Drawings and
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
15010 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
Specifications to familiarize himself with the type of construction, materials, and
equipment to be used for all work and how it will affect the installation of his contract.
C.
1.07
PROTECTION OF NEW WORK
A.
1.08
1.09
1.10
By the act of submitting a bid, the Contractor will be deemed to have made such
examination, to have accepted such conditions, to have made allowance therefore, and
included all costs in his proposal. Failure to determine existing conditions will not be
considered a basis for the granting of additional compensation.
Each trade shall keep all its respective pipe and duct openings closed by means of plugs
or caps to prevent the entrance of foreign matter, and cover all fixtures, equipment and
apparatus as required to protect them against dirt, water, chemical, or mechanical
damage both before and after installation. Any such fixtures, equipment or apparatus
damaged prior to final acceptance of the work shall be restored to its original condition
or replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. At completion, fixtures and
equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned.
WORKMANSHIP
A.
All work performed under this Contract shall provide a neat and "workmanlike"
appearance when completed, to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer. The complete
installation shall function as designed and specified with respect to efficiency, capacity,
and noise level, etc.
B.
This Contractor shall provide all labor and equipment necessary for the proper execution
of the work herein described.
C.
This Contractor shall keep informed as to the work of other trades engaged in the
construction of the project, and shall execute his work in such a manner as not to
interfere with, or delay, the work of other trades.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
A.
All cutting, drilling and patching required for the installation of systems herein described,
shall be provided by this Contractor. Structural members shall not be disturbed without
prior approval of the Architect/Engineer. All areas disturbed by work performed under
this Contract shall be neatly repaired and refinished to the condition of adjoining
surfaces in a manner suitable to the Architect/Engineer.
B.
All public and private property damaged as a result of work performed under this
Contract shall be repaired and replaced by this Contractor, to the satisfaction of the
authorities having regulatory jurisdiction.
C.
The Contractor shall pay all costs associated with obtaining approval of cutting or core
drilling of existing structure from building Owner's engineer.
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A.
Materials and equipment shall be new. Provide materials and equipment specified under
this Division, and incidental materials and equipment not specifically mentioned but
essential to make the installation complete, in accordance with the intent and
requirements of the drawings and specifications.
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
15010 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.11
B.
Piping and equipment that has rusted during the period of construction shall be
thoroughly cleaned and the finish restored to original condition.
C.
Equipment of any one type shall be by one manufacturer unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
MANUFACTURERS' NAMEPLATES
A.
1.12
All Mechanical work shall be performed in compliance with all applicable governing
safety regulations, including OSHA regulations. All safety lights, guards and signs
required for the performance of the Mechanical work shall be provided by and operated
by the Mechanical Contractor.
HOUSEKEEPING
A.
The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for keeping stocks of material and
equipment stored on the premises in a neat and orderly manner.
B.
The Mechanical Contractor shall clean and maintain his portion of the work as specified
in the General Conditions.
C.
The exposed surfaces of ductwork, piping systems or equipment which have become
covered with dirt, plaster or other material during handling and construction shall be
thoroughly cleaned by the Contractor before such surfaces are prepared for final finish,
painting, or enclosed within the building structure.
This Contractor shall remove from the premises all waste material present as a result of
his work including demolished material not specifically shown to be turned over to
Owner, cartons, crating, paper, stickers, ETC.
D.
1.16
All hoists, scaffolds, staging, runways, tools, machinery and equipment required for the
performance of the Mechanical work shall be furnished by the Mechanical Contractor.
SAFETY REGULATIONS
A.
1.15
This Contractor is responsible for the installation and operation, service and
maintenance of all new mechanical equipment during construction and prior to
acceptance by the Owner of the completed project. The trade supplying equipment shall
be responsible for maintaining proper lubrication. The services of trained factory
personnel shall be obtained where required by this specification, and where required for
successful startup of equipment. Warranty periods shall not commence until final
acceptance by the Owner.
CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT
A.
1.14
Each major component of the equipment shall have the manufacturer's name, address,
model number and rating on a plate securely affixed in a conspicuous place. The
nameplate of a distributing agent will not be acceptable. ASME Code Ratings, or other
data which is die-stamped into the surface of the equipment shall be stamped in an
easily visible location.
OPERATION DURING CONSTRUCTION
A.
1.13
22 AUGUST 2014
STORAGE AND PROTECTION
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
15010 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.17
A.
Material and equipment shall be stored as directed by the Architect/ Engineer,
maintained in a clean condition, and protected from weather, moisture and physical
damage.
B.
Material which becomes rusted or damaged shall be replaced or restored by Contractor
to a condition acceptable to the Architect/Engineer.
LINES AND LEVELS
A.
1.18
22 AUGUST 2014
Each mechanical trade shall be responsible for the lines and levels of the ductwork and
piping based on referenced lines and bench marks established by the Contractor for the
general work, as provided under the Special Conditions.
GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION AND JOB CONDITIONS
A.
The drawings shall serve as working drawings for the general layout of the various items
of equipment. However, layout of equipment, accessories, specialties, ductwork, and
piping systems are diagrammatic unless specifically dimensioned; and do not
necessarily indicate every required valve, fitting, trap, duct elbow, transition, turning
vane, or other similar items required for a complete installation.
B.
All scale dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, the contractor
shall carefully check and verify all dimensions, and take full responsibility for fitting the
equipment which he intends to install into the spaces provided.
C.
The architectural and structural drawings take precedence over the mechanical drawings
in the representation of the general construction work, and the drawings of the various
trades take precedence in the representation of the work of those trades. The Contractor
shall refer to the architectural and structural drawings and the drawings of other trades to
coordinate the mechanical work with the other work on the premises.
D.
The drawings indicate the required sizes and points of termination of duct and piping
and suggest proper routes to conform to the structure, avoid obstructions and preserve
clearances; however, it is not the intention of the drawings to show exact routing, all
necessary offsets, etc., and it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to install all of
his work.
E.
Any changes from the drawings necessary to make the work conform to the building as
constructed and to fit the work of other trades or to conform to laws and ordinances; and
any reasonable changes and adjustments in location of fixtures, equipment, etc., prior to
the installation, shall be made as required for a complete installation without incurring
any additional expense to the Owner and shall be duly noted by the Contractor.
F.
Arrange mechanical work in a neat, well organized manner with piping and similar
services running parallel with primary lines of the building construction, and with
maximum overhead clearance, notwithstanding the fact that the locations indicated by
drawings may be distorted for clarity in presentation. Coordinate work with other trades
involved.
G.
Locate operating and control equipment properly to provide easy access, and arrange
entire mechanical work with adequate access for operation and maintenance.
H.
Give right-of-way to piping which must slope for drainage.
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
15010 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
I.
1.19
1.20
A.
Mount mechanical and plumbing equipment to provide recommended working
clearances and access to all components. Provide access to filters, controls and motors
without removing equipment. Coordinate with all trades so that no piping, conduit, duct
or structural member obstructs required access or is beneath equipment should removal
ever be required. Notify Architect/Engineer of any access or mounting conflicts prior to
installation. Failure to coordinate will not be considered a basis for granting additional
compensation.
B.
The mechanical contractor shall be responsible for the preparation of coordination
drawing(s) of any and all areas where space is limited or coordination of trades is
particularly critical and elsewhere as required by the documents. Include the work of all
trades in this drawing.
MATERIALS FURNISHED BY OTHERS
Where materials are furnished by others for installation under this Division, the
Contractor shall notify the supplier of dates he will be ready for delivery as specified in
the General Conditions. The Contractor shall receive, unload, handle, store, protect, and
insure the material until ready for actual installation. Upon receipt of material furnished
by others, the Contractor shall spot-check or check the entire shipment and promptly
advise the Architect/Engineer in writing of any damage and/or missing components. Any
material which is subsequently lost or damaged due to negligence on the part of the
Contractor shall be promptly replaced (or repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner) at the
Contractor's expense.
CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS
A.
1.22
Notify the Architect/Engineer immediately in writing of any differences between drawings,
specifications, and conditions of the work, prior to commencing work.
COORDINATION
A.
1.21
22 AUGUST 2014
Where the Drawings indicate equipment to be furnished by others, provide Mechanical
rough-in for each unit pursuant to its shop drawings, and make final connections,
providing valves, final adjustments, testing and other Mechanical facilities for a complete
installation.
GUARANTEES
A.
The Contractor shall guarantee all work performed and materials and equipment
furnished under the contract, against defects in materials and workmanship for a period
of one year from the Date of the Owner's Final Acceptance of the Work, or as noted in
each section.
B.
Repairs or replacements made under the guarantee shall bear an additional one-year
guarantee dated from final acceptance of repair or replacement.
C.
Provide all service, except normal routine Owner-maintenance, necessary and incidental
to the proper performance of the system for a period of one year from date of final
Owner's acceptance of completed installation, at no additional charge to the Owner.
D.
All service, repair, final adjustment, testing and replacement work performed during the
warranty period shall be performed without any "premium" or "overtime" charges for work
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
15010 - 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
performed outside of normal business hours.
1.23
1.24
SUBSTITUTIONS
A.
The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents established
a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any
proposed substitution.
B.
No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for
acceptance has been received by the Architect/Engineer at least ten days prior to the
date for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall include the name of the material or
equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed
substitute including drawings, cuts, performance and test data, and any other information
necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth any changes in other work that
incorporation of the substitute would require shall be included. The burden of proof of
the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposer. The Architect/Engineer's
decision of acceptance or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. If the
Architect/Engineer accepts any proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such
acceptance will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon acceptance
made in any other manner. No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award
unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents.
C.
Wherever substitutions alter the design or space requirements indicated on the plans,
the Contractor shall include all items of cost of the revised design and construction,
including cost of all allied trades involved.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA
A.
The review of shop drawings is a gratuitous assistance and in no way relieves the
Contractor from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents or errors or
omissions which may exist on the shop drawings unless he has, in writing, called the
attention to such deviations at the time of submission, and secured written acceptance;
nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors in dimensions, details, size of
members, or quantities; or omissions of components or fittings; or for coordinating items
with actual building conditions and adjacent work. Where such errors or omissions are
discovered later, they must be made good by the Contractor without cost to the Owner,
regardless of any action by the Architect/Engineer.
B.
Any corrections or modifications made by the Engineer or Architect shall be deemed
acceptable to Contractor at no change in price unless written notice is received by the
Architect/Engineer prior to the performance of any work incorporating such corrections
or modifications.
C.
Before submitting shop drawings and material lists, the Contractor shall verify that all
equipment submitted is mutually compatible and suitable for the intended use. He shall
verify that all equipment will fit the available space and allow ample room for
maintenance. If the size of equipment furnished makes necessary any change in
location, or configuration, the Contractor shall submit a shop drawing showing the
proposed layout.
D.
All shop drawings prepared by manufacturers must be pre-checked by the Contractor;
must bear Contractor's stamp of approval and date, and must indicate Specification
paragraph under which submitted and the project name. Any submittals not so identified
will be returned to the Contractor without action.
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
15010 - 7
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.25
22 AUGUST 2014
E.
A letter listing the manufacturer's name and catalog or model number will be sufficient for
soil, waste, water and vent piping, pipe fittings, ductwork material and duct reinforcing,
standards, gages, and test pressures. Manufacturer's literature or shop drawings are
required for all other items including complete duct systems layout, piping layout of
critical systems or in critical areas where clearances are limited. Shop drawings shall be
submitted indicating the necessary installation dimensions, weights, materials and
performance information. The performance shall include capacities, RPM, BHP, pressure
drop, design and operating pressure temperatures, and similar data. Complete Electrical
data, including power requirements, connection identifications and Electrical control and
wiring diagrams shall be provided. The Contractor shall assume all liability for
coordination and clearances should he fail to provide complete shop drawing data.
F.
The above information may be provided by standard Engineering data sheets marked to
indicate the specific equipment provided.
G.
The Contractor shall incorporate with his shop drawings a letter indicating all deviations
from the drawings and/or specifications and the reasons for such. Any shop drawing
being resubmitted shall be flagged and clouded where changed.
H.
The Contractor shall submit copies of his material list and each shop drawing within
thirty days after award of the Contract. If any shop drawings cannot be obtained within
thirty days, he shall notify the Architect/Engineer immediately upon receiving notice of
that fact.
I.
Submit sufficient quantities of shop drawing literature for all parties concerned but not
less than six (6). Two (2) copies will be retained by the Architect/Engineer.
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE BROCHURE
A.
During the course of construction, collect and compile complete brochures of all
equipment furnished and installed on the project. At the completion of the project, and at
least 14 days in advance of request for final inspection, each Contractor shall provide
four (4) volumes of manuals containing the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
"Operating Instructions" for all major items of equipment including start-up and
shutdown procedures.
"Service and Lubrication Instructions" for each unit of equipment, including
spare parts list indicating local source of supply.
Manufacturer's guaranties or warranties filled out in the Owner's name and
registered with the manufacturer shall be included in the Brochure.
All certificates, registrations and other close out documents including but not
limited to sprinkler, ASME, occupancy, insurance certificates and code
approvals.
B.
Each complete set of brochures shall be bound in a three-ring, loose-leaf, hard-back
binder. Large drawings shall be folded into envelopes and bound into the brochure.
C.
After acceptance of the project by the Owner, this Contractor shall instruct the Owner, or
his representative, as to the complete operation of all equipment and controls. He shall
instruct him as to the type and frequency of maintenance required for all equipment.
Furnish proof of Owner instruction signed by the Owner or his representative indicating
acceptance and adequacy of instructions.
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
15010 - 8
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.26
22 AUGUST 2014
RECORD DRAWINGS
A.
The Contractor shall keep up-to-date a complete "Record" set of blueline prints which
shall be corrected daily to show all changes in layout from the original drawings and
specifications. These prints shall be kept at the project and used only for this purpose.
B.
On completion of the project, submit two new sets of bluelines prints with all field
changes neatly noted. All capped pipes shall be located by two dimensions and the
depth below grade. Changes in pipe or duct routing, sizes, and additional valves or
devices shall be clearly noted. The original routing and layout shall be clearly marked
out.
C.
Final payment will not be authorized until these record drawings are received and
checked for completeness by the Architect/Engineer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Applicable
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Applicable
END OF SECTION 15010
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
15010 - 9
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS, VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
DESCRIPTION
A.
Provide all labor, materials and equipment for complete systems as herein specified and
indicated on drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
PIPE, FITTINGS, VALVES. (Refer only to pipe services applicable to this project).
A.
Manufacturer. Unless otherwise noted, valves are identified by manufacturers figure
numbers in order to establish details of construction. Valve pressure ratings indicated are
minimum acceptable ratings for the particular service. Acceptable valve manufacturer's are:
Crane
Stockham
Apollo
B.
NIBCO
Milwaukee
Hammond
Schedules:
1.
Services: Domestic hot and cold water. Interior piping, pressures up to 125 lb.
Temp. 40 degrees F. to 200 degrees F.
a.
Copper Piping
1)
2)
3)
b.
Service Valves
1)
2.
Pipe: Type "L" hard-drawn copper tubing, ASTM B-88.
Fittings: All sizes - Wrought bronze or hard-drawn copper, solder
joint.
Unions: Wrought bronze, solder joint.
Quarter Turn Valves: Ball Valves: 150 lb. WOG 2 piece,
chromeplated bronze ball, reinforced TFE seat, screwed,
Hammond 8301
Services: Fire Protection (Above Ground Piping, Pressures, up to 175 lbs.)
a.
b.
Standard Steel Pipe
1)
Pipe: 2 inches and smaller - Schedule 40, black steel, ASTM
A-135, or A-53 T&C.
2)
Fittings: 2 inches and smaller - 175 lb. WOG, black malleable iron,
screwed, UL approved, ASTM A- 126, Class A, ANSI B16.4.
Mechanical Joint Steel Pipe
1)
PIPE & PIPE FITTINGS, VALVES
Pipe: 2-1/2 inches and larger - Schedule 10, black steel, or
galvanized, ASTM A-135 or A-53, roll groove.
15060 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
2)
2-1/2 inches and larger - Mechanical joint for grooved piping, 175
lb., UL and FM approved, ductile or malleable iron, EPDM gasket,
ASTM D2000, Victaulic coupler 77.
3)
Unions 2 inches and smaller - 175 lb., black Flanges: malleable
iron, ground joint, brass set, ASTM A-197, screwed, ANSI B2.1.
2-1/2 inches and larger - 175 lb., WOG, black standard cast iron,
flange unions, UL approved, ASTM A-126, Class A, ANSI B16.1.
c.
Jointing Materials: 2 inches and smaller - Non-hardening, non-poisonous
thread lubricant.
2-1/2 inches and larger - Compress, cross- laminated gaskets, full face.
Square head machine bolts. ASTM A-307, Grade B with heavy hex-nuts.
Thread lubricant, thread type permacel ribbon dope.
3.
Services:
a.
4.
5.
Above and below slab shall be Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS)
building sewer pipe. Material standard ASTM D2751-83a, standard
specification for ABS sewer pipe and fittings. Fittings shall bear the mark of
ASTM designation D2751 and shall be labeled with the IAPMO certification
mark. Solvent shall be as specified in ASTM standard D2235-81 and
product shall be labeled with the IAPMO certification mark.
Services:
a.
Sanitary Sewers
Vents
Roof Drainage
Piping
Above and below slab shall be Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS)
building sewer pipe. Material standard ASTM D2751-83a, standard
specification for ABS sewer pipe and fittings. Fittings shall bear the mark of
ASTM designation D2751 and shall be labeled with the IAPMO certification
mark. Solvent shall be as specified in ASTM standard D2235-81 and
product shall be labeled with the IAPMO certification mark.
Service: Natural Gas
a
b.
Gas Piping:
1)
Gas piping within the building shall be schedule 40 black steel pipe
conforming to ASTM A-120 using 150 pound banded malleable iron
screwed fittings for piping 2" and smaller and weld type steel
fittings for piping 2-1/2" and larger except all medium pressure gas
shall be welded.
2)
Gas Valves: For gas lines one and one-half inch (1-1/2") and
smaller, provide Crane Company 125 pound bronze cocks, square
head with operating wrench.
Testing: No piping work shall be concealed or covered until piping has
PIPE & PIPE FITTINGS, VALVES
15060 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
been tested, inspected and approved by the Inspector. All piping for
Plumbing Systems shall be completely installed and tested as required
by the Uniform Plumbing Code. Test pressure and times indicated are a
minimum only. All tests shall be as required by the governing authority
as well. Test gas lines at 60 psi for (4) hours.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
INTERIOR DRAINAGE
A.
3.02
VENT PIPING
A.
3.03
3.04
Horizontal runs shall be installed at the required pitch and shall be suspended with
hangers. All changes in direction of suspended piping shall be made with approved
long-sweep drainage fittings. All offsets shall be made with 45 degree fittings except as
otherwise noted. Due allowance for expansion shall be made in all lines.
Vent piping shall be run parallel to the drainage systems venting all traps on fixtures,
and connection to the main vent stacks. All horizontal vent pipes shall slope up to meet
the requirements of the local and state codes.
JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS
A.
Caulked Joints: Joints in bell-and-spigot cast or ductile iron pipe shall be made with
neoprene compression gaskets.
B.
Screw Thread Joints: Shall be made up with pipe dope applied to male threads only.
Threads exposed after joints are made up shall be mopped with the dope or coal tar
enamel to prevent rust.
C.
Sweat Joints: To be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications.
D.
Dielectric Joints: When joints are made between piping of dissimilar metals such as
copper and steel, dielectric unions shall be used. Dielectric materials shall not be
subjected to heat from soldering or welding.
PIPING IN ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS
A.
No piping for plumbing, process piping, or any piping systems, other than sprinkler
piping serving the room, will be allowed to be installed in any electrical room
(server/computer room) or elevator machine room.
B.
In rooms where sprinkler piping is required over electrical equipment, a suitable
galvanized sheet metal deflector shall be provided to shield the electrical equipment.
C.
Shop drawings shall be submitted showing proposed shielding at each location.
END OF SECTION 15060
PIPE & PIPE FITTINGS, VALVES
15060 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 15070 - PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
DESCRIPTION
A.
Provide all labor, material and equipment for complete systems as herein specified and
indicated on the Drawings.
B.
Provide miscellaneous piping specialty devices and materials as indicated herein and
require for complete working HVAC and plumbing systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
THREAD LUBRICANT
Non-hardening, non-poisonous as follows:
"Crane" thread lubricant
"Grinnell" sprinkler pipe compound
"Permancel" ribbon dope
"John Crane" thread tape
2.02
GASKETS
Full face for flat-face flanges, ring type for raised-face flanges.
2.03
SOLDER AND FLUX
50-50 Lead-Tin solder with Nibco copperized soldering flux on non-potable water systems under
140 degrees F. and pipes 2" and smaller unless otherwise specified. Lead free Englehard
Silvabrite 100, 95.5% tin, 4% copper, 0.5% silver or 95% Tin, 5% Antimony for all other systems
140 degrees F. or more, and pipes 2-1/2" and larger in size. Where brazed joints are required,
brazing material shall have a melting temperature not less than 100 F.
2.04
FLANGES
Provide either flat-face or raised-face flanges as required to match flange face of valves and
equipment. Mating of flat-face to raised-face flanges is not permitted.
2.05
PIPING SPECIALTIES
A.
Drain Valves: All Water Services: 1/2" thru 2"
1.
B.
Ball Valve. 125 lb. 2-piece bronze/brass ball, TFE seat, screwed. Hammond
8301
Regulating and Relief Valves
1.
2.
PIPING SPECIALTIES
Water Pressure Reducing Valves: 1/2" to 2-1/2", 125 lb. ANSI/ASSE 1003,
single seat direct operated, bronze bodied, integral strainer, screwed, bronze
and stainless steel trim, Watts 223S.
Pressure and Temperature Relief Valves: Bronze bodied, bronze or stainless
15070 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.
22 AUGUST 2014
steel trim, ANSI Z21.22 certified by AGA, temperature relief 210 degrees F.,
pressure range 75-175 psi. Valves selected on AGA rating where required.
Watts Regulator series 40, 140, N240 and 340.
Acceptable Manufacturers:
Watts Regulator
Amtrol
Bell & Gossett Taco
Sarco
Spence
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A.
3.02
3.03
Install pipe joint materials per manufacturer's instructions and according to industry
accepted practice.
PIPING SPECIALTIES
A.
Install piping specialties where shown or required for proper system operation according
to manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Install drain valves at all low points or where trapping could occur.
C.
Install regulating and relief valves where shown and check proper operation by
observing discharge pressure or by blowdown.
PIPE SLEEVES AND SEALS
A.
Sleeve in interior non-rated walls shall have voids packed tight with fiberglass or mineral
wool. Surface shall be caulked with non-hardening caulk.
B.
Fire Barrier Penetration Seals: Provide seals for any opening through fire-rated walls,
floors or ceilings used as passage for mechanical components such as piping.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PIPING SPECIALTIES
Cracks, Voids or Holes Up to 4" Diameter: Use putty or caulking, one- piece
intumescent elastomer, non-corrosive to metal, compatible with synthetic cable
jackets, and capable of expanding 10 times when exposed to flame or heat, UL
listed.
Opening 4" or Greater: Use sealing system capable of passing 3-hour fire test
in accordance with ASTM E-814, consisting of wall wrap or liner, partitions, and
end caps capable of expanding when exposed to temperatures of 250 to 350
degrees F (121 to 177 degrees C), UL listed.
3M fire barrier caulk, putty strip and sheet form or approved equal.
All pipe penetrations of fire rated assemblies shall conform to one of the specific
UL listings for rated penetrations. Where required, provide closures and
escutcheons to conform to UL requirements. When requested, furnish proof of
conformance with UL complete with assembly listing number, installation
requirements related and test data.
At contractor's option, provide code approved, UL certified manufactured sleeve
penetration assembly for wall and floors consisting of sleeve coupling, sleeve
plugs, fire stop material, adhesive caulk, "code red" stack fitting and necessary
couplings anchors and other devices in lieu of sleeves specified. Sleeve
assembly shall be 2 hour rated. Pro Set Systems or acceptable equivalent.
15070 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
C.
22 AUGUST 2014
Pipe Escutcheons: General: Provide pipe escutcheons as specified herein with inside
diameter closely fitting pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is
insulated. Select outside diameter of escutcheon to completely cover pipe penetration
hole in floors, walls, or ceilings; and pipe sleeve extension, if any. Furnish pipe
escutcheons with nickel or chrome finish for occupied areas, prime paint finish for
unoccupied areas.
END OF SECTION 15070
PIPING SPECIALTIES
15070 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 15840 - DUCTWORK AND SUPPORTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
DESCRIPTION
A.
Provide ductwork as indicated on the plans and described herein. All construction and
installation methods shall conform to "SMACNA" and to any other applicable codes or
standards, using the most stringent of the requirements. Duct sizes shown are clean
inside dimensions. Increase duct size to accommodate duct liner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
SHOP FABRICATED METAL DUCT
A.
2.02
Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet
steel complying with ASTM A 527, lockforming quality; with G-60 zinc coating in
accordance with ASTM A 525; and mill phosphatized for exposed locations.
FACTORY FABRICATED DUCT
A.
General: At installer's option, provide factory- fabricated duct and fittings, in lieu of
shop-fabricated duct and fittings, suitable for the pressure class required.
B.
Material: Galvanized sheet steel complying with ASTM A 527, lockforming quality, with
ASTM A 525, G-60 zinc coating, mill phosphatized for exposed locations.
C.
Gage: As required by "SMACNA" or "UMC" or certified tests by Manufacturer showing
that rigidity and performance is equivalent to SMACNA and/or ASHRAE standard gage
ductwork, provide ducts and fittings as follows:
1.
2.
3.
Ducts: Low pressure - Construct of Manufacturer's standard gage, longitudinal
seam.
Ducts: Medium and high pressure - Construct of Manufacturer's standard gage,
with spiral lock seam and intermediate standing rib.
Fittings: Construct by fabricating with continuous weld seams.
D.
Elbows: One piece construction for 90 degree and 45 degree elbows 14" and smaller.
Provide multiple gore construction for larger diameters with standing seam
circumferential joint. Minimum center line radius of 1-1/2 times the diameter.
E.
Divided Flow Fittings: 45o wyes, constructed with saddle tap spot welded and bonded to
duct fitting body. The use of 90o tees or crosses will not be permitted unless specifically
indicated otherwise.
F.
Acceptable Manufacturer:
Wesco
Semco, Mfg., Inc.
United Sheet Metal Div., United McGill Corp.
Norlock
2.03
MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIAL
DUCTWORK AND SUPPORTS
15840 - 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
A.
22 AUGUST 2014
Provide miscellaneous materials and products of types and sizes indicated and, where
not otherwise indicated, provide type and size required to comply with ductwork system
requirements including proper connection of ductwork and equipment.
1.
2.
3.
Duct Sealant: Non-hardening, non-migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant, type
applicable for fabrication/ installation detail, as compounded and recommended
by manufacturer specifically for sealing joints and seams in ductwork.
Duct Cement: Non-hardening migrating mastic or liquid neoprene based cement,
type applicable for fabrication/ installation detail, as compounded and
recommended by manufacturer specifically for cementing fitting components, or
longitudinal seams in ductwork.
Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot-dipped
galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of
ductwork.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
DUCTWORK (SHEET METAL)
A.
All sheet metal duct shall be erected in a first-class and workman-like manner, true to the
dimensions indicated on the Drawings, unless otherwise approved, straight and smooth
on the inside with neatly finished air-tight joints. The ducts shall be securely anchored to
the building in an approved manner and shall be so installed as to be completely free
from vibration under all conditions of operation. The ducts shall be properly braced and
reinforced with galvanized steel angles or other structural members. All slip joints shall
be made in the direction of flow. The sheet metal used shall be galvanized iron except as
hereafter specified. The thickness of the sheet metal and spacing of the stiffeners used
shall be in accordance with the requirements of the latest addition of the SMACNA Guide
and other applicable standards. Connections to diffusers, grilles, and registers shall be
absolutely air-tight. Ductwork shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements
for the pressures and use intended. Do not route ductwork through electrical equipment
rooms.
B.
Each duct system shall be constructed for the specific duct pressure classifications
shown on the contract drawings for the project. Where no specific duct pressure class
designations are provided ductwork shall be constructed for the maximum developed fan
static except when down stream of variable volume boxes construct to 1/2 inch pressure
class.
C.
Fasteners and duct accessories, materials shall be compatible with duct material,
constructed for the appropriate pressure class. Provide liner where applicable.
D.
Where not otherwise shown, runouts to individual outlets or inlets shall be the same
size as the device neck connection size.
DUCT FITTINGS
A.
Shop Fabricated Duct Fittings.
1.
Duct fittings shall be constructed according to SMACNA standards with industry
accepted configurations.
DUCTWORK AND SUPPORTS
15840 - 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
2.
Allowable fittings:
a.
b.
c.
d.
3.
4.
B.
Elbows shall be 90o metered with single thickness vanes or radiused
with no vanes and a centerline radius of 1-1/2 times duct width.
Low pressure round duct takeoffs to individual outlets shall be made with
45o or 90o takeoffs, with or without conical fitting and manual damper.
Scoops will not be allowed.
High and low pressure rectangular duct splits with 20% or less air flow to
the branch shall be made with 90o fitting with a 45o entry and manual
damper. Extractors or scoops will not be allowed.
High and low pressure rectangular duct splits with more than 20% flow
to the branch shall be made with 45o wye or 90o tee fitting with either
metered or radius elbows with manual damper in branch. Provide
manual damper in main if branch flow exceeds 40% of total flow.
Reducing fittings shall follow slope angles recommended by SMACNA. Use of
any sharper angle shall have the approval of the engineer prior to fabrication.
Takeoffs at reducing fittings is prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.
Where duct width changes size more than 20% across an elbow, a separate
reducing fitting shall be used downstream of the elbow unless specifically
indicted otherwise.
Factory Fabricated Duct Fittings.
1.
2.
3.03
22 AUGUST 2014
Factory fabricated fittings shall be manufacturer’s standard as outlined in the
specification constructed for the appropriate pressure class.
High or medium pressure branch or device takeoffs shall be made with the use
of conical tees, Y-fittings or conical Y-fittings. The use of 90o takeoffs is not
permitted.
SEALING OF DUCTS
A.
Seal according to SMACNA HVAC air duct leakage test manual.
B.
Ductwork joints shall be sealed with welding liquid sealant, gaskets, mastic, or mineral
impregnated woven fiber tape. Tape shall be applied with an activator-adhesive in
accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Sealing tape shall be UL listed and as
manufactured by Hardcast or equal.
C.
Seal ductwork in accordance with the following. Spiral lock seams are exempt from
sealant requirements.
Seal
Class
Sealing
Required
B
All transverse joints
and longitudinal seams
3" w.g.
C
Transverse joints
and longitudinal seams
2" w.g.
C
Transverse joints
and longitudinal seams
1/2" & 1" w.g.
DUCTWORK AND SUPPORTS
Static Pressure
Construction Class
15840 - 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
D.
22 AUGUST 2014
Duct systems with leakage rates greater than 5% of specified airflow will not be
accepted. Contractor shall take necessary corrective action to seal ductwork to comply
with this specification.
DUCTWORK AND SUPPORTS
15840 - 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
3.04
DUCT SUPPORTS
A.
3.05
22 AUGUST 2014
Sheet metal duct shall be supported on galvanized straps or angles. All angles to be
galvanized iron or prime coated with a rust inhibitor.
SLEEVES AND SEALS
A.
Non Rated Walls.
1.
2.
B.
Where ducts pass through interior partitions, and are exposed to view, conceal
space between construction opening and duct or duct installation with sheet
metal flanges of same gage as duct. Overlap opening on 4 sides by at least
1-1/2 inch. Fasten to duct and substrate. Pack void with fiberglass or mineral
wool.
Where ducts pass thru sound partitions, pack voids with fiberglass or mineral
wool. Caulk surface with non-hardening caulk.
Fire Rated Walls.
1.
2.
Provide sleeve as detailed or as required by SMACNA duct construction
manuals.
Provide seals for any opening through fire-rated walls, floors or ceilings used as
passage for mechanical components such as ductwork.
a.
b.
c.
3.
Cracks, Voids, or Holes up to 4 inches diameter: Use putty or caulking,
one-piece intumescent elastomer, non-corrosive to metal, compatible
with synthetic cable jackets, and capable of expanding 10 times when
exposed to flame or heat, UL listed.
Opening 4 inches or greater: Use sealing system capable of passing
3-hour fire test in accordance with ASTM E-814, consisting of wall wrap
or liner, partitions, and end caps capable of expanding when exposed to
temperatures of 250 to 350 degrees F. (121 to 177 degrees C.). U.L.
listed.
3M fire barrier caulk, putty strip and sheet form or approved equal.
All duct penetrations of fire rated assemblies shall conform to the appropriate UL
requirements for rated penetrations where applicable. When requested, furnish
proof of conformance with UL requirements.
END OF SECTION 15840
DUCTWORK AND SUPPORTS
15840 - 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 16010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE:
The Contract Documents, including General Conditions Special Provision and Division 1, General
Requirements, apply to the work of this section of the specifications as if set forth in full herein.
1.02
WORK INCLUDED:
The work of this section includes the furnishing and installing of all electrical work, including labor,
materials, delivery, insurance fees, taxes, equipment, and scaffolding as shown and noted on the
drawings and specified herein. The following is a general list of the work included; the list is not
necessarily all inclusive:
1.03
1.04
1.
Branch circuit wiring for outlets and equipment.
2.
Conduits with pull strings for communications equipment.
3.
Electrical connections equipment as noted on plans.
STANDARDS:
A.
All electrical work shall be installed or performed in compliance with the State Fire Marshall
Regulations, and the National Electrical Code. In case of conflict, the most restrictive code shall
apply.
B.
All materials used in the electrical work herein specified shall be new and suited to the intended
use; shall be listed by the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.; shall meet their requirements; and
bear their label.
C.
All equipment shall conform to National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) industry
standards.
D.
The installation shall conform to the requirements NECA "Manual of Good Workmanship."
(Standard of Installation).
SUBMITTALS:
A.
Material Lists:
Submit a complete list of all materials in the electrical systems covered by these specifications.
Items shall be identified by the name of the manufacturer and the trade name of the item. No
material shall be delivered to the job until the list has been approved.
B.
The contractor shall review the material lists for compliance with the drawings and
specifications, and conformance with the space provided for these items. He shall indicate he
has so reviewed the submittals by signing and dating same prior to presenting them for
architect's approval.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
16010-PAGE 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
1.05
22 AUGUST 2014
CONTRACT DRAWINGS:
A.
General:
The contract drawings form a part of the work to be done under this specification, and the work
shall be executed in accordance with these drawings and any design scale drawings which may
be furnished during the progress of work. The contractor shall examine all drawings in order to
fully inform himself as to the scope and detail of the work which will be required.
B.
Electrical Drawings:
In general, the electrical drawings are diagrammatic in nature and indicate the locations of
outlets, equipment, and the circuit arrangement of the required wiring. Although not necessarily
indicating the actual runs of conduit, the drawings shall be followed as closely as coordination
with the work of other trades and spaces available will permit. The drawings are not intended to
be scaled, and the contractor shall refer to the architectural and civil drawings for dimensions
and limitations of the building structure and finish. Any discrepancies, conflicts, or questionable
points shall be immediately reported to the architect. In the event a change location of any item
is required it shall be made by the contractor without extra cost, provided the new location is not
more than 5 feet from the location shown on the drawing and the change is ordered before the
item is installed. All items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or noted on the
drawings, but which are obviously necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be
included.
1.06
RECORD DRAWINGS:
"Record" drawings are required. Refer to General Conditions for instructions.
1.07
PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND TESTS:
A.
Permits and Inspections:
The contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits, licenses and fees required for the execution of his
work, and shall arrange for and pay for all required tests and inspections and shall give all notices
required by any and all laws, rules, regulations and ordinances which pertain to the work.
B.
Tests:
All wiring and connections shall be tested for continuity, short circuits and improper grounds.
Each lighting panel shall be tested with mains disconnected from feeder, branches connected,
wall switches closed, fixtures connected, but without lamps.
1.08
GUARANTEE:
New equipment and accessories installed under this section shall carry the manufacturer's guarantee
against defects for a period of not less than one year from the date of acceptance of the equipment.
The contractor shall guarantee in writing, in a form acceptable to the County, the entire electrical
installation against defective materials and/or improper workmanship for a period of one year from
the date of final acceptance and, during the period covered by the guarantee, contractor shall make
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
16010-PAGE 2
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
necessary replacements and repairs at no cost to the County.
1.09
COOPERATION WITH OTHERS:
The contractor shall consult and cooperate fully with all trades furnishing labor, materials or services
so that the work, as a whole, shall be executed in the most efficient manner and without conflict or
delay.
1.10
SUBSTITUTIONS:
Reference to specific manufacturers and catalog numbers is intended to establish the required
standard. Substitutions may be approved if they are determined by the architect to be equal to the
specified in quality, performance, and appearance. If substitutions are approved, such approval shall
not relieve the contractor for complying with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications.
The contractor shall be responsible for any changes in cost caused by the substitution which affects
other parts of the electrical work or the work of other trades.
Requests for substitutions must be accompanied by literature and calculations which completely
describes the proposed substitution and clearly indicates all variances from that specified and the net
cost to be credited to the County if such substitutions are allowed.
1.11
PRELIMINARY OPERATION:
Should the County and/or architect deem it necessary that the electrical installation or any part
thereof be operated prior to completion and/or acceptance of the work, contractor shall consent to
such preliminary operations. Preliminary operation shall be conducted under the supervision of the
contractor. All costs, except cost of electricity occasioned by such operations, shall not be construed
as an acceptance of any work under the contract.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01
RACEWAYS:
A.
Conduit:
1. PVC:
Shall conform to industry standards and shall be full weight pipe with threaded and
screwed joints and shall be protected on inside and outside by galvanizing or equivalent
process.
2. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC):
Shall conform to industry standards and shall be protected on inside and outside by
galvanizing, sherardizing, or equivalent process.
3. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT):
Shall be thin-wall steel conduit conforming to industry standards and shall be galvanized or
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
16010-PAGE 3
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
sherardized.
4. Flexible Metallic Conduit:
Shall be interlocking, singlestrip type and shall be suitably protected against corrosion.
Where exposed to the weather or moisture, flexible conduit shall be of the liquid-tight
construction complete with associated fittings.
B.
Outlet Boxes:
Outlet boxes for concealed work or for exposed work more than 6 feet above the floor shall be
galvanized or sherardized, one piece, pressed steel, knockout type. Outlet boxes for exposed
work within 6 feet of the floor or for exterior work shall be Appleton, Crouse-Hinds, or PyleNational cast metal type with threaded hubs and neoprene cover gasket.
1. Local Switch or Receptacle Outlet
For concealed work shall be 4 inch square or larger box with raised plaster ring for single
or two gangs as required. For more than two switches, use special gang box as required.
For exposed work use type FS or FD cast metal box with cast cover and gasket.
C.
Pull and Junction Boxes:
1. Small Pull and Junction Boxes:
Outlet boxes shall be used as pull and junction boxes wherever possible. Other boxes
shall have blank covers.
2.02
CONDUCTORS:
Shall be of the sizes and types shown on the drawings and herein specified. Unless otherwise
specified, all wires and cables shall be insulated for 600 volts. Sizes No. 8 AWG and larger shall be
stranded and No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be solid. The minimum size wire for lighting or power
circuits shall be No. 12 AWG. All wires and cables shall be copper, type THW, THWN unless noted
otherwise on the drawings.
2.03
WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES:
A.
The contractor shall furnish and install in a true and plumb fashion all wiring devices and plates
necessary to complete the intended installation. All devices shall be equal to those indicated on
the drawings or as listed below:
1.
The plates for all devices where indicated on the Drawings or where necessary to clearly
define the function of a switch or device shall be engraved.
2.
The contractor is hereby cautioned to exercise care in the installation of receptacles so that
the final installation is such that it is impossible to accidentally connect any piece of
equipment to a system on which its use is not intended.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
16010-PAGE 4
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS:
The contractor shall be responsible for the protection and good condition of all new electrical material
and equipment for the entire installation, until final acceptance by the County. He shall erect and
maintain suitable barriers, protective devices, lights and warning signs where required for the
protection of public and employees about the building and he shall be fully responsible for any loss or
injury to persons or property resulting from his neglect of these precautions, his own carelessness, or
neglect of his employees. Compliance with the requirements of OSHA is the contractor's
responsibility.
3.02
CONDUIT SYSTEMS:
All wiring shall be installed in approved wiring enclosures except where specifically noted otherwise
on the drawings or in the specifications. Conduits shall be as follows:
A.
B.
Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit or Galvanized Intermediate Conduit: Shall be used where
exposed to weather or where embedded in concrete construction.
Schedule 40 PVC: Shall be used for underground runs.
C.
Electrical Metallic Tubing (in sizes 3 inches or smaller): Shall be used for interior run where
exposed more than 6 feet above the floor.
D.
Flexible Metallic Conduit: Shall be used for final connections to motors and other vibration
equipment, and in locations where structural conditions make the use of rigid conduit or EMT
impracticable. If exposed to the weather or moisture, flexible conduit shall be of the liquid-type.
E.
Fittings: Furnish and install all fittings and special devices necessary for proper installation,
connection and operation of the system. Special fittings as required shall be Appleton "Unilets,"
Crouse-Hinds "Dondulets" or Pyle-National "Pylets." Conduit elbows shall be of the same
make, quality and finish as the conduit used.
F.
Hangers and Supports: Furnish and install all inserts, hangers and supports required for
supporting switches, conduits, junction and pull boxes, fixtures and similar materials and
equipment. All horizontal and vertical runs of exposed conduit shall be supported at intervals of
not more than 10 feet.
1. Supports for Individual Conduits:
Individual conduits, one inch and smaller, shall be secured with one hole malleable iron pipe
straps and screws and inserts on concrete construction, and with suitable clamps on steel
construction. Conduits larger than one inch shall be attached to framing members with
approved pipe hangers. Perforated steel plumbers tape shall not be used. Conduits shall
not be attached to motors or other vibration producing equipment.
2. Supports for Groups of Conduits:
Where conduits are grouped together, they shall be supported on "Unistrut," "Kindorf"or
equivalent channels.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
16010-PAGE 5
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
3. The contractor has the responsibility of providing additional pull or junction boxes in
conduit runs where e deems them necessary for the work or where required by code.
The chosen location shall be accessible and shall be approved by the architect.
G.
Conduit Installation:
1. Conduits may not be run exposed except as otherwise shown on the drawings or
herein. Conduit shall be connected to outlet boxes and cabinets with double
locknuts and bushings. Where conduits cannot be connected with standard
couplings, only approved conduit unions shall be used. Running thread connections
shall not be used. Threadless fittings shall not be used. Where conduits cross
expansion or seismic joints, "O.Z." type DX or equal expansion and deflection
fittings shall be used. Each run of conduit shall be entirely of one material. Open
ends of conduits, unless in a closed box or cabinet, shall be closed with approved
conduit caps or closures as soon as installed and kept closed until ready to pull in
conductors. Bends in all conduits one inch trade size or larger shall be made with
factory elbows or with an approved hydraulic bender.
2. The joints of all conduits installed in the ground, in contact with the ground, or where
exposed to the weather, shall be made liquid and gastight, and the outside of each
metallic coupling and adjacent conduit and all wrench abrasions shall be painted with
"P and B" or equal compound. In addition to the above, the entire length of metallic
conduits installed in the ground shall be painted with "P and B" or equal compound.
3. Electrical metallic tubing shall be installed with threaded gland compression type
connectors and couplings. Indentor type or set-screw type fittings shall not be used.
Flexible metallic conduit shall be installed with clamp type or Thomas and Betts
"Tight-Bite" connectors. Angle type connectors shall be used only for exposed work.
Liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit shall be installed with special fittings approved for
the purpose.
3.03
CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION
A.
Wire shall be new, in unbroken reels or containers of recent manufacture, and shall bear the
Underwriters Label, the manufacturer's trademark, and the type and size of wire. Conductors
shall not be installed in any conduit system until the following has been performed:
1. Conduit system has been inspected and approved.
2. Plaster patching has been completed in respective areas.
3. Conduit system is free of moisture.
B.
Joints:
1. Connections shall be made without strain on the connectors and all strands of wire
shall be included in the splice or termination.
2. All taps or connections to conductors shall be made with compression type connectors
except those smaller than No. 8, which may have soldered connection. Solderless
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
16010-PAGE 6
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
connections for No. 10 or smaller, including fixture connections, shall be made with
solderless spring connectors. For No. 8 or larger, connectors shall be made with
solderless pressure type connectors.
3. Insulating bushings shall be used at all conduit terminations for No. 4 AWG or larger
wires.
4. Electrical Equipment:
Equipment outlet boxes shall be provided with the proper hangers or studs and shall be
substantially supported from the structural elements. All equipment shall be provided
with all necessary hanging, supporting and accessory devices required for the
installation in their particular locations, including earthquake clips. The contractor shall
refer to the architectural reflected ceiling plan for exact locations of all ceiling mounted
equipment including projector screen and projector mounting bracket.
3.04
3.05
3.06
OPENINGS, CHASES AND SLEEVES:
A.
The contractor shall be responsible for the proper locations and sizes of all openings, chases,
cutting, sleeves, etc., required in the building structure to accommodate the work, and shall,
sufficiently in advance of the need and in advance of the construction, provide for same so as to
avoid cutting. Should these provisions be neglected, delayed or incorrect, and additional work
is thereby required, such additional work shall be accomplished at no additional cost to the
County.
B.
Where cutting is necessary to install work under this section, it shall be done by methods that
will not damage the structure, and shall have the architect's approval.
CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT:
A.
All electrical outlets, apparatus, motors, equipment, fixtures, wiring devices and appliances,
whether they are installed under the contract for the electrical work or not, which required
electrical connections, shall be fully connected in an approved manner to corresponding
electrical system outlet.
B.
Where the work under this section requires connection to be made to equipment that is
furnished and set in place under other sections of the Specifications, the contractor shall obtain
roughing-in dimensions from the installer of each such item of equipment and assume full
responsibility for the neat and workmanlike installation of the connections thereto.
EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS:
Fabricate supports for equipment of structural steel, or where applicable, of structural systems such
as "Unistrut" or "Kindorf." Do all drilling and tapping of the building structure and all welding required
for installing equipment supports.
3.07
GROUNDING:
Equipment Ground: Conduits, cabinets and all electrical equipment shall be effectively and
permanently grounded. Continuity of ground shall be maintained throughout the conduit system.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
16010-PAGE 7
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
Ground bushings and jumpers shall be used wherever the normal conduit termination does not
insure continuity of ground.
3.08
CLEANING:
A.
Galvanized Surfaces:
Brush thoroughly and wipe with clean rags and solvent to remove dirt, oil and grease.
B.
Equipment:
Clean and polish equipment, diffusers and trim.
C.
Removal of Rubbish:
Remove from the site all packing cartons, scrap materials and other rubbish incidental to the
work under this section, and leave the premises in a condition acceptable to the architect.
3.09
TESTS:
A.
Upon request of the County, at any time prior to completion, the contractor shall make all
necessary tests which will insure that all equipment, materials or installation methods are
specified. Qualified representatives of the contractor shall perform the tests under the
supervision of the County's representative. Any new equipment or materials failing to meet the
required standards shall be immediately replaced at no cost to the County.
B. Upon job completion, all electrical loads and controls shall be tested under full operating
conditions and all defective materials, new equipment, new devices or faulty workmanship shall
be immediately replaced at no cost to the County. The contractor will be required to make
standard equipment, materials and performance tests and also reasonable tests that may be
required such as electrical insulation resistance or equipment temperature rise. The cost of all
tests will be the responsibility of the contractor.
END OF SECTION
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
16010-PAGE 8
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
SECTION 16070 - MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES:
Electrical demolition.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual Sections.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
EXAMINATION
A.
Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on drawings.
B.
Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities.
C.
Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents.
Report discrepancies to Architect/Engineer before disturbing existing installation.
D.
Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions.
PREPARATION
A.
Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceiling scheduled for removal.
B.
Coordinate utility service outages with Base Building Management.
C.
Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during
construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use
personnel experienced in such operations.
D.
Existing Electrical Service: Obtain permission from Base Building Management at least 24
hours before any required power shutdown. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary
connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area.
E.
Existing Fire Alarm System: Maintain existing system in service until new system is
accepted. Disable system only to make switchcovers and connections. Notify
Architect/Engineer and local fire service at least 24 hours before partially or completely
disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain
service in areas adjacent to work area.
DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK
A.
Demolish and extend existing electrical work under related sections.
B.
Remove, relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
C.
Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING
16070 – PAGE 1
JFTB LOS ALAMITOS BUILDING 7 ROOF REPLACEMENT
22 AUGUST 2014
D.
Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible
ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces.
E.
Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit
servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets
which are not removed.
F.
Disconnect and remove abandoned and distribution equipment.
G.
Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that
has been removed.
H.
Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and
other accessories.
I.
Repair and/or connect electrical systems which are demolished in error, but are existing to
remain.
J.
Repair adjacent construction and finishes which are to remain and are damaged during
demolition and extension work.
K.
Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation
or provide access panel as appropriate.
END OF SECTION
MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING
16070 – PAGE 2
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement